Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20080198130 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ACQUIRING A TARGET WITH INTELLIGENT POINTER MOVEMENT - The present invention is generally directed to assisting users to position a pointer on a target. Embodiments of the present invention provide a system, method, and computer-readable medium that guide a pointer toward a target. After the pointer is located on a target, pointer movement continues to be adjusted so that the user may easily keep the pointer located on the target. | 08-21-2008 |
20080204408 | AUDIO REPRODUCING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND AUDIO REPRODUCING METHOD, ALLOWING EFFICIENT DATA SELECTION - An image display field, a whole map display field, a cursor are displayed on the music data selection screen. In the image display field is displayed an array of images which belong to one partition that can be displayed at a time and which are included in an array of images which represent whole audio data and is defined fixedly in advance. In the whole map display field is displayed a whole map indicating a display-area guide which shows where a partition being displayed now is located in the whole array and indicating a trajectory line which represents the trajectory of the cursor in the past. A plurality of pieces of music data represented by an image, which the cursor indicates, and images located around the image are reproduced concurrently. | 08-28-2008 |
20080204409 | CURSOR CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD - We describe an apparatus including a plurality of sensing elements, a conductive layer, and a compressive layer interposed between the plurality of sensing elements and the conductive layer. The conductive layer can include a plurality of segments. A user applies a force to an actuator positioned over the conductive layer. The actuator changes a capacitance of at least one capacitor formed by at least one of the plurality of sensing elements, the conductive layer (at least one segment), and the compressive layer by reducing the distance between the at least one of the plurality of sensing elements and the conductive layer responsive to the applied force. The device measures and calculates a magnitude and direction of the force by measuring the change in the capacitance. | 08-28-2008 |
20080211768 | Inertial Sensor Input Device - Head motion input devices for providing control to a computer are described. | 09-04-2008 |
20080211769 | Input Device For Content Providing Device and Method of Operating the Same - An input device for a content providing device and a method of operating the same are provided. The input device includes: a pressure sensor having first pressure pads varying impedance according to contact strength, and periodically generating and outputting first pressure data having values corresponding to impedance of each of the first pressure pads; a button information generator for generating and outputting button information corresponding to the first pressure pad having the largest pressure data, when receiving the first pressure data; a pointing information generator for obtaining a position value of the first pressure pad having the largest pressure data when receiving the first pressure data, comparing the position value with the previously obtained position value to calculate a movement value of a contact position, and generating and outputting pointing information having the calculated movement value; and an operation selection unit for transmitting the first pressure data to the button information generator when the first pressure data transmitted from the pressure sensor is different from the previously obtained data and has a value larger than a button input value, and transmitting the first pressure data to the pointing information generator when the first pressure data transmitted from the pressure sensor is different from the previously obtained data and has value smaller than a pointing input value. Therefore, it is possible to perform various kinds of input operations using a single input device | 09-04-2008 |
20080211770 | POINTING DEVICE, PORTABLE TERMINAL, POINT INFORMATION GENERATION METHOD, AND PORTABLE TERMINAL STRAP - A pointing device includes a plurality of magnetic sensors and a point information generator. The point information generator generates one of positional information and moving information on a magnetic source based on outputs from the plurality of magnetic sensors. | 09-04-2008 |
20080224995 | Input Device, Input Method, Corresponding Computer Program, and Corresponding Computer-Readable Storage Medium - The invention related to an input device and an input method as well as a corresponding computer program and a corresponding computer-readable storage medium, which can be used, in particular, to very precisely change parameters in data processing programs or electric devices in conjunction with a graphic user interface (GUI). It is therefore proposed to employ an input device with a rotary controller for controlling programs via a graphic user interface of a data processing system, wherein the input device is configured to generate a signal string when the rotary controller is actuated, which causes an operating system of the data processing system to change the values of the data used for positioning a cursor on the graphic user interface so that the cursor is moved on the graphic user interface on a substantially linear curve, when the cursor is visualized according to the data used for positioning. | 09-18-2008 |
20080224996 | OPERATION INPUT DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT USING THE SAME - The present invention provides a low-profile operation input device of which assembling work is easily performed and the productivity is high. An operation input device includes a base; a printed board in which a plurality of push-button switches are mounted on a circumference while an MR sensor is mounted, the printed board being integrally provided on the base; a ring operation plate placed on the push-button switches; a ring operation dial in which a ring magnet is integrally provided in a concentric fashion on a lower surface, the ring operation dial being coaxially placed on the operation plate; and a fixture inserted in a fixing hole of the operation dial, the fixture coupling at least two elastic pawls to the base, thereby retaining the operation dial while rotatably supporting the operation dial, the elastic pawls being projected from a lower surface of the fixture. | 09-18-2008 |
20080224997 | Computer Cursor Control Method and Apparatus - A computer cursor control apparatus operating in a mouse mode or a non-mouse mode in response to a switch signal is provided. When operating in the mouse mode, the computer cursor control apparatus outputs a wireless signal to a wireless signal receiving unit for determining the displacement of the computer cursor control apparatus to generate a cursor-moving signal, and then display the cursor-moving signal on the monitor of a host. On the other hand, in the non-mouse mode, the pressuring signal is packeted into the wireless signal transmitted from the computer cursor control apparatus such that the host receives not only the cursor-moving signal through the wireless receiving module, but also receives the pressuring signal. In addition, the host displays the cursor-moving signal on the monitor as a moving trace with a thickness depending on the pressuring signal. | 09-18-2008 |
20080224998 | Computer Cursor Control Method and Apparatus - A computer cursor control apparatus operating in either the mouse mode or the non-mouse mode is determined by the switch signal. When the computer cursor control apparatus is operating in the mouse mode, the cursor-moving module calculates the cursor-moving signal and outputs it on the monitor of a host for display. On the other hand, when the computer cursor control apparatus is operating in the non-mouse mode, the cursor-moving signal and the pressuring signal, generated by the cursor-moving module and pressure sensing unit respectively, are packaged together and outputted to the host. In response to the cursor-moving signal, the host displays a moving trace on the monitor, with the thickness of the moving trace varying based on the pressuring signal. | 09-18-2008 |
20080224999 | Apparatus and method for information processing and storage medium therefor - In a game apparatus, when a user name input mode is selected on a screen displayed with a mode selecting software input region, a user name inputting software input region (including a software keyboard area, and an SW button (decision) and an SW button (cancel) which are formed at positions other than a position of the software keyboard area) is set on a displaying portion. When the SW button (decision) or the SW button (cancel) is touched, a process just as an HW button (A) or an HW button (B) is operated is executed. When a cursor is moved by an HW button (cross) in order to designate or select any one of the SW buttons within the software keyboard area, a combined mode is established to form a user name inputting software input region (an expanded software keyboard area, and an SW button (input) and an SW button (erase) which are formed at positions other than a position of the expanded software keyboard area) on the displaying portion. At this time, within the expanded software keyboard area, the SW button (decision) and the SW button (cancel) are set. | 09-18-2008 |
20080238869 | CAPSULAR MEDICAL APPARATUS - A capsular medical apparatus according to the present invention includes a capsule which can be swallowed or inserted in the body, a recording device which receives living body information transmitted from the capsule and which records the received information, and a display device of the living body information. Further, the capsular medical apparatus includes a USB connector which connects and disconnects the recording device and the display device, a voltage detecting circuit which detects the connection between the recording device and the display device, and a USB cable which transmits the living body information to the display device from the recording device. | 10-02-2008 |
20080238870 | OPTION MENU FOR USE WITH A COMPUTER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A method for improving video quality of a video stream. The method decodes the video stream and generates subblocks of video data from the video stream. The method then removes effects of subblock boundaries from previous deblocking. Each subblock is then smoothed to create pixel values and optionally, subblocks are merged if a predetermined quality is not achieved from the smoothing analysis. The pixels values are filled into each pixel position in the subblock. The subblocks are deblocked and then at least one subblock is outputted to a rendering device. | 10-02-2008 |
20080246724 | Method and apparatus for obtaining and/or analyzing anatomical images - A method for monitoring a target in a medical display in a medical imaging apparatus includes receiving echo signals from an area of interest of a patient, extracting raw data from the received echo signals, processing the extracted raw data to display a dual mode image on the medical display, and setting a location and displaying a first marker/cursor in a first image of the dual mode image. In addition, the method further includes determining a corresponding location of the marker/cursor in a second image of the dual mode image, and displaying a second marker/cursor in the second image of the dual mode image at the corresponding location simultaneously with the displaying of the first marker/cursor in the first image. | 10-09-2008 |
20080246725 | APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING THE POSITION OF A SCREEN POINTER WITH LOW SENSITIVITY TO PARTICLE CONTAMINATION - An apparatus for controlling the position of a screen pointer includes an at least partially coherent light source for illuminating an imaging surface, thereby generating reflected images. The apparatus includes a navigation sensor for generating digital images based on the reflected images, performing a movement computation based on the digital images, generating movement data based on the movement computation that is indicative of relative motion between the imaging surface and the apparatus, wherein the movement computation has a low sensitivity to effects in the digital images caused by particle contamination. | 10-09-2008 |
20080252597 | Modifying a value based on a user's directional motions independent of cursor position - A method for changing a value displayed on a screen is provided. In response to receiving a user input indicating motion in a particular direction, changing the value independent of where the position of a cursor is on the screen. The value being changed may comprise of a series of segments, and each segment value can be changed individually. In addition, a different user input device that does not indicate motion in a particular direction may be used to change segment values and to select other segment values. Methods for automatically formatting a segmented values and calculating a base time rate based on two different frame rates are also provided. | 10-16-2008 |
20080252598 | REMOTE CONTROLLER AND MULTIMEDIA EDUCATION SYSTEM USING SAME - A remote controller includes a sensor, a first processor, and a transmitter. The sensor is used for sensing movements of the remote controller, and generating corresponding sensed signals. The first processor is for processing the sensed signals and generating movement signals. The transmitter is used for transmitting the movement signals to help a computer to control movements of a cursor thereof. A multimedia education system using the remote controller is also provided. | 10-16-2008 |
20080252599 | VIDEO PRODUCTION SWITCHER PANEL AND RELATED METHODS - Various improvements for video production switchers are disclosed. In a user input module, a Link button is operable to link key functions with a user controllable input device. A multicolor lighting arrangement may be provided, and possibly calibrated, for illuminating each button of a switcher with a controllable color and/or intensity. In an improved Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) scheme, a PWM output is dependent on a pseudo-random number and a threshold. A display on a keyer module may be used to provide indications of a key source and type currently associated with the keyer module. A switcher menu system may be enhanced by providing a first display for accessing a full menu system, and a second display for accessing at least a portion of the full menu system. In a modular switcher panel, a panel structure carries button modules, at least one of which is interchangeable without displacing other button modules. | 10-16-2008 |
20080259026 | ERGONOMIC CURSOR CONTROL DEVICE THAT DOES NOT ASSUME ANY SPECIFIC POSTURE OF HAND AND FINGERS - An ergonomic mouse-like cursor control device is disclosed that does not assume any specific posture of hand and fingers. The device provides for freedom of hand's movements rather than supports the hand in a presumably best operative posture. As a result, a human operator can continuously use the inventive cursor control device during a long time without feeling discomfort or accumulating fatigue. In one preferred embodiment, the inventive device is a plate, e.g. of a rectangular form, with a slightly elevated border or rim. For a mouse-type operation of the device, the operator may place onto the plate from one up to all five fingers, while freely flexing, extending, expanding or tightening them at any time. The plate has pressure sensitive zones playing the role of traditional mouse buttons and scrolling wheel. Various other embodiments of the inventive device may differ in shape and in number of components. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259027 | Multiple cursor system and method for vehicle - An in-vehicle multiple cursor system properly provides information necessary for a user in case that the number of wirelessly connected portable devices increases to thereby cause lack of a memory space for drawing. A cursor operation for requesting a drawing occurs in a portable device. An in-vehicle navigation system thereby makes a determination as to whether or not a segmental memory space assigned to the portable device in a memory space of a drawing memory device has at least a predetermined data volume. When the determination is affirmed, necessary drawing data are read out from a resource database and forwarded to a drawing memory device of the portable device to be developed therein. A screen window is then displayed in a display unit of the portable device based on the developed drawing data. | 10-23-2008 |
20080266251 | CURSOR CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR AN IMAGE DISPLAY, AND IMAGE SYSTEM - A cursor control device for an image display includes a first sensing unit, a second sensing unit and a switching device. The first sensing unit is for detecting a first displacement of the cursor control device with respect to a surface and calculating a first coordinate variation of a cursor on the image display according to the first displacement. The second sensing unit is for sensing an object, detecting a second displacement of the cursor control device with respect to the object and calculating a second coordinate variation of the cursor on the image display according to the second displacement. The switching device switches output between the first coordinate variation and the second coordinate variation. The present invention further provides an image system and a cursor control method for an image display. | 10-30-2008 |
20080266252 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CORRECTING POSITIONING AND TRIGGERING ERRORS FOR AIM-AND-TRIGGER DEVICES - A system and method for correcting mispositioning of an aiming device including extracting features from an information stream which includes position information for an aiming device and comparing the features with feature profiles to determine modifications to remediate mispositioning actions. The information stream with the modifications is provided as a basis for actions of the aiming device. | 10-30-2008 |
20080273010 | System for controlling movement of a cursor on a display device - A system for controlling movement of a cursor on a display device, the system comprising: a substrate having a position-coding pattern disposed on or in a surface thereof; a sensing device comprising: an image sensor for optically imaging the position-coding pattern; and a processor configured for: generating absolute motion data by determining a plurality of absolute positions of the sensing device relative to the surface using the imaged position-coding pattern; generating orientation data indicative of an orientation of the sensing device relative to the substrate; and using the orientation data to translate the absolute motion data into relative motion data, said relative motion data being indicative of relative motion of the sensing device from the perspective of a user; and communication means for communicating the relative motion data to a computer system; and the computer system configured for: receiving said relative motion data from the sensing device; interpreting said relative motion data as cursor movement; and generating cursor control commands for said display device. | 11-06-2008 |
20080278443 | USER INPUT DEVICE - User input devices are provided having an input sleeve with an exterior surface and an interior surface shaped and sized to receive a core. A slide sensing system has a slide sensor positioned proximate to the interior surface that senses sliding movement of the input sleeve along a length of the core and causes a slide signal to be generated that indicates at least that the input sleeve has been moved along the length of the core and a direction of such movement along said core. A rotation sensing system has a rotation sensor positioned proximate to the interior surface that senses rotational movement of the input sleeve relative to the core and causes a rotation signal to be generated that indicates at least that the input sleeve has been rotated relative to the core. A processing system determines an output signal based upon the slide signal and the rotation signal. | 11-13-2008 |
20080278444 | USER INPUT SYSTEM - User input systems are provided having a core extending along a length and an input sleeve having an exterior surface and an interior surface shaped and sized to receive the core. A slide sensing system has a slide sensor that senses sliding movement of the input sleeve relative to the core and that causes a slide signal to be generated that indicates at least that the input sleeve has been moved along the length of the core and a direction of such movement. A rotation sensing system has a rotation sensor that senses rotational movement of the input sleeve relative to the core and that causes a rotation signal to be generated that indicates at least that the input sleeve has been rotated relative to the core. A processing system determines an output signal based upon the slide signal and rotation signal. | 11-13-2008 |
20080284730 | Device, method, and computer readable medium for mapping a graphics tablet to an associated display - A digitizer system for controlling movement of a pointer on a display unit is provided. The system includes a digitizer tablet for detecting an input position and generating tablet coordinate data according to the detected input position. A mapping unit maps the tablet coordinate data to display coordinate data based on a plurality of different predetermined scaling relationships and provides the display coordinate data to the display unit. An input device controls the mapping unit to switch between the predetermined scaling relationships. | 11-20-2008 |
20080297472 | COMBINED EXTREME CONCENTRICITY CAPABLE CAMERA-BASED POINTING DEVICE AND A METHOD OF USING IT - Contrary to the prior art it has been discovered that in order to build a perfectly concentric camera-based pointing device it is not necessary to make concentric all components of the pointing device itself. Instead, it is possible to rely on an axial symmetry created by rotation of the machine on which the pointing device is used or on an axial symmetry created by rotating the pointing device itself in a manner concentric with any axis of interest on the machine on which the pointing device is used. A combination of an extremely concentric camera shank and a fast-converging center-of-rotation pointer position-adjustment method is the core of the present invention and allows manufacturing of camera-based pointing devices that are low cost, maintain concentricity for the lifetime of the tool, and do not rely on high quality optics or image sensors to deliver extreme pointing ability. | 12-04-2008 |
20080297473 | POINTING DEVICE AND POINTING METHOD - According to one embodiment, there is provided a pointing device including a camera section which receives video light and outputs a video signal, a switch section which outputs an operation signal according to an operation, a detecting section which compares the video signal at first time supplied from the camera section with the video signal at second time different from the first time according to timing represented by the operation signal from the switch section so as to detect a moving vector showing a shift between the video at the first time and the video at the second time, and a control section which execute a predetermined process according to the moving vector detected by the detecting section. | 12-04-2008 |
20080303790 | PROGRAM FOR GAME APPARATUS, GAME APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM FOR GAME APPARATUS - An object is to provide a program for a game apparatus for making a plurality of moving objects including a moving object operated by a player to compete in virtual space against each other, in which players are capable of fully using the stage effects specific to a virtual game to enjoy a heated racing game even when they vary in skill. In a program for a game apparatus comprising moving-object operating means, image-information generating means, and image-information outputting means, the program causes a computer to perform a step of producing land-configuration information, a step of monitoring movement information regarding a plurality of moving objects, a step of producing a special area object when results of monitoring meet predetermined requirements, a step of displaying the special area object in such a manner as to be viewable for the player, and a step of allowing another moving object to ride therein. | 12-11-2008 |
20080303791 | CONTROLLER SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A CURSOR - A controller for controlling a cursor includes an identifying module for identifying at least one of a first period when a cursor is in motion and a second period when the cursor is not in motion, and a calibrating module for calibrating an input parameter signal using a first hands-off test during the first period and a second hands-off test, different than the first hands-off test, during the second period. | 12-11-2008 |
20080309617 | Graphical communication user interface - New devices, systems and methods are hereby provided that enable a user to open a communication channel by selecting an image on a monitor. A device that includes a monitor and a graphical position user input mechanism is configured to display one or more images on the monitor, to receive a graphical position user input selecting one of the images, and to open a communication channel directed to a contact information element associated with the selected image. For example, this may include placing a phone call to a selected recipient, or opening an email, instant messaging, or text message composition panel addressed to a selected recipient, by touching, clicking on, or otherwise selecting an image of the recipient, or an image that is associated with the recipient. | 12-18-2008 |
20080309618 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING AN INPUT DEVICE, FOR GENERATING COLLISION DATA, AND FOR CONTROLLING A CAMERA ANGLE - A method includes sampling a controller's pointer position and tilt angle, wherein the pointer position is based on an interaction between the controller and a screen of a monitor; calculating a center region tilt value based on the sampling; calculating upper and lower tilt value limits based on the calculated center region tilt value; and storing the calculated values so that a video game system can process a virtual pointer Y-axis value based on a game player's use of the controller. | 12-18-2008 |
20090009467 | SHOOTING SOUND CONTROL METHOD, SHOOTING SOUND CONTROL DEVICE, SHOOTING SOUND CONTROL PROGRAM, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A method for controlling a shooting sound according to the present invention includes the steps of receiving an operation of a player and generating an operation signal, detecting at which area on a display screen a machine gun is pointing based on the operation signal, and determining one set of sound data at random from sets of sound data on at least two types of shooting sounds in accordance with detected position information. | 01-08-2009 |
20090015550 | Responsiveness Control System for Pointing Device Movement with Respect to a Graphical User Interface - Improved techniques that enable control of responsiveness to user movement of a pointing device with respect to a graphical user interface are disclosed. According to one embodiment, by controlling responsiveness, a friction effect can be imposed at predetermined regions of the graphical user interface. According to another embodiment, by controlling responsiveness, a gravitational effect can be imposed at predetermined regions of the graphical user interface. According to still another embodiment, by controlling responsiveness, frictional and gravitational effects can be imposed at predetermined regions of the graphical user interface. The responsiveness control, e.g., frictional effect and/or gravitational effect, can be used to enhance user interaction with the graphical user interface. For example, user controls, such as buttons, boxes, borders, boundaries, etc., can be more easily navigated and selected by users when the regions associated with such user controls are provided with modified responsiveness control (e.g., frictional effect and/or gravitational effect). | 01-15-2009 |
20090015551 | Integrated structure for directional wheel support and signal trigerring - The present invention includes a directional wheel which has a roller movable under a force. The roller has two sides forming a first and a second leaning portions that are held by a first and a second support structures. The first support structure and the second support structure have respectively a first moving end and a second moving end movable by the first leaning portion and the second leaning portion. A first contact and a second contact are provided respectively in the moving range of the first and second moving ends to connect the first and second moving ends to generate signals. The first and second leaning portions keep two sides of the direction wheel in a balanced manner in regular conditions. The directional wheel is movable under a force to synchronously move the first and second support structures in the direction of the force to generate a corresponding signal. | 01-15-2009 |
20090015552 | Operation system, pointing device for 3-dimensional operations, and operation method - An operation system used for operating a pointer on a display screen includes a first transmitting section, a first receiving section, a measuring section, and an outputting section. The first transmitting section transmits radio waves of a millimeter band. The first receiving section receives the radio waves transmitted from the first transmitting section, a distance between the first transmitting section and the first receiving section being changeable. The measuring section measures an amplitude of the radio waves received by the first receiving section. The outputting section outputs an operation signal for executing an operation of the pointer on the display screen in a depth direction in accordance with a change of the amplitude of the radio waves measured by the measuring section. | 01-15-2009 |
20090021478 | SWITCHING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR A PORTABLE DISPLAY PRODUCT - A switching device and method for a portable display product includes a screen inserted on a body. A thicker handle is formed on one side of the body. Close to the center of one side of the screen, the handle disposes a main key, which is used most frequently. The side end of the handle is divided into an upper part and a lower part centered around the main key. Each part disposes a key unit, and the upper key unit is used more frequently. A control system disposed inside the body switches a display direction of the screen and function locations of the two key units for the convenience of one-handed operation. | 01-22-2009 |
20090027333 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EMULATING WHEEL-STYLE, ROCKER-STYLE, OR WHEEL-AND-ROCKER STYLE NAVIGATION WITH AN ANALOG POINTING DEVICE - A pointing device includes a position determining mechanism and a control mechanism that has a field of motion associated therewith. The control mechanism can be an object a user moves with his or her finger or it can be the user's finger that he or she moves over a surface. The pointing device is used to control a selection box shown on a display screen. The pointing device can operate in one or more different modes when emulating wheel-style navigation, rocker-style navigation, or both wheel and rocker-style navigation. | 01-29-2009 |
20090027334 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE FOR TOUCHSCREEN-ENABLED COMPUTER SYSTEMS - A method for controlling a graphical user interface (GUI) for a touchscreen-enabled computer systems provides a variety of software methods (tools) provide for high-fidelity control of the user interface. The TrackScreen tool provides finger-friendly mouse functions such as scrolling, dragging and clicking. The Magnifier application continuously captures the current screen image, and displays a magnified subset of it. Selecting within this magnified area with a pointing device (mouse, touchscreen, digitizer, etc) causes the application to simulate the action on the portion of the screen corresponding to the point in the magnified image that was selected. A KeyBoard application, a keyboard is rendered on screen, with sufficient size that the individual keys are easily selectable with an unaided finger. The Common Tasks Tool or CTT) allows common keyboard shortcuts, mouse events, and other user interface events to be specified in a configuration file and represented on screen as a large, easy-to-click button. The Touchscreen Task Switcher is invoked using any interface (software or hardware) element, and visually takes up the entire screen. The Touchscreen Snapshot utility ties in with an external camera with a physical button on it. The Window Template Manager (WTM), is used to specify, and then instantiate, the position and sizes of multiple windows for use with a touchscreen display. The Touch Portal is a full-screen application with a set of customizable buttons representing applications and other tools. | 01-29-2009 |
20090033620 | Portable Electronic Device and Touch Pad Device for the Same - A portable electronic device includes a casing and a touch pad device. The casing has an opening. The touch pad device is mounted on the casing, and includes a touch pad, a support, a suspending device, and a sensing device. The touch pad is movable and exposed in the opening. The support is mounted on the casing. The suspending device is mounted between the touch pad and the support. The sensing device includes a plurality of sensing elements respectively mounted on the support correspondingly to the perimeter of the touch pad. | 02-05-2009 |
20090040176 | METHOD AND MACHINE-ACCESSIBLE MEDIUM FOR CONTROLLING MULTIPLE PROCESSING UNITS WITH A SINGLE INPUT DEVICE - A method and a machine-accessible medium transfer control of an input device from one processor to another processor in a distributed computing system when a pointer is located within a transition area of a display. Movement of the input device triggers the transfer of input signals generated by the input device to the other processor. In an embodiment, the input device includes a keyboard and mouse. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040177 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING INFORMATION DISPLAY OUTPUT AND INPUT DEVICE - A method and device for controlling information display output and an input device. wherein the method and device control the display output of pages or files based on the pressure parameter information, the electromagnetic parameter information, the energy parameter information and/or the time parameter information input by the user. Therefore, the method and device can quickly locate the position needed to be displayed in a plurality of displayed pages, and can multi-dimensionally arbitrarily move or select the displayed position, pages or files, etc., at one time. Furthermore, the method and device can also quickly, flexibly, accurately change the currently displayed position. | 02-12-2009 |
20090046060 | INDICATOR SYSTEM, COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM, AND INDICATING DEVICE - An indicator system includes: a controller that transmits, to a terminal, an image in an image capture region that is captured by an image capture unit and includes an object, projects an annotation image relating to the image in the image capture region onto a projecting unit, and switches on and off a power source of the projecting unit in accordance with an instruction with respect to drawing the annotation image. | 02-19-2009 |
20090058801 | FLUID MOTION USER INTERFACE CONTROL - A fluid motion user interface control is disclosed. According to an example of the disclosure, a processor receives a signal indicating a unit of motion applied to an input device, determines a distance to move a cursor based on the unit of motion, and displays a movement of the cursor over the distance in two or more stages. | 03-05-2009 |
20090058802 | INPUT DEVICE - An embodiment of a system for controlling a graphical user interface of a device includes a tiltable member, an electrically conductive member, a substrate, a drive circuit, a switch, and signal logic. The tiltable member is configured for tilting by a user. The electrically conductive member is configured to move in response to the tilting. The substrate is spaced apart from the electrically conductive member by a gap and has mutually isolated sense electrodes disposed thereon. The drive circuit provides an electrical drive signal to the electrically conductive member. The switch is centrally located between the sense electrodes, wherein the tiltable member is connected to the switch to enable actuation of the switch in response to tilting of the tiltable member. The signal logic translates capacitance measurements and actuations of the switch into a signal that is indicative of an input function in a graphical user interface. | 03-05-2009 |
20090058803 | POINTING AND CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR A COMPUTER SYSTEM - A pointing and control device for a computer system, the device having a body that can be maneuvered by a user; and an inertial sensor fixed to the body for supplying first signals correlated to the orientation of the body with respect to a gravitational field acting on the inertial sensor. The device moreover includes a magnetometer fixed to the body for supplying second signals correlated to the orientation of the body with respect to the Earth's magnetic field acting on the magnetometer and processing modules for determining an orientation of the body in an absolute reference system, fixed with respect to the Earth's magnetic field and gravitational field on the basis of the first signals and second signals. | 03-05-2009 |
20090058804 | Information processing apparatus, kvm switch, server, and computer readable medium - An information processing apparatus comprises an inputting portion, a detecting portion, and an outputting portion. The inputting portion inputs operation data from an operating member. The detecting portion detects a single piece of or a plurality pieces of operation data such that an amount of movement of a cursor of the information processing apparatus and an amount of movement of a cursor of a server coincide with each other, based on a corresponding relationship between the operation data, the amount of movement of the cursor of the information processing apparatus displayed on a screen of the information processing apparatus, and the amount of movement of the cursor of the server displayed on a window provided in the screen of the information processing apparatus, and the operation data input by the inputting portion. The outputting portion outputs the single piece of or the plurality pieces of operation data to the server. | 03-05-2009 |
20090058805 | Presentation system and method for making a presentation - Methods and systems are provided for making a more effective presentation to an audience. A method comprises displaying the presentation on a first display screen oriented for viewing by a presenter while facing the audience while also displaying the presentation on a second display screen (or several display screens) oriented for viewing by the audience. The presenter highlights certain aspects of the presentation by using a laser pointer directed at the first display screen which can be done while the presenter faces the audience and without having to turn away from the audience. An image representing the laser light (and any movement thereof) is displayed at a corresponding relative position on the second display screen (or several display screens) for viewing by the audience in conjunction with the presentation. A presentation system is provided with a laser sensitive presenter screen to detect the laser light which is processed and caused to be displayed to the audience on the presentation screen in conjunction with the presentation. | 03-05-2009 |
20090058806 | Processing cursor movements in a graphical user interface of a multimedia application - A method for processing a selected item in a GUI of a multimedia application is provided. The method includes receiving a hot key input that specifies a function that is to be applied to the selected item and displaying a set of control guidelines associated with the hot key input. The set of control guidelines indicates cursor movement inputs needed to specify particular aspects of the function. A method for transforming a received cursor movement in a first coordinate system to a transformed cursor movement in a second coordinate system is provided. The received cursor movement specifies a particular manner (e.g., aspect and extent) of a function to be applied to an item in a workspace of a multimedia application. The first coordinate system displays a particular view of the workspace. | 03-05-2009 |
20090066642 | Pointing device for electronic equipment - In a pointing device for electronic equipment, the equipment includes a casing and a receiving space defined by the casing, and the pointing device includes a sensor unit, a column, and a joystick. The sensor unit is disposed in the receiving space. The column is disposed on the sensor unit, and is swingable relative to the sensor unit. The sensor unit is used to detect swinging state of the column. The joystick is mounted on the column, and is movable relative to the column between first and second positions. The joystick projects from an outer surface of the casing when at the first position, and is accommodated in the receiving space when at the second position. Thus, the joystick can be accommodated in the receiving space to avoid inadvertent actuation so as to enhance the convenience of carrying the electronic equipment. | 03-12-2009 |
20090066643 | TOUCH SCREEN PANEL TO INPUT MULTI-DIMENSION VALUES AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TOUCH SCREEN PANEL - A touch screen panel to input multi-dimension values and a method of controlling the touch screen panel are provided. In the touch screen panel, a touch screen unit displays a multi-dimensional coordinate system, and senses whether a certain point of the multi-dimensional coordinate system is touched, a control unit calculates coordinates of the touched point if the touched point is sensed, and a coordinate display unit displays values of the calculated coordinates. | 03-12-2009 |
20090066644 | Input control device and image forming apparatus - An input control device and an image forming apparatus capable of proving an easy-to-use operating environment even for a user having difficulties operating such conventional devices and apparatuses due to his/her height, color vision deficiency, weak vision, use of a wheelchair, and the like is disclosed. In the input control device, based on the detected distance between an instruction item on the display and an operation direction means (such as a user's finger), the display mode of the instruction item is changed (by, for example, changing positions, colors, and combinations). Further, as the operation direction means approaches, the size of the instruction item on the display becomes larger, thereby improving the operability especially for a user with color vision deficiency or weak vision. | 03-12-2009 |
20090073115 | CONJOINED INPUT KEYS ADJACENT A NAVIGATION TOOL ON A HANDHELD ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A handheld electronic device configured to receive text messages has a body with a front face and top and bottom portions relative to text entry use orientation of the handheld device. A display screen is located on the front face of the body. The display screen presents information to the operator of the handheld device. A microprocessor located within the device is configured to receive operator commands from user inputs located on the device and instruct commensurate changes to the display screen. A navigation row of user inputs is located on the front face of the body below the display. The navigation row of user inputs includes a multi-directional navigation tool assembly laterally flanked by a pair of conjoined, depressibly actuable input keys. Each of the inputs keys is located substantially opposite the other across the navigation tool assembly and positioned adjacent to lateral sides of the navigation tool assembly. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073116 | Display system - A display system has a display device, a display control device, and a laser emitting device. The display device has a display part that displays information on a display screen and a laser detection part having a plurality of optical sensors arranged in the vicinity of the display screen of the display part to detect a laser beam that has reached the display screen. The laser emitting device has an instruction input part that inputs an instruction with respect to the displayed information and a laser output part that outputs the laser beam including output information corresponding to the inputted instruction. The display control device has a position calculation part that calculates a position of the display screen irradiated with the laser beam based on positions of the optical sensors that have detected the laser beam, a received information acquiring part that acquires the output information included in the laser beam detected by the optical sensors and a display control part that controls a display of the information displayed on the display part, based on the position calculated by the position calculation part and the acquired output information. | 03-19-2009 |
20090079691 | CURSOR POSITIONING METHOD BY A HANDHELD CAMERA - A method for positioning a cursor on a computer screen by a handheld camera shooting continuous images to detect movements of user's hand is disclosed. In a preferred embodiment, the camera is disposed in a handheld device such as laser pointer. The camera shoots a set of serial images of a locale scene and instantly sends to a computer. The computer selects particular feature spots within a first image and records their positions in the image. The computer then search the feature spots in a second image next to the first image. If one of the feature spots can be searched out, a movement of the handheld device can be obtained by calculating relatively positional change of the feature spot in between the two images. The computer can drive the cursor to move correspondingly. If no feature spots can be searched out, the computer abandons the selected feature spots and then selects new feature spots in the second image and search the new feature spots in a third image. | 03-26-2009 |
20090079692 | INTERACTIVE DIGITAL CLIPPINGS - A method of generating a self-contained interactive clipping from a printed substrate. The substrate has a graphic image and a position-coding pattern disposed thereon. The position-coding pattern identifies an identity and a plurality of locations. The method comprises the steps of: (i) receiving, in a computer system, interaction data indicative of the identity and a position of a sensing device relative to the substrate, the sensing device generating the interaction data, when operatively positioned or moved relative to the substrate, by reading the position-coding pattern; (ii) identifying and retrieving a page description corresponding to the printed substrate using the identity, the page description including a visual description describing the graphic image and an input description describing interactive elements; (iii) determining, using the page description and the position of the sensing device, a clipping zone of the substrate indicated by the sensing device, the clipping zone containing a part of the graphic image; (iv) generating the clipping using the page description and the clipping zone, the clipping comprising a clipping visual description describing the part of the graphic image contained in the clipping zone and a clipping input description describing an interactive element contained in the clipping zone; and (v) copying the clipping to a clipboard. | 03-26-2009 |
20090079693 | Scrolling Device - A control device is provided for controlling scrolling of a graphical object displayed on a computer monitor. The control device includes a housing; and a slider device disposed at a front portion of the housing configured to control scrolling of the graphical object on the monitor. | 03-26-2009 |
20090085867 | Error-correction apparatus and method and 3D pointing device using the error-correction apparatus - An error-correction apparatus and method and a three-dimensional (3D) pointing device using the error-correction apparatus are provided. The error-correction apparatus includes a data-collection module which collects current data and calculates an actual variation in the current data; an estimation module which calculates an estimated data variation for the current data based on a number of data variations for respective corresponding previous data; a threshold-calculation module which calculates a variable threshold based on the data variations for the respective previous data; and a determination module which compares the difference between the actual data variation and the estimated data variation with the variable threshold and determines whether the current data is erroneous based on the result of the comparison. | 04-02-2009 |
20090085868 | Composite notebook - The present invention is a composite notebook, comprising a notebook main body, a controller, and wireless communication units thereon, wherein the controller comprises a switch unit, a touch screen, a keypad unit, a signal processing unit, and a power supply module. The controller respectively provides a joint operation mode when being attached to the notebook main body and a separate operation mode when being detached from the notebook main body. | 04-02-2009 |
20090085869 | REMOTE CONTROL POINTING TECHNOLOGY - Pointing device ( | 04-02-2009 |
20090091531 | GUIDANCE DEVICE AND METHOD - A guidance device which performs measurement by placing an object without contact, comprising: a virtual image display unit displaying a virtual image; a sample display generation unit making the virtual image display unit display a sample virtual image based on a shape of the object at a position where the object is to be finally arranged; a status detection unit detecting a position and attitude of the object; a correction amount calculation unit calculating a difference between the position and attitude of the object and the position and attitude of the virtual image; and a guidance display generation device making the virtual image display unit display a guidance display indicating the calculated difference in the same position as the virtual image. | 04-09-2009 |
20090096748 | INPUT DEVICE WITH PHYSIOLOGICAL MEASURING FUNCTION - An input device with the physiological measuring function includes a housing, a position-adjustable mechanism and a sensor module. The housing has a handheld part and an opening. The position-adjustable mechanism is disposed in the housing and a part of the position-adjustable mechanism is exposed from the opening. The sensor module and the position-adjustable mechanism are joined together for traction. | 04-16-2009 |
20090102787 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a display panel and a control unit. The control unit is configured to control a display condition of the display panel by successively switching a plurality of frames, thereby to display a pointer image indicating a pointer and a path image indicating a path of motion of the pointer image. The path image of a first frame, which is any one of the plurality of frames, is provided continuously from a second location where the pointer image of a second frame, which is another one of the multiple frames and immediately before the first frame, is displayed to a first location where the pointer image of the first frame is displayed. | 04-23-2009 |
20090115722 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRACKING A LIGHT POINTER - A light pointer apparatus has a light source module for projecting a light beam onto a surface. The light pointer apparatus also has an image sensor module and a transmitter module. The image sensor module detects a position in the surface of a visible light spot generated by the projected light beam striking the surface. The transmitter module transmits the position of the visible light spot to a remote device for remote control of a device. | 05-07-2009 |
20090122008 | Probe With A Virtual Marker - A probe for use in a coordinate digitizing system includes an indicator, such as a pointing tip or crosshairs, and a marker, the location of which can be determined by a marker tracking system relative to a coordinate system. The probe is configured to effectively place the marker's virtual image—as seen by the tracker—at the same location as the indicator without blocking a user's view of the indicator. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122009 | System and Method for Controlling Cursor Movement - A system and method are provided for controlling the movement of a cursor relative to an image displayed in a video screen display by way of an operating element that is rotatable about its longitudinal axis, while being moveable is at least two additional degrees of freedom transverse to the longitudinal axis thereof from an initial position. The cursor can be moved in two mutually perpendicular directions, and, in the case of an additional rotation of the operating element, during the transverse movement of the cursor, the cursor can be moved in a direction diagonal thereto. | 05-14-2009 |
20090128485 | Pointing input device - This invention discloses a pointing input device for controlling a cursor position of an image processing device, and the pointing input device comprises an inertia device, a signal processor and a wireless transmitter, wherein the inertia device has a gyroscope and an accelerometer. The input device is reduced to a handheldable size, and it can self detect the posture of a user's hand at the time, and achieve the purpose of controlling a cursor by an instinctive pointing behavior, and allows users to operate at an ergonomic operating mode and lowers the manufacturing cost of the input device. | 05-21-2009 |
20090128486 | Method of Drawing a Graphical Object - A method is presented to control the value of an attribute of a graphical object in an image displayed on a visual display screen, comprising use of a position indicator represented on the visual display screen and comprising use of a user interaction tool to generate user events and control the position of the position indicator represented on the visual display screen. The method makes the control of the attributes of graphical objects more efficient by mapping the value of the attribute to time in that the value of the attribute is controlled by the length of time between the pair of user events. The invention also relates to a computer program, a web service for the viewing and/or processing of medical images, an imaging system, a workstation and a Picture Archiving and Communication System (PACS). | 05-21-2009 |
20090128487 | INDICATION OF THE CONDITION OF A USER - A wearable electronic device such as a wrist watch ( | 05-21-2009 |
20090135136 | Magnetic Re-Centering Mechanism for a Capacitive Input Device - Various embodiments provide an enhanced mobile computing experience by providing an input device in a mobile electronic device that is configured to accurately and quickly re-center a button or other user interface while providing a sensation of enhanced tactile feedback to a user. The biasing force of a magnetic re-centering mechanism is employed to overcome frictional forces acting on the button during its travel forwards and backwards and tilting to insure that the button is returned quickly and accurately to a resting position. The magnetic re-centering mechanism has a low profile, and permits the input device and the mobile electronic device within which the input device is disposed to have small form factors. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135137 | Data Input Method - The inventive method relates to information input means and can be used for inputting a wide data spectrum by using a handler. The invention makes it possible to increase the number of the handler displacement modes which are determined for ensuring a data input and correspond to the variants of the inputted information contents. The result is attained by repeatedly carrying out steps consisting in establishment of parameters values origin, in determining the parameter values, in comparing the values with sets of condition for choice of spatial domains from the set thereof comprising at least one condition of belonging of the parameter values corresponding to the handler displacements to the given spatial domain, in recording the sequence of the spatial domain selections, in comparing the record with the determined set of the sequences of the choice of spatial domains and in inputting data linked to the coincident sequence from the set of the data. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135138 | STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING INPUT PROCESSING PROGRAM STORED THEREON AND INPUT PROCESSING DEVICE - An input processing device comprises a display screen and a pointing device for inputting corresponding 2-dimensional coordinates on the display screen. A 3-dimensional space is displayed on the display screen and the 2-dimensional coordinates inputted from the pointing device are detected. Next, shift amounts, per unit of time, of the detected 2-dimensional coordinates are calculated based on a predetermined calculation start condition. And the calculated shift amounts are converted to 3-dimensional coordinate shift amounts in the 3-dimensional space. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135139 | INTEGRATED INPUT AND DISPLAY DEVICE FOR A MOBILE COMPUTER - A device and system are disclosed. In one embodiment the device comprises a primary display unit, a base unit coupled to the primary display unit, and a touch-sensitive secondary display unit, coupled to the base unit, operable to receive input from a user and display information for the user. | 05-28-2009 |
20090140978 | Cursor transitions - Responsive to a trigger event, a first cursor state having a first visual appearance is transitioned into a second cursor state having a second visual appearance. A transition type and transition time can be specified so that the transition can be visually perceived by a user. The cursor states can be associated with different cursor types and/or cursor schemes. | 06-04-2009 |
20090146949 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image processing apparatus includes: a display which displays an image through at least one screen; a processor which processes the image to be displayed on the display; a pointer adjuster which adjusts a pointer to select at least two points on the image displayed on the display; and a controller which sets a selection area by selecting a partial image displayed within a boundary including the at least two points from the image displayed on the display, and controls the processor to display the selection area on a predetermined region of the display. | 06-11-2009 |
20090153473 | Method and Apparatus for Changing a Display Mode for a Graphical User Interface - The illustrative embodiments described herein provide an apparatus and method for changing a display mode. The apparatus includes a graphical user interface having one of a set of display modes. The set of display modes include a passive matrix display mode and an active matrix display mode. The apparatus also includes a switch capable of changing the display mode of the graphical user interface from one display mode to another display mode in the set of display modes. | 06-18-2009 |
20090153474 | Motion Tracking User Interface - A method to transition focus of a display corresponding to an object's motion tracked by a video camera or like device is disclosed. In one implementation, the display shows one or more windows or user interfaces on the display. The object's motion can be used to select one of the windows or user interfaces on the display and manipulate content presented in the window or user interface. In another implementations, the object's motion can manipulate a three-dimensional graphical icon in a three-dimensional display environment, for example, by rotating it. In another implementation, the method further tracks motion of a second object and shifts focus of the display corresponding to the motion of the second object. In another implementation, a second display may be added to mirror the focus transition corresponding to the object's motion. | 06-18-2009 |
20090153475 | Use of a remote controller Z-direction input mechanism in a media system - An electronic device associated with a remote wand controlling the operations of the electronic device is provided. The wand may include a motion detection component operative to provide an output reflecting the motion of the wand to the electronic device, such that the movements of a cursor displayed by the electronic device may be related to the output of the motion detection component. The wand may also include an input mechanism operative to receive user inputs. Using the input mechanism, the wand may detect a user's inputs and direct the electronic device to zoom or scroll displayed objects. The electronic device may display a screen saver by which the user may select particular media items for playback while remaining in the screen saver mode. In some embodiments, the electronic device may display video with a scroll bar that includes a preview window of the video. | 06-18-2009 |
20090153476 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A method of controlling a display apparatus includes: displaying a pointer corresponding motion of a user, in which the user's motion is analyzed on the basis of images generated by sensing the user; and generating an input signal preset corresponding to the analyzed motion of the user. With this configuration, a user can input a command without using an additional physical device or being subject to spatial limitations. | 06-18-2009 |
20090160766 | COORDINATE INPUT DEVICE - A coordinate input device includes an operation unit that is provided so as to be operated, strain sensors that output data corresponding to an operation amount of the operation unit, and a control unit. The control unit performs the count corresponding to the increase or decrease of speed data that is obtained by converting data sequentially output from the strain sensors, and generates counted count values or coordinate data calculated from the count values. The control unit calculates a moving average value from the count values that are sequentially output every predetermined time. When the moving average value satisfies predetermined conditions, the control unit regards that the operation of the operation unit is cancelled, and stops the output of the coordinate data or outputs 0 as the count value. | 06-25-2009 |
20090160767 | Systems and Methods of Camera-Based Fingertip Tracking - Systems and methods for camera-based fingertip tracking are disclosed. One such method includes identifying at least one location of a fingertip in at least one of the video frames, and mapping the location to a user input based on the location of the fingertip relative to a virtual user input device. | 06-25-2009 |
20090167679 | Pointing device and method - A system and method for identifying a pointing organ or a pointing device in a field of imaging of a 3-D imaging system and for calculating a line of pointing relative to this organ or device are disclosed. The method and system may be used to enable a user to communicate with computer programs, such as computer games, 3-D design programs and the like. The method and system may further employ a trigger-like mechanism to identify a movement of a user that may be interpreted as trigger activation. | 07-02-2009 |
20090167680 | Electronic Apparatus - According to one embodiment, an electronic apparatus includes: a first casing provided with a metal part, a pointing device and a circuit board, the pointing device being mounted on the circuit board, the circuit board being provided with a cover member for covering the pointing device; a second casing being joined to the first casing and having a hole made so as to expose a part of the cover member; a conductor being provided at a position opposed to a gap existing between the cover member and the second casing in the circuit board; and a conductive member for electrically connecting the conductor and the metal part. | 07-02-2009 |
20090167681 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, a pointing device includes a detection IC mounted on a printed circuit board, a lens member provided to cover a top surface of the detection IC, and a finger guide member provided on the board to cover the detection IC and the lens member. The finger guide member includes a finger guide surface depressed lower than a top surface of a housing, and a close contact surface provided in the center of the finger guide surface, and protruding outwardly. The close contact surface is located at a position depressed lower than the top surface of the housing. | 07-02-2009 |
20090174655 | WHEELED USER INPUT DEVICE IN COOPERATION WITH A HANDHELD ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A handheld wireless communication device includes a device body having a display screen. The display screen is located above a user input device located on a front face of the body. The user input device includes a set of four rotatable wheels, each mounted on an axle having a longitudinal axis oriented substantially perpendicular relative the front face of the body. At least one sensor is operatively associated with the set of four wheels and is configured to sense motion induced in any of the four wheels. Additionally the at least one sensor is further configured to output electronic data representative of sensed wheel motion. The device further includes a microprocessor that is programmed to process input data into cursor guidance instructions that are outputted to the display screen and which affect x-direction and y-direction cursor movement on the display screen in correspondence with the sensed wheel motion. | 07-09-2009 |
20090174656 | ELECTRONIC IMAGE IDENTIFICATION AND ANIMATION SYSTEM - An electronic system that includes a working surface and a camera that can capture a plurality of images on the working surface. The system also includes a control station that is coupled to the camera and has a monitor that can display the captured images. The monitor displays a moving graphical image having a characteristic that is a function of a user input on the working surface. By way of example, the graphical image may be a character created from markings formed on the working surface by the user. The system can then “animate” the character by causing graphical character movement. | 07-09-2009 |
20090179856 | Special Mouse - An optical wireless, cordless computer input device also known as a computer mouse, shaped as a vehicle, with remote control vehicle capability comprising: (a) a sheet of rigid material having sufficient size to fit in the cupped palm of an average size adult hand, (b) a plurality of same-sized moveable support wheels and tires, (c) said support wheels are underneath the rigid material frame, (d) comprising a retractable light emitting diode (LED) and sensor underneath the rigid material frame, (e) comprising separate power sources for the computer input device (mouse) and remote control vehicle underneath the rigid material frame. Both the optical mouse and vehicle are operated on a diverse number of surfaces, and operated independently from independent power sources. | 07-16-2009 |
20090179857 | Portable digital device with intuitive browsing function and operating method thereof - The invention relates to a portable digital device with an intuitive browsing function and an operating method thereof. A start unit is enabled to allow the value and direction of a gravity acceleration variation to be sensed. According to the gravity acceleration variation, a sensing signal is provided for a control unit, and then the control unit operates a user interface based on the sensing signal. Therefore, users are able to operate the digital device instinctively and obtain variable operating effects by varying the displacement. | 07-16-2009 |
20090184924 | Projection Device, Computer Readable Recording Medium Which Records Program, Projection Method and Projection System - A projection device in which a displayed pointer image of an input device can be shifted by a plurality of users is provided. A projection device includes a wireless transmitting/receiving unit for receiving command signals of mouses connected with a plurality of computer units from the respective computer units; a pointer image generating unit (information processing unit) for generating pointer images of the mouses; a pointer image position setting unit (information processing unit) for setting a pointer image position based on the received command signals of the mouses; and a projection unit for projecting an image including the pointer image at least at the set position. | 07-23-2009 |
20090189855 | COMPUTER CURSOR CONTROL SYSTEM - The present invention provides a computer cursor control system comprising a touchpad device and a cursor control program. The cursor control program displays a virtual pointer on a screen according to a finger's touch on the touchpad device and simultaneously moves a computer and the virtual pointer according to the finger's movement on the touch pad device. Finally, the compute cursor is moved to the virtual pointer's position responding to a switch signal generated by the touchpad device. | 07-30-2009 |
20090189856 | System For Interaction With Computer System Using Printed Surface - A system for enabling interaction with a computer system is provided which is configured to receive, at the computer system, identity and movement data from a sensing device used to interact with a text field on a surface, determine information stored by the computer system which is associated with the identified text field, cause the computer system to perform an action associated with the determined information based on the received movement data, determine, at the computer system, a layout defining an arrangement of coded data indicative of the identity and information, and generate, at the computer system, print data indicative of the identity, layout and information. The sensing device senses coded data which encodes an identity of the text field and generates the identity data with the sensed identity and the movement data with movement of the sensing device by determining an orientation and position of the sensed coded data. | 07-30-2009 |
20090195499 | OPTICALLY BASED INPUT MECHANISM FOR A HANDHELD ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Handheld electronic communication device is presented and includes a body with a display screen and an optically based user input device. The optically based user input device is a light-transmissive tubular member. The light-transmissive tubular member has an exposed surface and an image sensor. The handheld electronic communication device further includes a microprocessor which is connected between the image sensor and the display screen. The microprocessor is capable of executing a microprocessor-run program, which receives input data representative of cursor guidance instructions from the image sensor and processes the data for output on the display screen. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195500 | System and method for determining coordinates - A coordinate determining system is disclosed. The coordinate determining system comprises an image capturing module, a dividing module, a determining module, and a converting module. The image capturing module is used for capturing a plurality of images corresponding to the screen. The dividing module is used for dividing an overlapping image region of the images into a target image comprising a plurality of sub-regions. The determining module is used for determining a position of the indicating point on the target image. If the indicating point is in a target sub-region among the sub-regions and has an image coordinate relative to an original of the target sub-region, the converting module will convert the image coordinate into the screen coordinate according to a proportional parameter. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195501 | HANDHELD POINTING DEVICE, POINTING METHOD THEREOF AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING STATIC DRIFT - The invention discloses a handheld pointing device, a pointing method thereof and method for improving static drift. The handheld pointing device includes a first piezoelectric vibrating gyro element, a second piezoelectric vibrating gyro element and a processing unit. The processing unit is coupled to the first and second piezoelectric vibrating gyro element, respectively. The piezoelectric vibrating gyro elements are used to detect the rotation of the handheld pointing device and produce a first rotation output and a second rotation output. The processing unit is used to produce a pointing signal via the first rotation output and the second rotation output. | 08-06-2009 |
20090201248 | Device and method for providing electronic input - An input apparatus comprises an input device comprising a shuttle capable to move substantially within a two-dimensional surface when engaged by a user member. The input device and a display are communicatively connected to a host. A cursor is displayed and moved on the display. The shuttle is moved by engaging it and there is kinesthetic or tactile feedback to a user depending on the position of said shuttle within the surface. The feedback indicates that the shuttle travels to one of several preset positions. The input device is biased towards the nearest position within a set of predetermined locations. The cursor is moved in a direction and by a distance substantially similar to the direction and distance traveled by said shuttle. The shuttle may be depressed to select items on the display. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201249 | INPUT APPARATUS, CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROL SYSTEM, AND HANDHELD APPARATUS - An input apparatus controlling a movement of a pointer and an image displayed on a screen is provided and includes a casing, a sensor, an operation section, and a mode switch section. The sensor detects a physical amount corresponding to a movement of the casing. The operation section is used to input an operation. The mode switch section makes a switch among a first mode for moving the pointer on the screen based on the physical amount, a second mode for scrolling the image on the screen based on the physical amount, and a third mode for zooming in/out on the image on the screen based on the physical amount, in accordance with the operation to the operation section. | 08-13-2009 |
20090207133 | POINTING DEVICE - A pointing device comprises an omnidirectional pressure sensor positioned on a portion of instrument, and a click switch positioned on another portion of the instrument different from the position of said omnidirectional pressure sensor. The omnidirectional pressure sensor is positioned in front of the instrument and the click switch is positioned on the rear portion or the upper portion of the instrument. The omnidirectional pressure sensor moves the cursor on the screen of the instrument and the click switch functions as decision switch for deciding the position of movement of the cursor. | 08-20-2009 |
20090213069 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, an electronic apparatus includes: a sensor portion configured to detect an input by touch; a button portion provided in a vicinity of the sensor portion; a first switch portion provided correspondingly to the button portion and configured to detect an input in response to press-down of the button portions; a second switch portion provided correspondingly to the sensor portion and configured to detect an input in response to press-down of the sensor portion; and a sensor control portion configured to control an input detecting operation at the sensor portion while both the first switch portion and the second switch portion detect the input. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213070 | Processor control and display system - An interactive display system comprising a position coded pattern that is printed on a display surface. An electronic pen is equipped with a decoding real-time processor; the decoding of the surface pattern reveal sets of predetermined (x, y) coordinates embedded within the pattern. A real-time processor works simultaneously to decode (x, y) coordinates while these are sent immediately via wireless communication to a host PC which is normally attached to a projecting device. | 08-27-2009 |
20090219247 | FLEXIBLE INFORMATION DISPLAY TERMINAL AND INTERFACE FOR INFORMATION DISPLAY - An information display terminal includes a flexible display unit that displays information and is configured to be flexible; bend sensors that are incorporated in the display unit and detect a bending degree by bending the display unit; and an image display control unit that controls a scrolling speed of the information displayed on the display unit in accordance with a detection output of the bend sensor, wherein a page turn-over display of the information is performed at the scrolling speed in accordance with the bending degree of the display unit. The information display terminal provides an interface for performing content browsing in a virtual world with the same sense of reading an actual book. | 09-03-2009 |
20090231275 | COMPUTER MOUSE PERIPHERAL - A computer pointing device including: a base portion with a lower surface adapted for sliding across a work surface, a spine portion, projecting substantially upward from said base portion and having a thumb-engaging surface on a first lateral side of the spine and at least fingertip-engaging surface on a second lateral side of the spine opposing said first lateral side. A keyboard with an altered arrangement of function of keys, such as an enlarged or truncated appearance in accordance with keys being re-mapped to sensors on a pointing device. A keyboard with a virtual screen display, which may be made semi-transparent by activating a sensor on a pointing device. A computer with a recess capable of accommodating a mouse device. A locked scrolling or zooming means, using any pointing device, in which scrolling or zooming in a defined direction is proportional to the distance travelled by the device, irrespective of direction of movement of the device. | 09-17-2009 |
20090231276 | System And Method For Automatically Producing Haptic Events From A Digital Audio File - In an embodiment, a system and method for automatically converting a plurality of events in a plurality of channels in a structured representation sequence into haptic events. The method comprises calculating an event score for each event of the sequence in one or more channels. The method also comprises calculating a cumulative score based on the event scores in the one or more channels. The method includes selectively designating haptic events to the events based on the event scores in one or more selected channels, wherein the haptic events are output by a haptic actuator. This may be done by the system by calculating properties of the sound or by taking already existing values associated with those properties to efficiently produce haptic events. | 09-17-2009 |
20090231277 | Vector-Specific Haptic Feedback - In one or more embodiments, vector-specific movement can be imparted to a user interface device (UID) to provide vector-specific haptic feedback. In at least some embodiments, this vectored movement can be based on input received by the UID. The input can include information associated with the user's interaction with an associated device integrated with or communicatively linked with the UID, and or with an application implemented on the associated device. In at least some embodiments, the UID can be configured with a controller, a microprocessor(s), and a vector-specific actuator that includes an electrically-deformable material. | 09-17-2009 |
20090237356 | OPTICAL POINTING DEVICE - A pointing system uses a hologram or a lenticular image that may be affixed to a pointing device such as a game controller. The hologram may comprise a holographic image and may display a pattern that changes rapidly and predictably as the position of the pointing device changes. The hologram may be a reflection hologram or a transmission hologram. A light sensing device not on the controller captures the movement and appearance of the hologram and provides information to a computing device. The computing device processes the appearance information to determine an orientation of the pointing device, and based on the orientation, changes the position of a cursor on a display. | 09-24-2009 |
20090237357 | Method And Cursor-Generating Device For Generating A Cursor Extension On A Screen Of An Electronic Device - A method for generating a cursor extension on a screen of an electronic device includes the steps of detecting presence of at least one touched spot on a touchpad of the electronic device, and deciding whether to generate the cursor extension based on an attribute of the at least one detected touched spot. A cursor-generating device that performs the method is also disclosed. | 09-24-2009 |
20090244003 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INTERFACING WITH AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE VIA RESPIRATORY AND/OR TACTUAL INPUT - Aspects of a method and system for interfacing with an electronic device via respiratory and/or tactual input are provided. In this regard, respiratory and tactual input may be utilized to interact with an electronic device via a user interface. The user interface may comprise a control region that may enable navigating and selecting objects, a fixed region that may enable display of information that may be independent of a state of, or activity in, the control region, and a content region that may enable display of information that may depend on a state of, or activity in, the control region. Accordingly, objects and/or information displayed on the electronic device may be affected and/or manipulated via tactual and respiratory input. Additionally, each region of the user interface may comprise one or more zones and a size, shape, and/or location of each region may be customized by a user. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244004 | IMAGE OPERATING DEVICE, IMAGE OPERATING METHOD, AND IMAGE OPERATING PROGRAM - An image operating device which is inexpensive and capable of allowing a user to understand to what extent an image operation of movement, enlargement and reduction, rotation or the like is performed on an image. The image operating device that performs an operation on a display image comprises: an image display section ( | 10-01-2009 |
20090251410 | Pointer display device, pointer display/detection method, pointer display/detection program and information apparatus - Disclosed herein is a pointer display device, including, a touch panel provided on a display screen of a display section, a pointer display section configured to detect a contact point in a touch operation on the touch panel and to display a pointer in an area containing the contact point, and a hotspot detection section configured to detect as a hotspot a position corresponding to one part of the pointer exclusive of the contact point. | 10-08-2009 |
20090256802 | KEYBOARD WITH OPTICAL CURSOR CONTROL DEVICE - The present invention relates to a keyboard with an optical cursor control device. The keyboard includes a plurality of keys and the optical cursor control device. These keys contain a space bar. The optical cursor control device may generate a cursor control signal by sensing movement of a user's finger. The optical cursor control device is arranged in the vicinity of the space bar. As a result, the user can operate the optical cursor control device without the need of considerably changing the hand gesture. | 10-15-2009 |
20090256803 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING SIMULATED MOUSE DRAG AND CLICK FUNCTIONS FOR AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A system and method for providing simulated mouse drag and click functions for an electronic device having a display are provided. The system includes a detection module, a define module, and a control module. The detection module includes at least one sensor for providing a horizontal move signal and a vertical move signal respectively in accordance with a horizontal move and a vertical move of an object within a selected area around the at least one sensor. The define module is for defining a move ratio between the horizontal move of the object in the selected area and the horizontal move of a cursor on the display. The control module is for generating a drag signal basing on the horizontal move signal and the move ratio, and for generating a click signal basing on the vertical move signal to activate corresponding mouse drag or click functions. | 10-15-2009 |
20090262071 | Information Output Apparatus - To realize a user-friendly medium and information output thereof by defining a plurality of information in the same region of a dot pattern printed on a surface of a medium, such as a map or the like, and selectively outputting the information through an imaging operation of an imaging unit. [Means for Resolution] A dot pattern that is printed on a medium to be superimposed on a map or the like includes coordinate information and code information. Therefore, information corresponding to the coordinate information and information corresponding to the code information can be selectively and repetitively output. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262072 | Cursor control system and method thereof - A cursor control system and method thereof, provides two-staging cursor control procedures for the first stage, displaying a template dividing the screen into plural districts, and moving the cursor from the original location to the selected district, and for the second stage, moving the first cursor from the selected district to another location designated location. | 10-22-2009 |
20090267895 | Pointing and identification device - A pointing and identification device (PID) allows the user to point at objects in the real world, on television or movie screens, or otherwise not on the computer screen. The PID includes a digital camera and one or both of a laser and a reticle for aiming the digital camera. An image taken with the digital camera is transmitted to a computer or the like. | 10-29-2009 |
20090267896 | INPUT DEVICE - According to one embodiment, an input device includes: a sensor part configured to detect a hand-writing operation; an input recognition part configured to recognize a content from the writing operation detected by the sensor part; a storage part configured to store a conversion command database in which to associate the content with a command; and a conversion output part configured to output the command based on the conversion command database and the content. | 10-29-2009 |
20090273562 | ENHANCING COMPUTER SCREEN SECURITY USING CUSTOMIZED CONTROL OF DISPLAYED CONTENT AREA - A method, system and computer program product for enhancing the computer screen security. The gaze of a user on a screen is tracked. The locations of the screen other than the location of the gaze of the user are distorted. Information is displayed in an area on the screen (“content area”) at the location of the user's gaze. Upon receiving input (e.g., audio, touch, key sequences) from the user to tune the content area on the screen to display information, the received input is mapped to a command for tuning the content area on the screen to display the information. The content area is then reconfigured in accordance with the user's request. By allowing the content area to be customized by the user, the security is enhanced by allowing the user to control what information is to be kept private. | 11-05-2009 |
20090273563 | PROGRAMMABLE TACTILE TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAYS AND MAN-MACHINE INTERFACES FOR IMPROVED VEHICLE INSTRUMENTATION AND TELEMATICS - Disclosed are new methods and apparatus particularly suited for applications in a vehicle, to provide a wide range of information, and the safe input of data to a computer controlling the vehicle subsystems or “Telematic” communication using for example GM's “ONSTAR” or cellular based data sources. Preferred embodiments utilize new programmable forms of tactile touch screens and displays employing tactile physical selection or adjustment means which utilize direct optical data input. A revolutionary form of dashboard or instrument panel results which is stylistically attractive, lower in cost, customizable by the user, programmable in both the tactile and visual sense, and with the potential of enhancing interior safety and vehicle operation. Non-automotive applications of the invention are also disclosed, for example means for general computer input using touch screens and home automation systems. | 11-05-2009 |
20090278797 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPERATING PERSONAL COMPUTER THROUGH MOTION RECOGNITION - A method and a system for operating a personal computer through motion recognition are described to enable the personal computer to perform corresponding operations in response to finger motions of a user. The system comprises of a plurality of colored finger cots respectively worn on different fingers of the user; an image capturing unit for capturing digital images of all the finger cots; an motion recognition procedure for recognizing relative positions and moving directions of all the finger cots in the digital images; and a command control procedure for generating a corresponding command to control the personal computer to perform relative operations according to a set motion-command conversion table and a result of the motion recognition. | 11-12-2009 |
20090284466 | Signal Filtering Method and Electronic Device - A signal filtering method for filtering signals obtained at a number of time points by an electronic device is provided. Each of the signals corresponds to an i-th value at an i-th time point of the abovementioned time points, and the i-th value and an (i+1)-th value are defined as an i-th ordering sequence, wherein i is a positive integer. Each of the i-th ordering sequence and an (i+1)-th ordering sequence conforms to a first strict monotonicity. The method includes the following steps. Firstly, whether an (i+2)-th ordering sequence conforms to a second strict monotonicity is determined. If yes, then execute the next step. Determine whether an (i+3)-th ordering sequence conforms to the second strict monotonicity. If not, a signal obtained at an (i+3)-th time point is deleted. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284467 | Input device for operating in-vehicle apparatus - An input device having a manipulation member is disclosed. The input device has an absolute input mode and a relative input. In the absolute input mode, the input device determines a coordinate of a pointed point on a window of a display unit based on a coordinate of the manipulation member. In the relative input mode, the input device determines the pointed point on the window in a relative manner based on a two-dimensional displacement of the manipulation member with respect to a reference position, which is set when an input mode is switched into the relative input mode. When the manipulation member receives a load that causes the manipulation member to move beyond a predetermined range, the input device generates and applies a force corresponding to the load to the manipulation member. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284468 | REMOTE CONTROL HANDSET - A remote control handset | 11-19-2009 |
20090289895 | ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAM INTERFACE SYSTEM, ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAM INTERFACE APPARATUS, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - An electroencephalogram interface system includes: sections for measuring an electroencephalogram and an eye movement; an output section for presenting on a screen an option related to a device operation; a highlight determination section for, if a predetermined time has elapsed since a rotational angular velocity of the eye movement becomes equal to or less than a threshold value, identifying a region of the screen in which the user is fixing one's gaze based on the eye movement, and determining an option to be highlighted; an interface section for highlighting the determined option, and determining an operation of the device based on an event-related potential in the signal based on the timing of highlighting the option; and a timing adjustment section for adjusting a timing of beginning highlighting based on the eye movement after a process of displaying the option on the screen is begun and until the option is displayed on the screen. | 11-26-2009 |
20090295716 | METHOD FOR MOVING CURSOR AND STORAGE MEDIUM THEREOF - A method for moving cursor and a storage medium thereof are provided for a computer system connected to a first display and a second display. In the present method, a user-define cursor position in the second display is stored when a cursor position storing instruction is received. After a cursor moving instruction is received, the cursor located in the first display is switched and displayed at the user-define cursor position in the second display. And the cursor in the second display is switched and displayed on the previous position of the first display if the cursor moving instruction is received again. As a result, the operation of dragging a mouse repeatedly to move the cursor can be avoided, so that the cursor can be directly and quickly moved to a position predetermined by a user. Accordingly, utilization facility of an extended display is improved. | 12-03-2009 |
20090295717 | OPERATION FEELING GIVING INPUT DEVICE - An operation feeling giving input device includes an operation member that is displaced to an arbitrary operational position according to the operation of an operator, actuators that change the operational position of the operation member separately from the operation of the operator by applying an operational force to the operation member, operational position detecting means that detects the operational position of the operation member, storage means that stores information about display areas of buttons displayed on a predetermined display screen, and control means. The control means outputs a control signal for displaying a pointer on a display screen at an indicated position corresponding to the operational position of the operation member on the basis of the operational position of the operation member, and drives the actuators so that the operational position of the operation member is changed to generate a lead-in force that moves the pointer toward the inside of the buttons displayed on the display screen. If the length of a display area of the button in a vertical direction is different from the length of the display area of the button in a horizontal direction, the control means calculates the magnitude of the lead-in force on the basis of a relative relationship between the indicated position of the pointer and any one of vertical and horizontal virtual central axes extending in the longitudinal direction through a central position of the display area. | 12-03-2009 |
20090303180 | COMPUTER DISPLAY CONTROL USING MULTIPLE INPUT DEVICES WITH DIFFERENT COMBINATIONS OF INPUT FUNCTIONS - In one embodiment, a computing device for providing navigation on a display is provided. The computing device includes a first input device that provides navigation on the display screen in two dimensions. For example, the first input device may be a trackstick or track ball that can be mechanically actuated by a user. When actuated, the first input device may cause a pointing device to move in two dimensions, such as in the X-Y directions. Also, a second input device is provided that is configured to provide navigation on the display screen in one dimension. For example, the second input device may be a scrollwheel that provides movement in the vertical or horizontal direction. The second input device is situated around the first input device and is configured to be physically turned around the first input device. | 12-10-2009 |
20090315826 | METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING A SINGLE TAP, DOUBLE TAPS AND A DRAG AND A CONTROLLER FOR A TOUCH DEVICE EMPLOYING THE METHOD - A method for identifying a single tap with a controller employing the method comprises following steps: (a) detecting the first hit-movement being conducted by the object touching the touch device; (b) starting a time-counting if a detected result of step (a) is “YES”; (c) detecting if the object leaves the touch device within the first reference time interval; (d) generating an operation signal to represent a start of the hit-movement at the time of the first reference time interval ending if a detected result of step (c) is “YES”; (e) detecting if the second hit-movement is conducted by the object touching the touch device within a second reference time interval after the first reference time interval; (f) maintaining the operation signal to represent the second hit-movement being conducted if a detected result of step (e) is “YES”; and (g) terminating said operation signal at the time of the second reference time interval ending to represent a cease of the second hit-movement if a detected result of said step (e) is “NO” for completing the single tap. | 12-24-2009 |
20090315827 | GENERATION OF GRAPHICAL FEEDBACK IN A COMPUTER SYSTEM - The present invention relates to control of a computer system, which includes a data processing unit, a display and an eye tracker adapted to register a user's gaze point with respect to the display. The data processing unit is adapted to present graphical information on the display, which includes feedback data reflecting the user's commands entered into the unit. The data processing unit is adapted to present the feedback data such that during an initial phase, the feedback data is generated based on an absolute position of the gaze point. An imaging device of the system is also adapted to register image data representing movements of a body part of the user, and to forward a representation of the image data to the data processing unit. Hence, during a phase subsequent to the initial phase, the data is instead generated based on the image data. | 12-24-2009 |
20090315828 | APPARATUS WITH MULTIDIRECTIONAL KAY FOR CURSOR CONTROL - A multidirectional key for control of a cursor has an arrangement of multiple contacts facing another arrangement of multiple fingers and a sliding component between the arrangements. The component selectively enables a specific one of the contacts and a specific one of the fingers to touch one another depending on a specific position of the component relative to the arrangement. The pair of finger and contact touching each other is indicative of the relative position of the sliding component and can therefore be used to control the movement of the cursor. | 12-24-2009 |
20090322673 | FREE FINGERS TYPING TECHNOLOGY - The present invention provides the Free Fingers Typing Technology by fingers tapping on a surface, a technology that allows the user to type, point/select (on the display of a computer or computer-based-device) or play music with bare fingers without keyboard, without display pointing/selecting device and even without computer. The invention provides at least: one methodology to execute the finger movements, one convention to code the finger movements, two techniques to recognize the finger movements, a family of apparatus to optically monitor and recognize finger movements as well as the specifications of a plurality of related computer programmes all used with the objective of interpreting finger-surface taps and converting them into computer characters, keyboard key strokes, functions of display-pointing/selecting device, music notes etc. . . . The invention provides means for free fingers typing, pointing/selecting and music playing suitable for all devices requiring a keyboard such as computers, personal digital assistants, cellular phones, gaming devices, musical instruments or other keyboard or display pointing/selecting based devices | 12-31-2009 |
20090322674 | Switch, image transmission apparatus, image transmission method, image display method, image transmitting program product, and image displaying program product - A switch selectively switches terminals to which a computer is connected, and can be remotely operated by a remote-control computer connected to a predetermined network. This switch includes: an information acquiring unit that acquires cursor location information from the remote-control computer; an image extracting unit that extracts a cursor peripheral image from an image storing unit that stores an image obtained from the computer, based on the cursor location information acquired by the information acquiring unit; and a cursor image transmitting unit that transmits the cursor peripheral image, extracted by the image extracting unit, to the remote-control computer. | 12-31-2009 |
20090322675 | METHOD AND DEVICE TO CONTROL A COMPUTER SYSTEM UTILIZING A FLUID FLOW - A device, to facilitate a user control of a computer system, includes a movable portion movable by a fluid flow of a generated by a user of the device, and a converter to convert movement of the movable portion into an electrical signal to facilitate control of the computer system. | 12-31-2009 |
20100001951 | CURSOR CONTROL DEVICE - A cursor control device includes a pen-like body, a motion-detecting element, a microcontroller and a button element. The motion-detecting element is disposed at a first side of the pen-like body for generating a coordinate change signal in response to a motion of a first finger of the user. The microcontroller is disposed within the pen-like body and communicated with the motion-detecting element and the computer system. According to the coordinate change signal, the microcontroller issues a cursor control signal to the computer system. The button element is disposed at a second side of the pen-like body and communicated with the microcontroller for triggering the microcontroller to generate an object locking control signal in response to a depressing action of a second finger of the user. The object pointed by the cursor is locked according to the object locking control signal and moved according to the cursor control signal. | 01-07-2010 |
20100033428 | CURSOR MOVING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PORTABLE TERMINAL - A cursor moving method and apparatus for portable terminals is provided, by which a user is able to point to a specific location on a screen of the portable terminal by using one hand. The cursor moving method includes the operations of sensing a spatial motion of the portable terminal by using a motion sensor, extracting a direction and distance of the movement of the portable terminal from a result output from the motion sensor, and moving the cursor on a screen of the portable terminal, according to the direction and distance of the movement. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033429 | 3D CONNECTED SHADOW MOUSE POINTER - The invention relates to a system ( | 02-11-2010 |
20100033430 | IMAGE REPRODUCTION DEVICE FOR AV DEVICE - Object To provide an image reproduction device for remotely reproducing image information from an AV device and facilitating remote operation of the AV device, | 02-11-2010 |
20100045596 | DISCREET FEATURE HIGHLIGHTING - A device may identify a first graphical feature at which a viewer is looking, remove a highlight from the first graphical feature, identify at least one graphical feature to be highlighted based on a location at which the viewer is looking, and highlight the at least one graphical feature. | 02-25-2010 |
20100045597 | DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING A COMPUTER SYSTEM - The invention relates to a device ( | 02-25-2010 |
20100053080 | Method For Setting Up Location Information On Display Screens And A Recognition Structure Thereof - A method for setting up location information on display screens and a recognition structure thereof includes an encoding unit and an image generation unit to output respectively at least one location information and a plurality of image information in a unit of time, and a synthesizing unit to integrate the location information and the image information to become synthesized information transmitted to a display unit to be output. The invention further has an image capturing unit to capture local information of the synthesized information from any location of the display unit. The local information is sent to a recognition unit to be recognized. The recognition unit outputs a recognition signal to the image generation unit which in turns outputs the image information of a location on the display unit pointed by the image capturing unit. This invention can accomplish effects same as the touch screen. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053081 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE DISPLAY DEVICE - A mobile terminal is provided that includes a first display module to receive a touch signal and a second display module configured to be extensible. An image and a pointer may be displayed on the second display module if the second display is ejected from the mobile terminal. The pointer may move according to a drag direction and a drag distance corresponding to the touch signal if a touch signal with directivity is detected from the first display module. A character-input operation and/or a search operation may be performed on the image displayed on the second display module using the first display module. | 03-04-2010 |
20100060571 | KVM SWITCH USING A TOUCH SCREEN - A KVM switch system having a touch screen for interacting with multiple computers is disclosed. The KVM switch processes coordinate data from the touch screen and transfers the processed data to the controlled computer either as absolute mouse coordinate data or as relative mouse coordinate data depending on the operating system (Windows, Mac OS, SUN, etc.) and mouse data interface (USB, PS/2, etc.) used by the computer. Thus, the touch screen can interact with all computers connected to the KVM switch, achieving a multi-platform and multi-interface application without requiring device drivers on the computers. The KVM switch stores necessary parameters for each computer so that when switching from one computer port to another, or when the display resolution of the computer changes, processing of the touch screen data is automatically adjusted accordingly. The touch screen also works within the OSD of the KVM switch. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060572 | DISPLAY DEVICE FOR INTERFACING WITH A HANDHELD COMPUTER DEVICE THAT DYNAMICALLY GENERATES A DIFFERENT USER ENVIRONMENT FOR THE DISPLAY DEVICE - A secondary device is described comprising a display and an interface in which communication is established with a handheld device with its own display and user environment, wherein the secondary device provides its configuration to the handheld device over the interface and receives a second user environment from the handheld device over the interface. In one embodiment, the secondary device with display receives the second user environment, which includes a graphical user interface that is different than the user environment and graphical user interface of the handheld device, and displays the second user environment at least partially on the second display. | 03-11-2010 |
20100066669 | USING MEASUREMENT OF LATERAL FORCE FOR A TRACKING INPUT DEVICE - Systems and methods for using measurements of a lateral force applied to a motion-based input device are disclosed. The input device has a force detection module operable to detect lateral forces applied to the input device and generate force data representative of the applied lateral forces. The system also includes a processor coupled to the force detection module. The processor is operable to initiate an event based upon the force data. | 03-18-2010 |
20100066670 | FORCE SENSING FOR FINE TRACKING CONTROL OF MOUSE CURSOR - Systems and methods for controlling a navigational object (e.g., a cursor) using an input device are disclosed herein. A system in accordance with one embodiment includes a motion-based input device adapted to move relative to a surface. The input device has one or more force sensors capable of detecting forces acting upon the input device. The system may then move a navigational object displayed on a receiving device in relatively small increments or relatively large increments, depending upon the detected forces acting upon the input device. | 03-18-2010 |
20100066671 | Loop Member For Pointing Devices For Computers, Consisting Of Wires Linked To Each Other As Well As Pointing Device Comprising Such A Loop Member - Loop member | 03-18-2010 |
20100073286 | Computer input device with time-difference-type bi-coordinate output, time-difference-type data input processing method, and sensor thereof - A computer input device with a time-difference-type bi-coordinate output, a time-difference-type data input processing method, and a sensor thereof. The computer input device includes a first light source for producing a first projecting beam in an alternating on and off manner; a second light source for producing a second projecting beam when the first light source is turned off; and a sensor module. The sensor module includes an optical signal receiving region for receiving the first projecting beam to obtain a first image data and receiving the second projecting beam to obtain a second image data; a control unit for comparing the first image data obtained at different time points to compute a first displacement data and comparing the second image data obtained at different time points to compute a second displacement data; and a storage unit for storing the first displacement data and the second displacement data. | 03-25-2010 |
20100073287 | SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING DEVICES AND INFORMATION ON NETWORK BY USING HAND GESTURES - The disclosure relates to a system for controlling devices and information on a network by hand gestures, and more particularly, to a system for controlling devices and information on a network by hand gestures in which a device or a file to be controlled is selected by a user and a display device is pointed so that information and data can be shared and that various devices can be coupled to each other easily and can be controlled easily. | 03-25-2010 |
20100073288 | CONTROL ELEMENT FOR A MOTOR VEHICLE - An input device including a control surface and a control element that can be moved over the control surface, with means for detecting the position and/or movement of the control element on the control surface and an evaluation unit for generating a control signal corresponding to the detected quantity, where the control element adheringly rests against the control surface by a magnetic force. | 03-25-2010 |
20100079372 | KEYBOARD SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING IMPROVED ACCESS TO AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An interface system and method are provided for facilitating cross-disability access to an electronic device. A first screen of a plurality of screens is displayed on the electronic device. Each screen includes at least one of a non-input element and an input element. The interface system includes a keyboard having a plurality of alpha-numeric keys and a plurality of keys or selectors that allow a user to navigate through the non-input elements and input elements of the plurality of screens. | 04-01-2010 |
20100079373 | Storage medium storing image processing program for implementing controlled image display according to input coordinate, and information processing device - When a user touches a first input point P | 04-01-2010 |
20100085302 | POINTING DEVICE AND METHOD WITH ERROR PREVENTION FEATURES - A pointing device and method include a pad occupying a region, a raised border at a perimeter of the region and an object slidably movable on the pad for contacting the border. A detecting device is configured to detect a physical contact by the object at any position on the border wherein contact with the border generates a signal indicating a contact position on the border. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085303 | PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME - A method of controlling a portable electronic device having a touch screen display moveable with respect to a base thereof. The method includes providing a graphical user interface having user-selectable features on the touch screen display, detecting a touch event at a first location on the touch screen display, rendering a navigation indicator at a first feature of the user-selectable features in the graphical user interface in response to detecting the touch event at the first location, determining if a confirmation of selection is received from release of a switch actuated as a result of movement of the touch screen display with respect to the base, and selecting the first feature in response to determination that the confirmation of selection is received with the touch event at the first location. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085304 | MODIFYING THE APPEARANCE OF A MOVABLE POSITION-MARKER ON A DISPLAY SCREEN OF A HANDHELD ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Modifying the appearance of a movable position-marker on a display screen of an electronic device is disclosed. A graphical user interface program is run on a microprocessor module of the electronic device that controls display of images on a display screen. Designating a partial area of a page of displayed using an overlaid position marker which has a perimeter defining a highlighting area. The bounded area can be partially non-uniformly filled. | 04-08-2010 |
20100097315 | GLOBAL INPUT DEVICE FOR MULTIPLE COMPUTER-CONTROLLED MEDICAL SYSTEMS - An integrated control and display system for operating a plurality of separate computer systems each having a visual display, includes at least one cursor control device for seamlessly moving a cursor among the visual displays of the separate computer systems, the cursor control device operating to control the computer system associated with the display on which the cursor appears. | 04-22-2010 |
20100103096 | INPUT APPARATUS, CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROL SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD, AND HANDHELD APPARATUS - An input apparatus, a control apparatus, a control system, and a control method therefor, that are capable of solving a problem on gravity that affects an acceleration sensor of an input apparatus when tilted from its original position, and reducing a calculation amount are provided. An MPU of an input apparatus corrects angular velocity values by rotational coordinate conversion corresponding to a calculated roll angle to obtain correction angular velocity values (second and first correction angular velocity values) as correction values. Accordingly, even when a user moves the input apparatus in a state where the input apparatus is tilted with respect to an axis in a gravity direction (vertical axis) about a Z axis, effects of gravity acceleration components in X′- and Y′-axis directions that are generated by the tilt can be removed. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103097 | INFORMATION DISPLAY APPARATUS, MOBILE INFORMATION UNIT, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM - An information display apparatus including a contact detecting panel unit that detects at least contact with the approximately transparent panel surface thereof made by an external object; a display panel unit installed on the panel back surface of the contact detecting panel unit; an analyzing unit that analyzes a contact position of the panel surface with which the external object makes contact and a direction indicated by a specific portion of the external object on the basis of output values from the contact detecting panel unit; and a pointer control unit that controls a display position and a pointing direction of a predefined pointer image displayed on the display panel unit on the basis of the contact position and the direction indicated by the specific portion, in which both the contact position and the direction are obtained from the analyzing unit. | 04-29-2010 |
20100110002 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH COMBINED INPUT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention relates to a communication device comprising a combined input and display device for character input and image display and a method for controlling said character input and image display. The device comprises a control unit and a proximity sensor arranged in such a way that the sensor is able to detect when a pointer comes within a first predetermined distance from the input and display device and that the control unit is configured to generate a first control signal for changing display modes, from a first to a second display mode, upon detection of the pointer. The second display mode is kept until the pointer is withdrawn more then a second predetermined distance from the display device at which occasion the control unit is configured to generate a second control signal for changing display modes, from the second to the first display mode. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110003 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SIMULATING A COMPUTER MOUSE - A system and method for simulating a computer mouse uses a camera to capture images of a user's palm on a plane, transfers the images to a computer, analyzes the images to determine movement information of the user's palm, and determines a corresponding mouse operation according to preset associations between movements of the user's palm and operations on mouse buttons. The system and method further execute a computer command corresponding to the mouse operation associated with the movement information of the user's palm, so as to activate a action of a cursor displayed on a display screen of the computer. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110004 | CONVERGED DESKTOP BETWEEN A PC AND A TRADING TURRET - A personal computer and a telephony device are integrated using an input director and an input receiver. The input director is configured to receive an instruction from a user interface device, the instruction corresponding to a function of the telephony device. The input receiver is configured to receive the instruction from the input director and control the telephony device based on the instruction. | 05-06-2010 |
20100123658 | PORTABLE COMMUNICATION DEVICE HAVING A TOUCH-SENSITIVE INPUT DEVICE WITH NON-LINEAR ACTIVE AREAS - A portable communication device includes a touch-sensitive input device that is configured to include a substantially V-shaped active area. The portable communication device is configured to facilitate character selection and navigation by sensing the user's thumb position on and movement along the substantially V-shaped active area. The portable communication device is configured to provide keypad functionality via the touch-sensitive input device without a graphical representation of character keys and/or navigation keys represented on the touch-sensitive input device. | 05-20-2010 |
20100123659 | IN-AIR CURSOR CONTROL - Embodiments related to in-air cursor control solutions are disclosed. For example, one disclosed embodiment provides a method of moving a cursor on a display. The method comprises receiving an external motion signal from an image sensor that is external to a handheld cursor control device, receiving an internal motion signal from a motion detector internal to the handheld cursor control device, and sending an output signal to the display to change a location of the cursor on the display based upon the external motion signal and the internal motion signal. | 05-20-2010 |
20100123660 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INPUTTING A USER'S INSTRUCTIONS BASED ON MOVEMENT SENSING - Provided is a user instruction input device operating in a three-dimensional space. The user instruction input device includes a first sensor that senses the angular rate of the device centering on at least one axis, a second sensor that senses the acceleration of the device at least for one direction, and a processing unit that calculates a first rotation angle in a coordinate system independent of the attitude of the first device from the output value of the first sensor, calculates a second rotation angle in the coordinate system from the output value of the second sensor, and calculates the final attitude angle by combining the first rotation angle and the second rotation angle. | 05-20-2010 |
20100127972 | Cursor control - A method involving:
| 05-27-2010 |
20100127973 | Display Systems - This invention relates to methods, apparatus and computer program code for television and other display systems and, in particular, to improved methods of navigating around a screen display of such a system. A method of navigating a marker between regions of a screen display using a set of direction keys each defining one of four substantially mutually perpendicular directions, the method comprising: inputting a movement request defined by a said movement direction key from a current region indicated by said marker; identifying when said movement request comprises a request for movement in a direction substantially perpendicular to a previous movement request; performing a target search responsive to said identifying of said perpendicular movement request, to locate a target region for said marker; moving said marker to said target region. | 05-27-2010 |
20100127974 | DATA INSPECTING DEVICE AND METHOD - A data inspecting device displays each of a plurality of data individually indicated as a mark which can be reproduced by a reproducing element and which has a length, so that the data inspecting device makes it possible to inspect a plurality of the data. The data inspecting device is provided with a calculating element for calculating the degree of mutual relevancy to predetermined kinds of parameters at different length points between one group of data which the reproducing element is reproducing out of a plurality of the data and the other groups of the data except such one group of the data and a display element for displaying the mark indicative of each of the other groups of data corresponding to the point in a different mode of display in accordance with the calculated relevancy. This makes a user recognize more accurately the relevancy of the mutual data. | 05-27-2010 |
20100127975 | TOUCH-SENSITIVE POINTING DEVICE WITH GUIDING LINES - A touchpad-or touch screen-based device has a touch-sensitive sensor surface and can generate electrical and/or optical signals dependent on the placement and/or movement of a finger physically contacting the sensor surface. The sensor surface comprises a corrugated surface in at least one sub-area, thereby providing a user with two modes for finger movement across the sensor surface, namely a first mode for sliding movement at a first finger pressure, and a second mode for guided movement at a second finger pressure higher than the first finger pressure. | 05-27-2010 |
20100127976 | System and Method for Lighting Device Selection - Methods, devices (such as computer readable media), and systems (such as computer systems) for providing an interactive display that allows a user to view a lighting effect provided by a lighting device in a display comprising a rendition of an environment incorporating the lighting device. | 05-27-2010 |
20100127977 | POINTING DEVICE, ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF - An operation method for a pointing device includes steps as follows. A present mode is provided. The present mode is set to a first mode, in which a cursor is displayed on a screen. The cursor is moved according to a control signal from the pointing device. When a switch signal is received, the present mode is set to a second mode, in which a selection bar is displayed on the screen. An operation of several arrow keys is simulated according to the control signal, such that the selection bar is moved according to the simulated operation. | 05-27-2010 |
20100134413 | DISAMBIGUATED TEXT MESSAGE REVIEW FUNCTION - A method of displaying text on a handheld electronic device, the handheld electronic device including an input apparatus, an output apparatus, and a memory having a plurality of objects stored therein, the plurality of objects including a plurality of language objects and a plurality of frequency objects having a frequency value, the input apparatus including a plurality of input members, at least one of the input members having a plurality of linguistic elements assigned thereto. The method comprises detecting a delimited ambiguous input, generating a plurality of results in response to the delimited ambiguous input, and outputting an indication that each result of at least two of the results is substantially identical in its entirety to a corresponding language object. | 06-03-2010 |
20100141576 | TOUCHPAD USING RESISTIVE ELECTRO-CONDUCTIVE FIBER AND INPUT DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - There are provided a touchpad using resistive electro-conductive fibers and an input device having the same, which can be used for controlling a personal terminal such as a computer by receiving a user's input using a signal representing a motion of the user detected by the resistive electro-conductive fiber in contact with the user's body part such as a finger, instead of using a separate input device such as a mouse. The touchpad includes a plurality of motion detectors and a signal analyzer. The motion detectors each include a resistive electro-conductive fiber having a resistance value varied according to a change in length caused by contact with a human body part, and a signal generator outputting a signal corresponding to the varied resistance value. The signal analyzer analyzes the signal from each of the motion detectors, and generates a motion signal representing a motion of the human body part in contact with the touchpad. | 06-10-2010 |
20100141577 | POINTING DEVICE, DATA PROCESSING DEVICE, AND DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM - A data processing device includes a cursor position decision unit, a display control unit, a switch operation signal detection unit, a storage unit, an event generation unit and an event execution unit. The storage unit is configured to store, for a predetermined period, at least one of cursor position information outputted from the cursor position decision unit and event information according to one of a plurality of selection options located in a displayed image at a position corresponding to the cursor position decided by the cursor position decision unit. The event generation unit is configured to generate an execution event when a first switch operation signal is detected at a first timing by the switch operation signal detection unit based on the at least one of the cursor position information and the event information stored in the storage unit at a second timing prior to the first timing. | 06-10-2010 |
20100149095 | INSTRUCTION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATING METHOD - An instruction device is provided for communicating an instruction and an icon in an image area, and includes a motion sensing unit and a processing unit. The motion sensing unit senses a first motion to generate a corresponding first signal. The processing unit generates a first trajectory to determine a first region in the image area in response to the corresponding first signal for a decision whether the icon shall be or has been selected according to a relationship between the first region and a second region where the icon is displayed in the image area. | 06-17-2010 |
20100156784 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND PROGRAM - A display apparatus includes: a display surface that includes a plurality of display elements of which colors are rewritten in accordance with a period of executing a rewriting process; a detection section that detects positions of the plurality of display elements subjected to the rewriting for each predetermined cycle; a rewriting section that rewrites colors of the corresponding display elements by performing the rewriting process on the display elements corresponding to a trace sequentially linking the positions detected by the detection section; a cycle changing section that, when the positions are designated, changes the cycle in which the detection section detects the corresponding positions; and a rewriting period changing section that, when the cycle changing section changes the cycle to be shortened, shortens a period of the rewriting process which is performed on the display elements by the rewriting section. | 06-24-2010 |
20100156785 | INPUT DEVICE AND DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM - An input device includes a main body and a motion sensor unit. The main body has a longitudinal axis. The motion sensor unit is configured and arranged to detect rotation of the main body about the longitudinal axis. The motion sensor unit has an X-axis angular velocity sensor configured and arranged to detect an angular velocity of the main body about an X-axis in a three-dimensional orthogonal coordinate system defined by the X-axis, a Y-axis and a Z-axis. The X-axis coincides with the longitudinal axis of the main body and the Y-axis and the Z-axis being orthogonal to each other in a first plane perpendicular to the X-axis. | 06-24-2010 |
20100156786 | INPUT APPARATUS, CONTROL APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD FOR INPUT APPARATUS - An input apparatus capable of transmitting a signal corresponding to an operation of a user to a control apparatus capable of switching display among a plurality of display screens, includes a first detection section, a second detection section, and a mode switch section. The first detection section detects analog information on a movement of the input apparatus made by the user. The second detection section detects digital information input by the user. The mode switch section makes a switch between a first mode for transmitting to the control apparatus a first signal that is based on the analog information detected by the first detection means and a second mode for transmitting to the control apparatus a second signal that is based on the digital information detected by the second detection means, in association with the display screen displayed on the control apparatus. | 06-24-2010 |
20100156787 | Head mount display - A HMD images at least a portion of a field of view of a user, and detects a user's hand based on a result of an analysis of an imaged image. The HMD performs a control of defining and displaying a position of an operation part of a virtual operation panel based on a position of the detected user's hand. A position associated with the hand observed by the user is set as a display position of the virtual operation panel which tracks the position of the user's hand. The HMD detects an operation conducted by a user's finger, determines whether or not the virtual operation panel is operated based on the operation conducted by the detected finger, and performs a control corresponding to an operation position of the virtual operation panel when it is determined that the virtual operation panel is operated. | 06-24-2010 |
20100171694 | Electronic Apparatus with Virtual Data Input Device - An electronic apparatus with a virtual data input device includes a first body, a second body, a sensing plane, an image sensing module and a processor. A display is disposed on the second body. The sensing plane is disposed on the first body and configured for generating an initiating signal when a user presses the sensing plane. The image sensing module is disposed on the second body and configured for sensing the pressing action on the sensing plane by the user and generating an image signal that carries the information of the pressed position on the sensing plane. The processor is electrically connected with the sensing plane and the image sensing module, and configured for processing the image signal after the initiating signal is generated so that data corresponding to the pressing action of the user is input to the electronic apparatus. | 07-08-2010 |
20100171695 | INPUT APPARATUS, METHOD AND PROGRAM - An input apparatus includes: an operation section operated by a user for generating a corresponding value corresponding to a motion of an image displayed on a screen of an image display section of an electronic apparatus; a detection section detecting a detection value for generating the corresponding value corresponding to the motion of the image by an operation of the operation section; a calculation section calculating the corresponding value from the detection value detected by the detection section; a transmission section transmitting the corresponding value calculated by the calculation section to the electronic apparatus by a radio wave; and a capture section capturing the detection value detected by the detection section from the detection section in a time period when the corresponding value is not transmitted to the electronic apparatus by the radio wave. | 07-08-2010 |
20100177039 | Finger Indicia Input Device for Computer - A device for controlling a computer to input commands using only hand motion. The device employs visually distinct indicia upon the thumb and at least one other finger of a user's hand. Using cameras or other means to capture movement of the user's hand, any contact between the thumb and a finger bearing the distinct indicia is ascertained as an input command. A laser or dot projecting pointer may be controlled using indicia in the form of a line on one finger. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177040 | PRESSURE OPERATING APPARATUS AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - A pressure operating apparatus is used for controlling the movement of an operation object. One user can press down an insulating element to make a conductive element dispose below the insulating element to turn on at least one of switching elements. The turned on switching elements transmits a conductive signal respectively to a processing module. Finally, the processing module controls the movement of the operation object according to the conductive signal received simultaneously. | 07-15-2010 |
20100182232 | Electronic Data Input System - System including visual display, eye-tracking arrangement, and processor. Eye-tracking arrangement is capable of detecting orientations of an eye toward visual display. Processor is in communication with visual display and with eye-tracking arrangement. Processor is capable of causing cursor to be displayed on visual display. Processor is capable of executing cursor command, from among plurality of cursor commands, in response to detected orientation of an eye toward portion of displayed cursor. Method that includes providing visual display, eye-tracking arrangement, and processor in communication with visual display and with eye-tracking arrangement. Method also includes causing cursor to be displayed on visual display. Method further includes causing orientation of an eye toward portion of displayed cursor to be detected. Method additionally includes causing cursor command from among plurality of cursor commands to be executed in response to detected orientation of an eye. Computer-readable medium. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182233 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DETECTING CURSOR INTERFERENCE IN VISUAL DISPLAYS - A system for detecting cursor interference includes a graphics engine configured to generate graphics information; a first evaluation unit coupled to the graphics engine and configured to evaluate the graphics information; a cursor generation unit coupled to the graphics engine and configured to generate cursor information, the cursor generator further configured to merge the cursor information and the graphics information into merged information; a second evaluation unit coupled to the cursor generation unit and configured to evaluate the merged information; and a display device coupled to the cursor generation unit and configured to display the merged information based on the evaluations of the graphics information and the merged information. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182234 | Projector System and Driving Method Thereof - In a projector system which includes a plurality of projectors and a pointer, the projector generates instruction information and positional information based on a spot light radiated from the projector to a projection area of the projector, and transmits the instruction information and the positional information to another projector as processing information. One projector detects the spot light and transmits the processing information to another projector, and another projector detects the spot light. Both of a projection image which one projector projects and a projection image which another projector projects are associated with each other based on the processing information, and at least the projection image which one projector projects is changed. | 07-22-2010 |
20100188332 | THIN-FILM TRANSISTOR IMAGER - An optical input device for finger input on an electronic computing device. The optical input device includes a thin-film transistor (TFT) imager and an integrated circuit (IC). The TFT imager includes a protective layer, a substrate, and a TFT array. The protective layer has a finger contact surface. The TFT array includes photo-sensitive thin-film transistors disposed on a surface of the substrate, between the substrate and the protective layer. The TFT array generates image signals corresponding to physical features of a user's finger in contact with the finger contact surface of the protective layer. The integrated circuit is coupled to the TFT imager. The integrated circuit processes the image signals from the TFT array. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188333 | POINTING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A pointing device, display system, and method of operation to allow the detection of a point on an image plane at which the pointing device is pointing. | 07-29-2010 |
20100194685 | Information processing apparatus - An information processing apparatus including a key input device and a sensing unit that detects motion and/or sound to adjust a position of a mouse pointer on a display | 08-05-2010 |
20100194686 | DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, MOBILE TERMINAL OF USING THE SAME AND RECORDING MEDIUM THEREOF - The present invention relates to a display control method and a mobile terminal using the method, which can promptly move a pointing cursor between entities, and can easily move the pointing cursor to an arbitrary location on the screen. The display control method according to the present invention displays a user interface and a pointing cursor, if a movement key for moving the pointing cursor is pressed for a period of time greater than a preset period of time, the indication location of the pointing cursor is moved to correspond to the manipulation direction of the movement key. In contrast, if the movement key is pressed for a period of time equal to or less than the preset period of time, the indication location of the pointing cursor is moved to an entity close to the pointing cursor in the manipulation direction of the movement key. | 08-05-2010 |
20100201617 | Real-time Translation display interface and display method thereof - A real-time translation display interface and a display method thereof are provided, which generate a translation function window and an enlargement function window based on a cursor position. The translation function window and the enlargement function window are selectively displayed on a graphical user interface (GUI), thereby solving the problem in the prior art that it results in tediousness and inconveniences when performing a translation function and an enlarge function on one electronic document, and achieving the technical effect of taking account of both the functionality of translation and enlargement and the convenience for browsing a document. | 08-12-2010 |
20100201618 | USER INTERFACE - A user interface including a display driver and a control unit having a rotatable actuator. The display driver is configured to cause a display to display a plurality of selectable categories in a main array extending in a first direction, to display, for at least one of the categories, a respective plurality of selectable subcategories in a respective subarray extending in a second direction different to the first direction, to selectively highlight one of the categories and subcategories and to move highlighting between adjacent categories or subcategories in response to rotation of the rotatable actuator. The control unit includes an orientation sensor configured to detect whether the control unit is in a first orientation or a second orientation. The display driver is responsive to the orientation sensor and is configured to move highlighting in the first direction between adjacent categories in response to rotation of the rotatable actuator when the control unit is in the first orientation and to move highlighting in the second direction between adjacent subcategories in response to rotation of the rotatable actuator when the control unit is in the second orientation. | 08-12-2010 |
20100214213 | INTEGRATED CENTER PANEL WITH ROTARY CONTROL - A control panel includes a display for providing visual images to a user and a rotary control including a shaft extending through an aperture formed in the display and a rotary knob coupled to the shaft, wherein the rotary control manages a control feature associated with the rotary control. | 08-26-2010 |
20100220056 | TRACE INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, TRACE INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, INFORMATION RECORDING MEDIUM, AND PROGRAM - In a trajectory information processing device ( | 09-02-2010 |
20100225580 | System and method of remote operation using visual code - A remote operation method using a visual code, and an apparatus executing the method. A mobile device encodes unique data into the visual code, and displays the visual code, and a display apparatus recognizes the displayed visual code, and performs a wireless connection with the mobile device. The mobile device remotely operates a pointer of the display apparatus mapped with the visual code when the wireless connection with the display apparatus is performed. In the display apparatus without a separate operation means, a remote operation is performed using the visual code of the mobile device. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225581 | OPTICAL POSITION DETECTING DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE WITH POSITION DETECTING FUNCTION, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An optical position detecting device for optically detecting a position of a target object within a detection region, includes: a position detecting light source which emits position detecting light; a position detecting light source driving circuit which drives the position detecting light source; a light detector of which a light receiving portion faces the detection region; and a signal processing unit which creates an environment light intensity determining signal corresponding to intensity of environment light within the detection region and a position detecting signal for detecting the position of the target object within the detection region on the basis of a detecting signal of the light detector. | 09-09-2010 |
20100231511 | INTERACTIVE MEDIA SYSTEM WITH MULTI-DIRECTIONAL REMOTE CONTROL AND DUAL MODE CAMERA - A multi-directional remote control system and method is adapted for use with an interactive media system of a type including a display such as a monitor or TV with a camera. The remote control system and method images the controller to detect relative motion between the controller and screen with the camera. This position information is used for control of a cursor or other GUI interface. A movable IR filter improves detection of the IR during tracking and allows the camera to have a second function, such as a web cam or other function, with the filter not in place. | 09-16-2010 |
20100238111 | Human Interface Input Acceleration System - A method and system for transmitting data to and from a hand-held host device are disclosed. An accessory device for interfacing with a host device includes a communication channel designed to establish a bidirectional data link between the accessory device and the host device. The accessory device also includes a storage unit communicatively coupled to the communication channel. The storage unit is designed to store various data. In addition, at least a first data is selectively transmitted from the stored data of the accessory device to the host device through the established bidirectional data link. | 09-23-2010 |
20100245242 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR OPERATING SCREEN - An electronic device and a method of operating a screen are disclosed; the touch screen has a display area and a non-display area, and the method includes steps as follows. First, a first sensing signal is generated when a designator controls a pointer on the non-display area. Then, a second sensing signal is generated when the pointer is moved from the non-display area to the display area. Then, a third sensing signal is generated when the pointer is moved on the display area. Last, a user interface is opened in the display area when a processing module receives the first, second and third sensing signals sequentially. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245243 | Positional display elements - One aspect relates to determining a position of at least one positional display element that can be used to display at least an image portion; and displaying the at least the image portion with the at least one positional display element based at least in part on the determining the position of the at least one positional display element. Another aspect relates to determining a position of at least one positional display element, in which the position can be used to affect a visual presentation. | 09-30-2010 |
20100253619 | MULTI-RESOLUTION POINTING SYSTEM - A user control input system for a host with a display. A controller establishes a communication link with the host and includes a first motion sensor. At least a second motion sensor is also in communication with the host. First user movement induces the first motion sensor to generate a first signal that is communicated to the host such that the host induces movement of a cursor on the display to move with respect to control objects at a first resolution. Second user movement induces the second motion sensor to generate a signal that is communicated to the host such that the host processing unit induces movement of the cursor at a second coarser resolution. The cursor can include first and second indicia such that the second indicium is moved proportional to the second motion at a finer resolution than movement of the first indicia. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253620 | Apparatus and method for touch screen user interface for handheld electric devices Part II - A system of touch screen user interface in a touch screen equipped handheld electronic device has a bounded control area on a touch screen that is used for touch control in lieu of the entire touch screen surface. The control area is able to provide touch control user interface functions of scroll, zoom, action item selection, and other control functions. The control area may be minimized enabling the entire touch screen to resume its touch screen control function in lieu of the control area control and maximized enabling only the bounded control area to be used for touch screen control depending upon a user's preference. The bounded control area for selection control functions may be used in conjunction with unique type of hop-cursors, for different types of displays that change automatically when the display content changes. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253621 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD, IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM, AND PROGRAM - An image display apparatus includes: a communication section receiving a plurality of remote operation signals corresponding to remote operations of a plurality of input apparatuses; and a combination section combining a first image based on the plurality of individual remote operation signals received by the communication section and a second image supplied from other apparatus into a third image, and outputting the third image. | 10-07-2010 |
20100259475 | Angle sensor-based pointer and a cursor control system with the same - An angle sensor-based pointer has an angle sensor, a signal processing unit and a wireless transmitting unit. The angle sensor detects rotation angles of hand movements in at least two directions and accordingly produces voltage signals in response to the rotation angles. The voltage signals are further input to the signal processing unit and transformed to a coordinate signal. The coordinate signal is modulated and transmitted wirelessly through the wireless transmitting unit to a target device for moving a cursor from an original position to a new position. | 10-14-2010 |
20100259476 | PRESENTATION CONTROLLING SYSTEM AND PRESENTATION SYSTEM HAVING SAME - A presentation controlling system is provided for controlling a cursor of a computer. The computer includes a display screen to display the cursor and is configured to output an image to a projector. The projector is configured to project the image onto a projection panel. The presentation controlling system includes a control device, an image processing module, and a cursor controlling module. The control device is configured to project an indicator onto an area occupied by the projected image on the projection panel. The image processing module is configured to recognize the projected indicator, and to track the projected indicator on the occupied area. The cursor controlling module is configured to control movement of the cursor on the display screen according to a track of the indicator on the occupied area, and to activate a cursor action according to the recognized indicator. | 10-14-2010 |
20100259477 | INPUT APPARATUS, CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROL SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD, AND HANDHELD APPARATUS - To provide an input apparatus, a control apparatus, a control system, a control method, and a handheld apparatus with which a movement of a pointer on a screen can be stopped, for example, with a simple operation or without a user being aware of the operation. An MPU judges whether absolute values of acceleration values are both equal to or smaller than a threshold value (hereinafter, referred to as threshold value for convenience). When both of the absolute values for the acceleration values are not equal to or smaller than the threshold value, the MPU transmits velocity values to a control apparatus. Otherwise, the MPU stops outputting (transmitting) the velocity values. Typically, a time when a position of a casing of an input apparatus falls within an angle range an angle ±α from a line that is perpendicular to a ground (horizontal plane) is a time when the absolute values become equal to or smaller than the threshold value. | 10-14-2010 |
20100265171 | DISPLAY SYSTEM FOR VIRTUAL REALITY - A method of displaying an image on a screen having upper and lower extremities to a viewer located in front of the screen and at a horizontal distance from the screen, the method comprising the steps of: (a) inclining the screen at an angle of 60° or less to a horizontal plane behind the screen; (b) arranging the viewer and screen such that the upper extremity of the screen is further away than its lower extremity from the point of view of the viewer with said upper extremity above the head height of the viewer; and, (c) displaying the image on the screen. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265172 | Portable Electronic Apparatus - A portable electronic apparatus | 10-21-2010 |
20100265173 | INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - A game apparatus being one example of an information processing apparatus includes a CPU. The CPU detects a coordinate position designated on a monitor screen on the basis of a signal from a controller to be operated by a user, detects a barycentric position of the user on the basis of a signal from a load controller on which the user rides, and performs processing in relation to a test on a balance function and progress of the game on the basis of the detected coordinate position and the detected barycentric position. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265174 | MULTIMEDIA USER INTERFACE - A user interface for multimedia centers advantageously utilizes hand-held inertial-sensing user input devices to select channels and quickly navigate the dense menus of options. Extensive use of the high resolution and bandwidth of such user input devices is combined with strategies to avoid unintentional inputs and with dense and intuitive interactive graphical displays. | 10-21-2010 |
20100283729 | CONTROL METHOD FOR CONTROLLING HANDHELD ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A control method for controlling a handheld electronic device comprising a screen and a touch pad is provided. The screen is used for displaying a frame. The control method comprises the following steps. The frame comprising at least one option and a controlled object is displayed. A radial input with respect to the touch pad is detected. A shifting direction of the controlled object according to the radial input is controlled so as to switch between the options. A rotational input with respect to the touch pad is detected. One of the options according to the rotational input is selected. | 11-11-2010 |
20100289740 | TOUCHLESS CONTROL OF AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method of controlling an electronic device includes detecting an object at a distance from the electronic device, displaying a symbol at a fixed location on a screen of the electronic device in response to detection of the object, and performing an operation corresponding to the symbol based on a state of the object detected after display of the symbol on the screen. | 11-18-2010 |
20100289741 | DUAL PEN: OS/APPLICATION PENS - There is disclosed an interactive display system comprising an interactive surface for displaying an image and for receiving inputs from remote devices, the system being adapted to detect the presence of at least two remote devices proximate the interactive surface. | 11-18-2010 |
20100289742 | MOVEABLE DESKTOP - There is disclosed an interactive display system comprising an interactive surface for displaying an image and for receiving inputs from remote devices, the system being adapted to detect the presence of at least two remote devices proximate the interactive surface. | 11-18-2010 |
20100295777 | Automatic configuration method for control keys and a control device for display means, in particular for an aircraft - A control device is provided for display means comprising several screens adapted for displaying several formats. | 11-25-2010 |
20100295778 | POINTER CONTROLLING APPARATUS, METHOD THEREOF, AND POINTER CONTROLLING PROGRAM - A pointer controlling apparatus, a control method, and a pointer controlling program are provided which can protect a button from erroneous operation without interrupting the operational flow or using excessive display area. The pointer controlling apparatus permits a pointer to move into a predetermined region after a predetermined period of time has elapsed from a point in time when the pointer comes into contact with a boundary line of the predetermined region. Accordingly, the predetermined area can be securely protected from a point in time at which the pointer comes into contact with the boundary line of the predetermined region for the predetermined amount of time. Furthermore, since the pointer is permitted to enter the predetermined region immediately after the predetermined time has elapsed, the predetermined region can be protected without interrupting the operational flow, and without using an excess of a display region. | 11-25-2010 |
20100295779 | GESTURE RECOGNITION - There is disclosed an interactive display system comprising an interactive surface for displaying an image and for receiving inputs from remote devices, the system being adapted to detect the presence of at least two remote devices proximate the interactive surface. | 11-25-2010 |
20100295780 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CAUSING DISPLAY OF A CURSOR - An apparatus, comprising a processor, memory including computer program code, the memory and the computer program code configured to, working with the processor, cause the apparatus to perform at least the following, receive indication of a continuous stroke input associated with a contact region of a touch display, the continuous stroke input comprising at least a first input, and a second input, cause display of a cursor offset from the contact region in response to determining that the first input is a cursor mode initiation input, cause display of cursor to move so that the cursor remains offset from the contact region in response to determining that the second input relates to a movement input, and determine an operation based, at least in part, on position of at least part of a cursor. | 11-25-2010 |
20100302143 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROL OF A SIMULATED OBJECT THAT IS ASSOCIATED WITH A PHYSICAL LOCATION IN THE REAL WORLD ENVIRONMENT - Systems and methods for control of a simulated object that is associated with a physical location in the real world environment are herein disclosed. In one aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure include a method, which may be implemented on a system, of determining whether a location data and a timing data satisfy a criterion. Responsive to determining that the location data and the timing data satisfy the criterion, the method enables access of the simulated object in a simulated environment by a user via a device. The simulated object generally includes attributes that are perceived by the user via the device. In one embodiment, the location data includes a location of the device and the timing data includes a time when the device is located at the location. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302144 | CREATING A VIRTUAL MOUSE INPUT DEVICE - A virtual mouse input device is created in response to a placement of a card on a touch surface. When the card is placed on the touch surface, the boundaries of the card are captured and a virtual mouse appears around the card. The virtual mouse may be linked with a user through an identifier that is contained on the card. Other controls and actions may be presented in menus that appear with the virtual mouse. For instance, the user may select the type of input (e.g. mouse, keyboard, ink or trackball) driven by the business card. Once created, the virtual mouse is configured to receive user input until the card is removed from the touch surface. The virtual mouse is configured to move a cursor on a display in response to movement of the card on the touch surface. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302145 | VIRTUAL DESKTOP COORDINATE TRANSFORMATION - A computing system includes a depth image analysis module to track a world-space pose of a human in a fixed, world-space coordinate system. The computing system further includes an interaction module to establish a virtual interaction zone with a moveable, interface-space coordinate system that tracks the human and moves relative to the fixed, world-space coordinate system. The computing system also includes a transformation module to transform a position defined in the fixed, world-space coordinate system to a position defined in the moveable, interface-space coordinate system. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302146 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ICON DISPLAY METHOD THEREFOR - A display device is provided. The display device includes an input unit, a display unit, a storage unit, and a processing unit. The input unit it for generating input signals in response to user input. The display unit is for displaying interfaces with a plurality of icons. The storage unit is for storing a movement track and a speed of each icon. The processing unit is for selecting an icon in response to an input signal from the input unit, acquiring a movement track and a speed of the icon from the storage unit, controlling the icon to move at the speed along the movement track and the display unit to display a movement of the icon, and performing a function associated with the icon. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302147 | Device for Controlling A Computer-Based Pointer in a System Comprising Various Types of Displays - The general field of the invention is that of devices for controlling a computer-based pointer of a computer-based assembly comprising two different computer-based systems, a first secure system comprising at least one first viewing screen and a man-machine interface called CCD controlling the position of the pointer, and a second non-secure system comprising at least one second viewing screen controlled by the same CCD. The control device according to the invention comprises a means called the “CCD manager” belonging to the first system, ensuring the control of the CCD transmission links and comprising the following functions activated when a displacement instruction is transmitted by the user to the CCD, the pointer occupying a first position in the reference plane, determination of the new position of the pointer, determination of the pointer membership area as a function of this new position, authorization of transfer of the displacement instructions coming from the CCD to the secure system or to the open system corresponding to the previously determined membership area. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302148 | PRESENTATION DEVICE - A document presentation device | 12-02-2010 |
20100302149 | POINTING DEVICE AND METHOD OF ENABLING A POINTING DEVICE TO GENERATE A CONTROL SIGNAL - A pointing device includes: a magneto-electric transducer for detecting a variation in magnetic field of a magnetic element carried on an operator due to movement of the operator relative to an original position and for generating a voltage signal based on a detection result made thereby; a sampling unit for sampling the voltage signal to generate a sampling voltage; and a processing unit operable to generate a control signal corresponding to the movement of the operator upon detecting one of that the sampling voltage is not within a voltage range and that the sampling voltage is within the voltage range while a displacement of the operator from the original position is greater than a predetermined distance. A method of enabling a pointing device to generate a control signal is also disclosed. | 12-02-2010 |
20100309118 | MULTI-FUNCTIONAL WIRELESS CONTROL DEVICE - A multi-functional wireless control device includes an operating body and a receiving unit electrically connecting with a digital port of a digital processing device. The operating body includes a shell, a control module, an infrared module, a switch and a transmit module. The shell has remote operating keys and mouse keys disposed thereon configured for inputting the corresponding controlling signals. The control module is assembled within the shell to process the inputting controlling signals and transmit the processed controlling signals to the receiving unit for establishing communication therebetween by the infrared module and/or the transmit module. The switch is configured to select between the remote controlling mode and wireless mouse mode. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309119 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF - An image display device and an operation method thereof are provided that include receiving signals corresponding to spatial coordinates of the pointing device, recognizing at least one character based on the received signals, and displaying a channel list including at least one of a channel number or characters based on the at least one recognized character. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309120 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD - A display apparatus includes a display panel which include a plurality of areas; a communication unit which receive information about brightness sensed by a pointing device; a backlight unit which includes a plurality of light sources; and a controller which controls the backlight unit to change the brightness of the plural areas by a predetermined unit, and determines a pointing position of the pointing device on the basis of relative variation in the information about the brightness. With this, it is possible to detect a pointing position of a pointing device in a display apparatus having a hold-type display panel. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309121 | ELECTONIC APPARATUS WITH DEVIATION CORRECTION OF CURSOR POSITION - An electronic apparatus with deviation correction of cursor position is disclosed. The electronic apparatus with deviation correction of cursor position is configured between a wireless pointing device and a host for controlling the screen cursor by means of receiving a movement data from an inertial sensor and a display data from a display controlled by the host so as to calculate a distance deviation value of the cursor position with respect to the screen coordination, thereby effectively controlling the cursor movement. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309122 | POINTER CONTROLLING APPARATUS - The present invention provides an apparatus, a controlling method, and a controlling program for appropriately moving a pointer to a selection position regardless of alignment and size of function selection area, and improving operability and certainty of function selection in a GUI. The apparatus includes (1) means for determining whether or not the pointer has crossed over a boundary of a predetermined area from outside to inside based on position information of the pointer; (2) means for determining a speed of the pointer or whether or not an event has occurred, and setting two types of operating modes; (3) means for moving the pointer to a predetermined position within the area when the pointer has crossed over the boundary from outside to inside; and (4) means for changing a moving distance of the pointer, if the pointer moves at a speed less than a predetermined moving speed or the event has not occurred and when it is determined that the pointer exists within the area, based on the speed determined when the pointer existed outside the area. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309123 | CONTROL DEVICE, INPUT DEVICE, CONTROL SYSTEM, HANDHELD DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD - A control device includes: a receiver for receiving first information regarding the movement of a casing, and second information regarding whether to reflect the first information on the movement of coordinate values; a storage unit for storing a whole-screen region including a real-screen region, and a virtual-screen region set around the real-screen region; a generator for generating the coordinate values within the whole-screen region based on the first information; a switcher for switching a first state in which the coordinate values are movable, and a second state in which the coordinate values are immovable, based on the second information; a determining unit for determining which of the real-screen region or the virtual-screen region the coordinate values belong to; and a coordinate-value control unit for controlling the coordinate values so as to move the coordinate values within the virtual-screen region to the position of predetermined coordinate values within the real-screen region. | 12-09-2010 |
20100315332 | POINTING DEVICE, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND POINTING SYSTEM, AND LOCATION DATA GENERATION METHOD AND DISPLAY METHOD USING THE SAME - A pointing device, a display apparatus and a pointing system, and a location data generation method and a display method using the same are provided. The pointing device includes a sensor that detects signals, a storage unit which stores a signal pattern and a controller which generates location data corresponding to a time at which a signal is detected. Using the detected signals, it is possible to more precisely determine a location of the pointing device on a display apparatus, and to minimize errors caused by delays that may occur when the pointing device is wirelessly connected to the display apparatus. | 12-16-2010 |
20100315333 | Integrated Wired/Wireless Virtual Unit Control Apparatus - The present invention discloses an integrated wired/wireless virtual unit control apparatus comprising a MCU; a wired transmission module, to connect to the appliances and to receive the energies under wired conditions; a battery set, to receive and to store the energies from the interface; a finger control signal module, to provide the button signal instead of the motion of the virtual unit control apparatus; a wireless transmission module, to transmit the signal to the appliances under wireless conditions; and an appliance switching module, to switch the different appliances and their operating systems to be controlled. The integrated wire/wireless virtual unit control apparatus can be charged via wire, operated under wired/wireless conditions, and integrated with multiple operating modes. The integrated wired/wireless virtual unit control apparatus can be held and used by one hand and it can copy the codes of function keys from a television remote controller. In some embodiments, the integrated wired/wireless virtual unit control apparatus comprises a display for displaying the information. | 12-16-2010 |
20100315334 | FILTERING APPARATUS AND FILTERING METHOD FOR ADAPTIVELY ADJUSTING FILTERING COEFFICIENT ACCORDING TO MOTION DATA AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING MOTION DATA USING THE SAME - An apparatus which adaptively adjusts a filtering coefficient according to motion data and a method thereof are provided. The apparatus sets a filtering coefficient according to motion data, and performs low pass filtering on the motion data according to the set filtering coefficient. Accordingly, a cutoff frequency may be adaptively changed according to moving velocity of a user and thus optimum motion data which are filtered irrespective of movement may be generated. | 12-16-2010 |
20100321290 | Apparatus And Method For Tracking The Location Of A Pointing Element In A Cropped Video Field - In a sequence of video fields having a foreground component and a background component, an apparatus for tracking a pointing device in use by a foreground subject which device is the leftmost or rightmost object within the foreground component is described. The apparatus includes means for determining the boundaries of a cropped video field within each of the video fields, means for determining for each cropped video field a pixel value and scan line representing the leftmost position of the foreground subject and pointing device for that cropped video field and a pixel value and scan line representing the rightmost position of the foreground subject and pointing device for that cropped video field, means for determining the centerline of the foreground subject for each cropped video field, means using the centerline for determining whether the pointing device is on the right side of the cropped video field or the left side of the cropped video field, and means for storing the position of the pointing device after receipt of a signal generated by the foreground subject. | 12-23-2010 |
20100321291 | INPUT APPARATUS, CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROL SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD, AND HANDHELD APPARATUS - A 3-dimensional operation input apparatus, a control apparatus, a control system, a control method, and a handheld apparatus are provided with which planar operations are possible without an increase in the number of components. An input apparatus includes an angular velocity sensor unit and an acceleration sensor. A threshold value is set to angular velocity values detected by the angular velocity sensor unit. Depending on whether the angular velocity values are smaller than the threshold value and whether at least one of acceleration values is larger than a threshold value, a switch can be made between a planar operation mode and a 3-dimensional operation mode. Therefore, a switch can be made between the planar operation mode and the 3-dimensional operation mode without having to use a sensor other than the acceleration sensor and the angular velocity sensor without increasing the number of components. | 12-23-2010 |
20100321292 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - An electronic device and an operating method thereof are provided, wherein the electronic device includes a first infrared sensor and a display unit for displaying a frame. In the present operating method, an individual operation is defined for the first infrared sensor, wherein the individual operation is to turn the frame over or to move a position of a cursor displayed in the frame. If a period for which the first infrared sensor has sensed infrared radiation from an object is shorter than a first predetermined value, the first infrared sensor is determined as being temporarily hidden and the individual operation is performed. | 12-23-2010 |
20100328203 | Removable pads with a carrying case for a portable electronic device with a touch screen - The invention discloses a kit for a portable electronic device with a touch screen, such as iPhone® and iPod touch®, wherein the kit comprises: removable pads, comprising at least one button pad, and/or at least one D-pad, wherein the button pad(s) and the D-pad(s) are able to be pressed to input instruction into the touch screen; and a carrying case, carrying the removable pads and fitting the portable electronic device for protection. The carrying case may further comprise a flip-up lid to keep the removable pads between the lid and the carrying case. The carrying case or the flip-up lid may comprise at least one hole for the button pad(s) and/or the D-pad(s) to fit the shape of the removable pads. The flip-up lid may have one end as a pivot mechanically connected to the carrying case with the other end capable of flipping up from the carrying case. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328204 | Virtual Control Station - A method and apparatus for performing a mission. Information for a mission is received at a control station. The control station comprises a display system, a motion capture system, a number of user input devices, a seat associated with the number of user input devices, and a processor unit. The display system is configured to be worn on the head of an operator and to present a display to the operator. The motion capture system is configured to track movement of the head. The processor unit is configured to execute program code to generate the display and adjust the display presented to the operator in response to detecting movement of the head of the operator. The mission is performed using the information and the control station. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328205 | MAGIC FINGER MOUSE - A magic finger mouse comprises a glove capable of being worn on a hand; the glove including a transmitter module, a sensor, a touch button and a central processing module; the central processing module having a memory and a charge cell; power of the transmitter module being from the central processing module; one end of the central processing module being installed with a USB joint; the USB joint can be inserted into a cable for further connecting to a computer so that files can be stored to the memory and charge cell can be charged through the USB joint; the transmitter module connected to the sensor for transmitting signals to a receiving module; and the receiving module installed at one end of a screen for providing signals to the transmitter module. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328206 | DUAL POINTER MANAGEMENT METHOD USING COOPERATING INPUT SOURCES AND EFFICIENT DYNAMIC COORDINATE REMAPPING - The pointer management technology establishes a protocol and method for dual pointer management in both absolute input mode and relative input mode. The method defines a set of properties/constraints for contextual dynamic remapping between input sensor coordinates and target screen coordinates. The remapping of the left pointer (respectively the right pointer) depends on the position of the right pointer (respectively the left pointer) in the target screen space. This inter-dependence enables a more flexible and more powerful interaction as it exploits the contextual layout to re-estimate the remapping transformations at each instant. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328207 | VISUAL CLARITY OF A SUBSTANTIALLY TRANSPARENT TOUCHPAD - The creation of a checkerboard pattern of a plurality of conductive but electrically floating panels of conductive material that are disposed in the space between electrodes on the layers of X and Y electrodes, wherein each panel is separated from adjacent panels by a minimal gap, wherein the panels are aligned such that when viewed from above, the panels appear to form a continuous ITO surface, wherein the panels are not visible to the user from typical user distances, wherein the dis-color effect between etched empty fields and ITO electrodes is thereby eliminated by creating an apparently homogeneous touchpad surface. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328208 | ELECTRODE PATTERNS FOR CAPACITANCE SENSITIVE TOUCHPAD - A new layout for X, Y and Sense electrodes that enables a touchpad to be constructed using fewer layers while increasing visual clarity, transmissivity, sensitivity and linearity, wherein the electrodes are disposed in a pattern that uses spiral shapes that do not require electrodes to cross over any other electrodes. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328209 | INPUT DEVICE FOR ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - In a case where a user carries out input operation by use of a touch panel, operability can be improved even if the operation target is small, efficient input operation is enabled by the user in various situations. The screen generation unit | 12-30-2010 |
20100328210 | INERTIAL INPUT APPARATUS WITH SIX-AXIAL DETECTION ABILITY AND THE OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - An inertial input apparatus with six-axial detection ability, structured with a gyroscope and an acceleration module capable of detecting accelerations of X, Y, Z axes defined by a 3-D Cartesian coordinates, which is operable either being held to move on a planar surface or in a free space. When the inertial input apparatus is being held to move and operate on a planar surface by a user, a two-dimensional detection mode is adopted thereby that the gyroscope is used for detection rotations of the inertial input apparatus caused by unconscious rolling motions of the user and thus compensating the erroneous rotations, by which the technical disadvantages of prior-art inertial input apparatuses equipped with only accelerometer can be overcame and thus control smoothness of using the input apparatus is enhanced. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328211 | INPUT DEVICE, TERMINAL EQUIPPED WITH THE SAME, AND INPUTTING METHOD - An input device includes an input section having a detection section which detects a force transmitted via a human body when a trailing operation is performed on a part of the body contacting the input device, and outputs the force as detection data “a”; a timer management control unit which generates a timing for converting the detection data “a” into time-series data and outputs the timing as timing data “c”; an input information specifying unit which converts the detection data “a” into time-series data based on the timing data “c”, compares the time-series data with stored data “b” in a database which has been set beforehand, to thereby specify an input operation and output the input operation as input information specifying data “d”; and an information presenting unit which, upon receiving the input information specifying data “d”, displays a function assigned to the input operation. | 12-30-2010 |
20110001697 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF - An image display device for displaying digital images includes a display screen, a controller and a proximity sensor in communication with the controller. When an external object such as the user's hand is detected by the proximity sensor, the proximity sensor issues a sensing signal to the controller. The controller controls the display of the digital images in response to the sensing signal. Hence, the display of the digital images can be controlled or operated without touching the image display device. | 01-06-2011 |
20110001698 | Visualization Device Comprising at Least One Prohibited Zone and a Pointer - The visualization device comprising computation means, display means including at least one prohibited zone and a system for guiding a pointer is characterized in that the pointer can remain immobile in the prohibited zone only for a limited duration, the pointer being automatically directed toward the outside of the prohibited zone after this limited duration. | 01-06-2011 |
20110001699 | REMOTE CONTROL OF HOST APPLICATION USING MOTION AND VOICE COMMANDS - A remote control microdisplay device that uses hand and head movement and voice commands to control the parameters of a field of view for the microdisplay within a larger virtual display area associated with a host application. | 01-06-2011 |
20110001700 | Online Video and Web Browser remote control - This invention refers to an online video and web browser remote control specifically; this invention refers to an online video and web browser remote control, which enables command and control of online media at the touch of a button and providing much the same experience as when watching television, without using either a mouse or a keyboard. | 01-06-2011 |
20110001701 | PROJECTION APPARATUS - A projection apparatus includes a projection unit configured to project an image onto a projection screen; an image pickup unit configured to capture an image on the projection screen; a detection unit configured to detect at least one pointer image using an image signal obtained by the image pickup unit, the pointer image indicating a position on the projection screen, the detection unit generating position information regarding the position indicated by the pointer image displayed on projection screen; and an output unit configured to output the position information to the outside. | 01-06-2011 |
20110006981 | INTERACTIVE INPUT SYSTEM - A method for resolving ambiguities between at least two pointers in a plurality of input regions defining an input area of an interactive input system. The method includes capturing images of the plurality of input regions, the images captured by a plurality of imaging devices having a field of view of at least a portion of the input area, processing image data from the images to identify a plurality of targets for the at least two pointers within the input area, and analyzing the plurality of targets to resolve a real location associated with each pointer. | 01-13-2011 |
20110006982 | PEN TYPE INPUT DEVICE AND INPUT METHOD USING THE SAME - A pen-type input device and method for sending positional input to a host device, in which a first switch, located on the pen's tip is provided to input character strokes in a character input mode and move a mouse cursor in a mouse mode, a second switch is provided to perform a mouse left-click operation in the mouse mode, and a third switch is provided to switch an input mode of the pen-type input device. | 01-13-2011 |
20110006983 | DISPLAY SYSTEM AND METHOD INCLUDING A STIMULI-SENSITIVE MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY WITH CONSOLIDATED CONTROL FUNCTIONS - According to an example embodiment, display system includes a first display device and a multi-function display (MFD). The first display device is configured to selectively render a first cursor thereon. The MFD is separate from, and is in operable communication with, the first display device. The MFD includes a stimuli-sensitive display screen. A first CCD is at least selectively within a first area of the stimuli-sensitive display screen, and is configured to generate a first signal, in response to a first input that is sensed in the first area of the stimuli-sensitive display screen, for controlling the first cursor on the first display device. An avionics display is at least selectively rendered within in a first sub-area of a second area of the stimuli-sensitive display screen. | 01-13-2011 |
20110012829 | CURSOR CONTROL METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CURSOR DISPLAYED ON MONITOR OF ELECTONIC APPARATUS BY MEANS OF PRESSURE DETECTION AND CURSOR CONTROL DEVICE THEREOF - The present invention relates a cursor control method for controlling a cursor displayed on a monitor of an electronic apparatus by means of pressure detection and a cursor control device thereof. The cursor control device comprises a circuit substrate, a processing unit, a control panel and conductive elastic convex parts. The control panel is disposed above the circuit substrate, and a second surface is next to the circuit substrate. The conductive elastic convex parts are disposed on the second surface and corresponding to electrical contacts on the circuit substrate. When a point on the first surface receives an exerted pressure, the conductive elastic convex part is pressed against the circuit substrate and is deformed. The sensing module detects a change in electrical conductivity thereof according to the change in the electrical resistance. The processing unit calculates a position of the point for controlling the moving direction of the cursor. | 01-20-2011 |
20110018797 | TRAJECTORY-BASED CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREOF - This disclosure discloses a trajectory-based control method which includes the steps of: obtaining at least one smoothed coordinate of an object in accordance with an object tracking procedure; performing a function control mode or a cursor control mode in accordance with a first trajectory of the object, wherein the first trajectory of the object is expressed in accordance with the at least one smoothed coordinate; performing at least one system function in accordance with the function control mode; and moving at least one cursor in accordance with the cursor control mode. | 01-27-2011 |
20110018798 | Cursor control device - A cursor control device having a low profile characteristic is disclosed to include a module holder defining an accommodation space and a slot, an operation module having a carrier frame mounted in the accommodation space and inserted through the slot, a rolling roll rotatably and axially movably set in a rotation groove on the carrier frame outside the module holder, and a circuit module having a microprocessor and a sensor module mounted in carrier frame outside the rotation groove and electrically connected with the microprocessor for detecting the direction and amount of movement of the rolling roll. The rolling roll can be directly removed from the carrier frame by the user for cleaning or for a replacement. | 01-27-2011 |
20110018799 | COMPUTER SYSTEM HAVING WIRELESS OPTICAL PEN - An exemplary computer system includes a monitor, a wireless optical pen, a camera module, and a host. The wireless optical pen is configured for projecting an infrared light spot and emitting two visible light beams having different wavelengths to project two visible light spots. The camera module is mounted to the monitor and is configured for capturing images of movement tracks of the infrared light spot and capturing images of the two visible light spots. The host is configured for controlling a movement of a displayed cursor on the monitor and implementing a right-click input or a left-click input according to the images of the movement tracks of the infrared light spot and the images of one of the two visible light spots. | 01-27-2011 |
20110018800 | OPTICAL POINTING APPARATUS AND PORTABLE ELECTRONIC APPARATUS WITH THE SAME - An optical pointing device and a portable electronic device having the same, in which external noise light and/or noise light due to diffused reflection or the like is prevented from being introduced into an optical sensor enhancing precision of operation and providing a housing with improved structure. The device includes an infrared source; a cover having a cover plate transmitting infrared rays from the IR source for reaching a subject out of the cover plate and a cover frame that supports the cover plate; an optical unit in the cover and on which the infrared ray reflected from the subject is incident; and an optical sensor sensing the infrared ray incident thereon from the optical unit; the cover plate has a base coupled to the cover frame, and an IR band-pass filter layer provided on one side of the base. | 01-27-2011 |
20110032185 | INPUT APPARATUS, CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROL SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD, AND HANDHELD APPARATUS - To provide an input apparatus, a control apparatus, a control system, and a control method that are capable of restricting a movement of a pointer on a screen by a user operation even while the input apparatus is moving. In a state where a movement button is not pressed by a user, an MPU of an input apparatus is not outputting a movement command or is outputting a movement command with a displacement amount set to 0. In other words, even when the user holds the input apparatus and moves it, a pointer does not move on a screen. As a result, a movement of the pointer unintended by the user can be restricted. When the movement button is pressed, that is, when a first operation signal is input via a first switch, the MPU starts outputting the movement command. By receiving the movement command, an MPU of a control apparatus controls display of the pointer so as to start the movement of the pointer that corresponds to the movement command. | 02-10-2011 |
20110037693 | Cursor control device - A cursor control device is disclosed to include a hollow elongated circuit module holder having a top opening, a sleeve sleeved onto the circuit module holder and movable leftwards and rightwards and rotatable forwards and backwards relative to the circuit module without friction and a circuit module accommodated in the circuit module holder and adapted for sensing the direction and amount of movement of the sleeve relative to the circuit module holder and producing a signal indicative of the direction and amount of movement of the sleeve relative to the circuit module holder for controlling a cursor on a display screen of an electronic device. | 02-17-2011 |
20110037694 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - An image processing apparatus provided with a display unit for displaying an operation picture, showing control indicia (e.g., icons) corresponding to multiple image processing functions, is operated to display the operation picture on an external display device. The operator selects one of the indicia shown on the external display device by operating an input device, such as touch screen of the apparatus or a remote control, to indicate the position of the desired one of the indicia. The operator can thereby quickly and reliably select an image processing function to be executed, without any need to view an operation picture on the display unit when making the selection. | 02-17-2011 |
20110043447 | INPUT DEVICE AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - An input device includes: a main body portion having one surface; a movable portion having a contact surface formed in the one surface of the main body portion, is operated through the contact surface and is movable relative to the main body portion; a supporting portion that is provided in the main body portion and movably supports the movable portion; an applying portion that applies a force to move the movable portion; a determining unit that detects whether there is a contact with the contact surface of the movable portion and determines a state-of-contact whether the contact surface is in contact state or in non-contact state; a controller that controls the applying portion to move the movable portion to a predetermined position when the determined state-of-contact changes from contact state to non-contact state; and an output unit that detects and outputs the amount of movement of the movable portion relative to the main body portion while the determined state-of-contact, and does not output the amount of movement when the controller moves the movable portion. | 02-24-2011 |
20110050566 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - There is provided an information processing apparatus according to the present invention including a detection unit for detecting a moving direction and a moving amount of a finger on an operation panel, and a moving control unit for changing the moving amount of an object on a display unit for a finger's unit moving amount depending on the moving direction of the finger which moves the object displayed on the display unit. According to the present invention, the moving amount of the object within a display region changes based on the moving direction of the finger to be operated on the operation panel. In this manner, the object moving amount is corrected depending on the finger moving direction, thereby eliminating the factors for reducing the operability during the object moving operation and improving the operability. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050567 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, PROGRAM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - There is provided an information processing apparatus including an attention object selection section which selects, from pieces of object position information, information indicating the closest position from a position indicated by new cursor position information as new attention object position information indicating a position of an object that is to be newly attended to, and a focus position control section which causes a focus to be displayed at a position on a display surface indicated by the object position information specified by attention information, and also causes the focus to move to a position on the display surface indicated by the new attention object position information. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050568 | HEAD POSE ASSESSMENT METHODS AND SYSTEMS - Improvements are provided to effectively assess a user's face and head pose such that a computer or like device can track the user's attention towards a display device(s). Then the region of the display or graphical user interface that the user is turned towards can be automatically selected without requiring the user to provide further inputs. A frontal face detector is applied to detect the user's frontal face and then key facial points such as left/right eye center, left/right mouth corner, nose tip, etc., are detected by component detectors. The system then tracks the user's head by an image tracker and determines yaw, tilt and roll angle and other pose information of the user's head through a coarse to fine process according to key facial points and/or confidence outputs by pose estimator. | 03-03-2011 |
20110057877 | Feeling Applicator and Electronic Device - Disclosed is a feeling applicator including a rotation controller for receiving a rotating operation of an operator so as to rotate around an axis, a rotation detection unit for detecting a rotation of the rotation controller, a rotation drive unit for applying a rotary force to the rotation controller and a rotation control unit for applying a predetermined tactile feeling to the operator via the rotation controller by applying the rotary force to the rotation controller by executing at least one of an application of the rotary force in a normal rotation direction or an application of the rotary force in a reverse rotation direction to the rotation controller by the rotation drive unit in conjunction with a screen display in a display screen of a display unit when the rotation of the rotation controller is detected by the rotation detection unit. | 03-10-2011 |
20110057878 | System and Method for Presenting a Dynamically Ordered Presentation - A computer-implemented method for presenting information includes a plurality of graphics that can be presented in an order determined by a presenter during the presentation. The method includes creating a presentation including a plurality of graphics, each graphic including at least one of static images, animations and video, wherein the graphics can be displayed in an order determined by the presenter during the presentation through selection of a launch area, tracking a presenter during presentation of the presentation to determine a location of the presenter's hand, and receiving a selection from the presenter during the presentation of the presentation indicating a selection of one of the multiple launch area graphics to be displayed, allowing the presenter to present the plurality of graphics in any order. | 03-10-2011 |
20110063209 | User Interface for Configuring Image Presentation - A user interface system determines image display presentation characteristics using a displayed image parameter selection control providing image parameter selection data, responsive to the received cursor command data. The displayed image parameter selection control includes a shape having an origin and one or more different sectors associated with one or more corresponding different sets of parameters determining image color or grayscale characteristics and a linear element lying along a line from the origin to a perimeter of the shape and being rotatable about the origin, (a) within a sector to select a value within a range of values determining a first image display characteristic and (b) between sectors to select one of the different sets of parameters determining image color or grayscale characteristics. A display processor initiates display of an image having display presentation characteristics determined by the image parameter selection data. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063210 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus includes an input receiving unit that receives an input of a movement operation including a movement direction and a movement distance of a pointer displayed on a display unit, and a display control unit that causes the pointer to move in accordance with the movement operation; each time the input receiving unit receives an input of the movement operation, the display control unit causes the post-movement pointer to be further displayed on the display unit in a different display form than the pre-movement pointer. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063211 | Wireless Management System For Control Of Remote Devices - The present invention discloses a wireless remote device management system for wirelessly interfacing a plurality of remote devices (e.g., computers, servers, etc.) with one or more user workstations. Each remote device is coupled to a wireless transceiver. The user workstations may include a wireless user station coupled to a keyboard, a video monitor, and a cursor control device. Preferably the transceivers and wireless user stations use an 802.11 compatible network for communication. Additionally, a wireless access point may be utilized for centralized communications between the transceivers and user workstations. The present invention also enables the transceivers and wireless user workstations to communicate directly without the need for any additional hardware. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063212 | Apparatus for Input of Control Signals for Moving an Object - In one embodiment an apparatus for input of control signals is for moving an object in three spatial directions and three rotational directions and for connection to a computational unit with a display which displays at least partial areas of the object. The apparatus comprises a carrier element, an input element which is moveable with respect to the carrier element for input of the control signals, and an actuator, which is arranged at the carrier element. The actuator is designed as a rotatable or slideable element in order to detect further inputs of a user and extends at least partially around the input element. | 03-17-2011 |
20110069006 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETECTING A FINGER CONTACT ON A TOUCHPAD - A method for executing a scroll control operation on a touchpad includes detecting a first simultaneous execution of a first operation executed by a first pointing object, and a second operation executed twice in succession by a second pointing object, wherein the first operation includes detecting a presence of the first pointing object on the touchpad, and the second operation includes contacting with the touchpad by the second pointing object, followed by lifting the second pointing object off the touchpad subsequently. The method further includes triggering a scroll control function in response to the detection of the first simultaneous execution of the first operation and the two successive second operations. | 03-24-2011 |
20110080339 | Motion Sensitive Gesture Device - A wireless wrist mouse, used with an apparatus including a display having a cursor, has a body mountable to a user's hand/wrist by wrist mounting structure. A motion sensor and motion circuitry are carried by the body and are operably connected to one another. The motion circuitry includes a library of command motions. The motion circuitry is constructed to generate first and second command signals corresponding to the first and second command motions when the body has been moved in predetermined manners for receipt by and operation of the apparatus. The first command signals correspond to cursor movement directions for controlling movement of the cursor over the display. The second command signals correspond to control functions for the apparatus. In some examples, the motion sensor comprises a MEMS sensor. In some examples, the motion sensor comprises a translational, rotational, and vibrational movement motion sensor. | 04-07-2011 |
20110084902 | FOOT-OPERATED INPUT DEVICE - A foot operated data input pad has a plurality of foot-operated buttons that may be used to enter data, information, or instructions, including but not limited to numbers, symbols, words, or phrases, separately or in combination. In some embodiments, each button is preferably capable of entering different data values, preferably depending on the length of time that it is pressed or on the number of times that it is pressed in succession. A controller may be included to allow the user to control the computer's pointer, allowing the user to switch between data entry fields. In embodiments wherein a heel rest is provided on the housing of the pad, the rest may optionally serve as both a heel rest and a button/switch for sending an electric/electronic signal. An automated voice system, or other audible and/or visual indicator system, may help the user keep track of the data value as it changes and is entered. In alternative versions for input of instructions, single values, binary information, or for selection of items in a pull-down screen window, a pad may have two foot buttons provided adjacent a cursor controller, wherein the cursor controller and right and left click buttons are on an arc or on an angle so that the foot buttons are rearward on the housing relative to the cursor controller so that pivoting the foot to the right or left on the heel places the toe-end of the foot over each foot button for actuation. | 04-14-2011 |
20110084903 | LIGHT DETECTOR, OPTICAL POSITION DETECTION APPARATUS, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS WITH POSITION DETECTION CAPABILITY - A light detector includes: a light receiving device having a central optical axis and first and second directions perpendicular thereto, the light receiving device detecting incident light; a first light shield provided on a light incident side of the light receiving device and disposed on one side in the first direction with respect to the light receiving device; and a second light shield provided on the light incident side of the light receiving device and disposed on the other side in the first direction with respect to the light receiving device, wherein the first and second light shields form a light incident slit over an angular range including the direction in which the central optical axis of the light receiving device extends, and the width of the slit increases as the angle with respect to the central optical axis of the light receiving device increases. | 04-14-2011 |
20110090147 | TOUCHLESS POINTING DEVICE - A touchless input device for a computer replaces a computer mouse and does not require physical contact between the user-operator and any part of the input device. The touchless input device uses multiple, linear near infrared, optical sensors and multiple near infrared light emitters working in a plane in space, all held inside a frame with an opening that defines the detection region. The device images the plane and processes the images to determine the presence, location and velocity of objects in the plane. The operator introduces an object, such as a finger, into the plane and moves the object in the plane to emulate the motion of a computer mouse across a desktop. Mouse buttons and other functions are emulated by unique motions in the plane. The device communicates these motions and events to the computer typically using a Universal Serial Bus. | 04-21-2011 |
20110109544 | Display control device for remote control device - A display control device for a remote control device is disclosed. The display control device is connected with a display device for displaying an operation screen having multiple icons and a remote control device spaced apart form the display device. The display control device performs display control in the following way. The display control device displays an identification display mark in association with one icon in a selection state. When an instruction of an operation direction is inputted, the display control device displays a visual presentation indicative of the operation direction on the operation screen by making a change in display manner of the identification display mark, with the identification display mark being displayed in association with the one icon in the selection state. | 05-12-2011 |
20110115704 | SCREEN DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE AND APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - There is disclosed a device which realizes a shortcut function without providing any key exclusively used for the shortcut function. When a home key is operated in a state where a lower screen at a lower position of a hierarchical structure is displayed, a home screen at an upper position of the hierarchical structure is displayed, and data to specify the lower screen when the home key is operated are stored in association with the home key. When the home key is operated in a state where the home screen is displayed, the lower screen is displayed based on the stored data to take a shortcut to the lower screen from the home screen. | 05-19-2011 |
20110122061 | OPTICAL TRACKPAD MODULE AND METHOD OF USING SAME - An optical trackpad module is described herein. The module includes a light source and a trackpad that is optically coupled to the light source such that light from the light source can reach the trackpad. The trackpad is configured to receive an input object. The module also includes a sensor array that receives at least some of the light from the light source that is reflected off the input object. The sensor array is divided into sub-sections, and each sub-section corresponds to a portion of the trackpad. In addition, each sub-section detects at least translational movement of the input object on the corresponding trackpad portions to enable detection of rotational motion of the input object on the trackpad. | 05-26-2011 |
20110128220 | Cursor control device - A cursor control device having a light source and an image sensor for optically tracking motion. The device includes an upwardly facing dome or window that provides a visual and tactile interface for user interaction. The user's hand or finger, bare or gloved, or other object controlled by the user, can be moved in close proximity or touching the dome, and means are provided to discriminate against the motion of objects that are not close to the dome in order to prevent unwanted cursor motion. Said means can include optics having a limited depth of focus, adaptive illumination processing for controlling the intensity of light emitted from the light source to optimize sensor operation, and/or processing for projecting cursor motion in accordance with a detected level of confidence in the sensor data. | 06-02-2011 |
20110134029 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND A POINTER MOTION CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Provided are an electronic device and a method for controlling movement of a pointer of the electronic device. Movement of a pointer (or a cursor or an activated icon region) displayed on a display unit can be smoothly controlled using a sensing signal output according to two-dimensional movement of an intermediate member (that is, a magnet part or a senor part) for providing improved manipulation sensitivity to users. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134030 | MOBILE TERMINAL, ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A mobile terminal, an electronic device and a method of controlling the same are provided. The electronic device can be controlled easily and intuitively by using the mobile terminal including a touch device. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134031 | INNER-SENSOR BASED POINTING DEVICE - An inner-sensor based pointing device is presented. The pointing device includes a central housing having an aperture and a sleeve disposed surrounding a portion of the central housing, the sleeves rotatable about the portion of the central housing and slidable along a generally horizontal axis about the portion of the central housing. The pointing device further includes a sensor disposed in the central housing and aligned with the aperture, the sleeve positioned surrounding the sensor, wherein the sensor is capable of detecting rotational movement of the sleeve relative to the central housing and wherein the sensor is capable of detecting axial movement of the sleeve relative to the central housing. Additionally, the pointing device has a circuit in communication with the sensor, the circuit disposed within the central housing, the circuit capable of transmitting data to a computer regarding the movement of the sleeve. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134032 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TOUCH CONTROL MODULE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - A method for controlling a touch control module and an electronic device are provides. The electronic device includes a display and a host. The host includes a sensing module, a touch control module and a control unit. The sensing module includes a sensing unit for detecting the gesture and generating the corresponding sensing signal. The control unit determines whether the gesture complies with a preset condition according to the sensing signal. When the determining result is yes, the control unit controls the touch control module to enter the first control mode. On the contrary, if the determining result is no, the control unit controls the touch control module to enter the second control mode. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134033 | ELECTRONIC DEVICES - A mobile communications device includes a radiofrequency antenna, a navigation pad and a signal processor. The radiofrequency antenna, navigation pad, and signal processor cooperate to encode and transmit motion signals from the navigation pad to a computer so that the mobile communications device functions as a pointing device therefore. | 06-09-2011 |
20110141012 | DISPLAYING DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND DISPLAY SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are a display device and a control method thereof, and a display system and a control method, the display device including: a signal processor which processes an image signal; a display unit which displays on a screen an image based on the image signal processed by the signal processor; and a controller which receives an input from at least one touch pad mapped to the screen of the display unit and displays a shape of the pointer corresponding to a touch state of the touch pad. | 06-16-2011 |
20110148756 | NAVIGATION AND SELECTION CONTROL FOR A WIRELESS HANDSET - A user input device for a wireless handset and a method for receiving user input on a wireless handset is described. The user input device comprises a trackpad and a selection button. The wireless handset has a display that presents a graphical user interface. The graphical user interface is updated in accordance with input received at the user input device. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148757 | OPTICAL INPUT PEN DEVICE WITH A TRIGGER-STYLE SWITCH - An optical pen device for an image display system is provided. The optical pen device includes a trigger-style switch disposed to increase user control when using a switch on the optical pen. The switch may be actuated in a direction parallel to an optical input axis of the optical pen device. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148758 | COORDINATE INPUT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A coordinate input apparatus for making an input by bringing a pointing device into contact with an input area of an apparatus main body is provided, wherein the pointing device comprises: a timer configured to generate a transmission cycle by timekeeping; a detection unit configured to detect the presence/absence of an input instruction according to the presence/absence of contact of the pointing device with the input area; wherein when the detection unit detects the presence of the input instruction, and then detects the absence of the input instruction, the timer continues timekeeping of the transmission cycle during a predetermined holding period. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148759 | POINTING DEVICE WITH TILT-ADJUSTING FUNCTION AND ASSOCIATED CONTROLLING METHOD - A pointing device cooperates with a display device which shows a cursor moving in response to a movement of the pointing device. The pointing device includes a casing, a sensing unit and a modulation structure. The sensing unit senses a first movement of the pointing device to acquire first movement information when the sensing unit is arranged in a first position. The modulation structure connected with the sensing unit adjusts the sensing unit from the first position to a second position. Then, the sensing unit senses the first movement of the pointing device to acquire second movement information when the sensing unit is arranged in the second position. The moving path of the cursor is shown on the display device according to the first movement information or the second movement information. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148760 | SCROLLING INPUT DEVICE - An input device may include an image sensor having an imaging surface comprising an array of pixels, and an optical waveguide layer carried by the imaging surface and having an exposed user surface and a first refractive index associated therewith. The input device may also include a substrate between the optical waveguide layer and the image sensor and having a second refractive index associated therewith that is lower than first refractive index. A collimation layer may be between the image sensor and the substrate. A light source may be configured to transmit light into the optical waveguide so that the light therein undergoes a total internal reflection. The optical waveguide may be being adjacent the imaging surface so that an object brought into contact with the exposed user surface disturbs the total internal reflection results in an image pattern on the imaging surface. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148761 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING MOVEMENT OF CURSOR - A method and a device for controlling cursor movement is disclosed. The cursor movement control device comprises an input unit that accepts the cursor movement commands from the user, a first display unit that displays a screen including said cursor, an interface unit that determines the selected region on said screen and a cursor movement control unit that calculates said cursor movement in said selected region. In this way, the present invention provides a method and a device for controlling cursor movement requiring only minor action from the user. | 06-23-2011 |
20110157011 | USER-OPERATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROLLER FOR AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - Embodiments of the invention provide a user-operated directional controller for an electronic device. One embodiment provides an apparatus that includes a pointing device which receives raw signal data in an electronic device, one or more processors, and logic encoded in one or more tangible media for execution by the one or more processors and when executed operable to: determine a first coordinate value for a cursor position by reading x, y coordinate values from a directional controller; determine a remainder value associated with the first coordinate value; store the remainder value; determine a second coordinate value for a second cursor position by reading x, y coordinates from the directional controller; compute the second coordinate value by using a residual value, wherein the residual value is derived from the stored remainder value from a previous calibration operation; and store the subsequent remainder value. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157012 | RECOGNIZING INTERACTIVE MEDIA INPUT - Techniques and systems for inputting data to interactive media devices are disclosed herein. In some aspects, a sensing device senses an object as it moves in a trajectory indicative of a desired input to an interactive media device. Recognition software may be used to translate the trajectory into various suggested characters or navigational commands. The suggested characters may be ranked based on a likelihood of being an intended input. The suggested characters may be displayed on a user interface at least in part based on the rank and made available for selection as the intended input. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157013 | COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM STORED THEREIN, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - A free direction input area, a lateral direction input area, and a longitudinal direction input area are provided on an input surface of a touch panel. When a user performs a slide operation whose starting point is within the free direction input area, movement of a virtual camera is controlled based on a change amount of a touch position with respect to X- and Y-axis directions. When the user performs a slide operation whose starting point is within the lateral direction input area, movement of the virtual camera is controlled based on a change amount of a touch position only with respect to the X-axis direction. When the user performs a slide operation whose starting point is within the longitudinal direction input area, movement of the virtual camera is controlled based on a change amount of a touch position only with respect to the Y-axis direction. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157014 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND POINTING CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, an information processing apparatus comprises a touch screen display, a display controller, a copy screen image display module and a pointing module. The display controller is configured to control the touch screen display and an external display. The copy screen image display module is configured to display on a screen of the touch screen display a copy screen image which is obtained by copying a screen image which is displayed on a screen of the external display. The pointing module is configured to designate a position on the screen image of the external display, the position corresponding to a touch position on the copy screen image, based on a relative position of the touch position in relation to the copy screen image. | 06-30-2011 |
20110163949 | CONTROL SYSTEM USING PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR PERFORMING OPERATIONS - A control system using a portable electronic device for performing operations comprises a portable electronic device and one of a plurality of monitors. During performing operations, the portable electronic device simulates a mouse to send control signals for controlling applications executed by the portable electronic device or remotely control applications executed in an operation processing device. Via sending signal with a wired cable or wireless connection, the images and sounds generated by the portable electronic device or the operation processing device are transmitted to and displayed with one or the plurality monitor. | 07-07-2011 |
20110163950 | 3D POINTING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR COMPENSATING MOVEMENT THEREOF - A three-dimensional (3D) pointing device capable of accurately outputting a deviation including yaw, pitch and roll angles in a 3D reference frame and preferably in an absolute manner is provided. Said 3D pointing device comprises a six-axis motion sensor module including a rotation sensor and an accelerometer, and a processing and transmitting module. The six-axis motion sensor module generates a first signal set comprising angular velocities and a second signal set comprising axial accelerations associated with said movements and rotations of the 3D pointing device in the 3D reference frame. The processing and transmitting module utilizes a comparison method to compare the first signal set with the second signal set to obtain an updated state of the six-axis motion sensor module based on a current state and a measured state thereof in order to output the resulting deviation in the 3D reference frame and preferably in an absolute manner. | 07-07-2011 |
20110163951 | MOBILE DEVICE WITH ON-SCREEN OPTICAL NAVIGATION - A mobile computing device, including a main body, a processor and associated memory housed within the main body, a display screen housed within the main body and responsive to signals from the processor, an optical sensor fixed to the main body for capturing successive images and providing image signals representative of the captured images to the processor, and a navigation module associated with the processor for determining, based on the image signals, a relative movement between the main body and a reference surface and moving a pointer on the display screen based on the determined relative movement. | 07-07-2011 |
20110163952 | APPARATUS, METHOD, AND MEDIUM FOR IMPLEMENTING POINTING USER INTERFACE USING SIGNALS OF LIGHT EMITTERS - An apparatus, method, and medium for implementing a pointing user interface using light emitters are disclosed. The pointing device includes a light-noise removing unit which receives signals emitted from a plurality of light emitters included in a display device in predetermined manners, a light emitter position detecting unit which calculates position information of the received signals, a pointed-to position calculating unit which calculates pointed-to position information using the calculated position information, and a data transmitting unit which transmits the pointed-to position information to the display device. | 07-07-2011 |
20110169731 | INPUT APPARATUS - An input apparatus | 07-14-2011 |
20110169732 | METHODS AND ELECTRONIC DEVICES FOR PREVIEWING VIDEOS - According to one aspect, an electronic device having a display for presenting a cursor and a graphic representation corresponding to a video. The electronic device also includes a selection mechanism for moving the cursor on the display, and a processor for detecting a presence of the cursor in a vicinity of the graphic representation on the display. The processor is further adapted to, upon detection of the presence of the cursor in the vicinity of the graphic representation on the display, play the video with a video player. | 07-14-2011 |
20110169733 | CURSOR POSITIONING CONTROL DEVICE - A cursor positioning control device is provided. The device includes a cursor movement measuring unit configured to measure a measurement value corresponding to a movement amount of a cursor on a display every certain time, a cursor deceleration determination unit configured to subtract an N-th measurement value from an (N-1)-th measurement value of the cursor movement measuring unit, and configured to determine that the cursor is being decelerated if the subtracted value is greater than a predetermined threshold value, wherein N is a natural number. When the number of successive times that the subtracted value is greater than the predetermined threshold value exceeds a predetermined number of times, the cursor deceleration determination unit generates an instruction signal for at least further decelerating a movement of the cursor than a cursor movement deceleration speed that a user instructs. | 07-14-2011 |
20110169734 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display device and a control method thereof are discussed. A display device and a control method thereof according to an embodiment of the present invention comprise a display unit displaying an object; a receiver receiving a wireless signal from a three dimensional (3D) pointing device recognizing a three dimensional motion; and a controller calculating a trajectory of the 3D pointing device corresponding to at least one of an absolute coordinate area and a relative coordinate area based on the received wireless signal and determining a position of the displayed object according to a property of an area to which the trajectory belongs and displaying the determined position. | 07-14-2011 |
20110175807 | DETECTION OF A ROLLING MOTION OR SLIDING MOTION OF A BODY PART ON A SURFACE - An optical scanner scans a first portion of a print of a body part such as a finger in a first area of an optical surface. The optical scanner detects a motion of the body part to a second area of the optical surface. This can be done in various ways. One way is for the optical scanner to detect a sliding motion of the body part to determine if most of the first portion of the print is in the second area. Another way is for the optical scanner to determine a rolling motion of the print based on a continuity of the print from the first area to the second area. A similar system and method is disclosed which detects a rolling motion of a body part by using a sleeve with multiple properties. | 07-21-2011 |
20110175808 | POINTING DEVICE - A pointing device is provided. The pointing device is configured to output a movement instruction signal for moving a cursor on a display in an instructed direction and includes: a pointing stick; a cursor movement including a +X sensor, −X sensor, +Y sensor and −Y sensor configured to sense a cursor movement instruction signal for instructing the cursor to move in +X direction, −X direction, +Y direction and −Y direction, respectively, according to an operation to the pointing stick; and a stick Z direction operation detector configured to determine that an instruction signal according to an operation to the pointing stick is different from the cursor movement instruction signals when each of outputs from the +X sensor, −X sensor, +Y and −Y sensor is changed by a corresponding predetermined first threshold value or greater within a predetermined time period. | 07-21-2011 |
20110181505 | METHOD OF SENSING MOTION IN THREE-DIMENSIONAL SPACE - An accelerometer and a gyroscope are disposed in a device. When the device rotates in a 3D space, angle of the device relative to gravity is calculated, movement of the device relative to gravity is calculated during the rotation process, and a real trace of the device is obtained in the 3D space. | 07-28-2011 |
20110181506 | OPTICAL POINTING DEVICE - An optical pointing device includes a circuit board, a light emitting component, a detection unit, a light guiding component, an imaging lens, and a transparent touch platform. The light emitting component is disposed on and connected electrically to the circuit board. The detection unit is disposed on and connected electrically to the circuit board, and is spaced part from the light emitting component. The light guiding component is adjacent to the light emitting component, and includes a concave reflective mirror. The imaging lens is disposed above the detection unit. The transparent touch platform is disposed above the imaging lens and has a touch surface for movement of an object under detection thereon. | 07-28-2011 |
20110181507 | TOUCH-SURFACE WITH MOUSE-OVER FUNCTIONALITY - There is disclosed an input system for controlling a display, comprising: an input device including: an interactive surface, for detecting a contact point thereon, the interactive surface being associated with the display such that a location on the interactive surface corresponds to a location on the display; excitation means for generating an excitation signal; and sensing means for sensing a response to the excitation signal; and a pointing device including means for responding to the excitation signal; and wherein an input condition of the input device is determined in dependence on whether the interactive surface detects a contact point and whether the sensing means receives a response from the pointing device. | 07-28-2011 |
20110181508 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE PROCESSING MODULE - An image processing method is applicable to a pointing device. The pointing device generates a displacement signal by moving relative to a working surface and detecting an image of a part of the working surface. The method includes the following steps. A first original image is obtained. The first original image is uniformly divided into a plurality of blocks. A block brightness value of each block is adjusted. A complexity signal representing a plurality of gradient values of each block is generated. The blocks are sequentially adjusted according to the adjusted block brightness value and complexity signal, so as to generate a first adjusted image corresponding to the first original image. | 07-28-2011 |
20110187641 | COMPUTER POINTING DEVICE WITH MACRO FUNCTIONALITY - A computer pointing device is adapted for use with a computer to control position of a cursor on a screen. The computer pointing device includes a casing, a macro key mounted operably on the casing, a storage medium disposed in the casing and storing a macro command, an execution module disposed in the casing, and a transmission interface. The macro command corresponds to the macro key and specifies an instruction set for controlling the cursor to move to a point defined by predetermined absolute coordinates on the screen. The execution module is coupled electrically to the macro key and the storage medium, and is operable to execute the macro command when the macro key is operated so as to generate an output signal corresponding to the macro command. The transmission interface is coupled electrically to the execution module and is operable to transmit the output signal to the computer. | 08-04-2011 |
20110193775 | OPTICAL POINTING DEVICE - Disclosed herein is an optical pointing device. The device includes a light source which emits light. A guiding plate includes grooves formed in a thickness direction thereof, light emitted from the light source is incident on the guiding plate to move therealong, and the moving light collides with the grooves to be diffused therefrom. A first condensing part is provided under the guiding plate, and condenses light which is diffused from the grooves and reflected from a subject placed on the guiding plate. An image sensor is provided under the first condensing part. | 08-11-2011 |
20110193776 | POINTER, POSITION DETECTION APPARATUS AND POSITION DETECTION METHOD - A position detection apparatus of the electrostatic coupling type is provided, to detect not only a position of a pointer but also information other than the position information such as, for example, pointer pressure or side switch information. The pointer transmits two codes such that a pressure applied to a pen tip is associated with a time difference between the two codes. A position detector carries out a correlation matching operation between signals generated in reception conductors and correlation calculation codes corresponding to the two codes, to thereby detect a position on a sensor section pointed to by the pointer from a result of the correlation matching operation and based on at least one of the codes. The position detector further includes a pressure calculation circuit for detecting pressure applied to the pointer, which is associated with the time difference between the two codes, from the result of the correlation matching operation calculated by the correlation matching operation and based on the two codes. | 08-11-2011 |
20110193777 | MULTIPLE POINTER AMBIGUITY AND OCCLUSION RESOLUTION - A method of resolving ambiguities between at least two pointers in an interactive input system comprises capturing images of a region of interest, processing image data to determine a plurality of potential targets for the at least two pointers within the region of interest and a current target location for each potential target, the plurality of potential targets comprising real and phantom targets, tracking each potential target within the region of interest and calculating a predicted target location for each potential target and determining a pointer path associated at least with each real target. | 08-11-2011 |
20110199296 | SINGLE WRIST USER INPUT SYSTEM - A single wrist user input system includes a wrist band that conforms to a single wrist of a user. Further, the single wrist user input system includes a motion tracking sensor that tracks aerial motion of the single wrist of the user as aerial motion data. In addition, the single wrist user input system includes a rotational sensor that tracks rotational movement of the single wrist of the user as rotational movement data. The single wrist user input system also includes a receiver that receives the aerial motion data and the rotational movement data to provide the aerial motion data and the rotational movement data to the computing device. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199297 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DRAWING AND ERASING CALLIGRAPHIC INK OBJECTS ON A DISPLAY SURFACE - A method of generating a calligraphic ink object, comprising sampling contact coordinates generated by a coordinate input device during writing thereon using a pointer to generate an ink trajectory generally representing the writing; generating an ink envelope, the ink envelope comprising line segments joining pointer instances at the sampled contact coordinates; generating a smoothed ink envelope at least by fitting curves to points on the ink envelope; and drawing the smoothed ink envelope on a display thereby to generate the calligraphic ink object. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199298 | POINTER WITH MOTION SENSING RESOLVED BY DATA MERGING - The invention applies to a pointing device of a mobile element, for example a cursor, on a plane surface. The pointing device comprises a first sensor for measuring the angular rates of the device and a second sensor of the linear accelerations along three dimensions of said device. Preferably, the first sensor is a two-axis or three-axis gyrometer and the second sensor is a three-axis accelerometer. The invention makes it possible to render the movements of the mobile element in the surface of the orientation in which the pointing device is held by its user. This result is achieved by global resolution of the angles of torsion by combining the measurements of the first and second sensors either within an extended Kalman filter or by application of an optimization criterion. The invention also provides a method for estimating the parameters which characterize motion and/or orientation of an object in space from said combination of the measurements of the first and second sensors either within an extended Kalman filter or by application of an optimization criterion. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199299 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided an information processing apparatus including a reception section which receives contact position information indicating a contact position of an operating tool on a contact surface, a cursor position control section which decides pre-movement position information indicating a position on a display surface of a cursor before being moved based on the contact position information. The reception section further receives an operating tool-movement vector indicating a direction in which and a distance by which the operating tool moves on the contact surface from the contact position while being in contact with the contact surface. The cursor position control section calculates a cursor-movement vector based on the operating tool-movement vector, and decides post-movement position information indicating a position of the cursor after being moved on a basis of the pre-movement position information and in accordance with the cursor-movement vector. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199300 | Pointing device and method and pointer display apparatus and method - A pointing apparatus and method and a pointer display apparatus and method using a virtual region which generate a virtual region corresponding to a detected display region, convert coordinates of a location, and display a pointer at the converted coordinates. The pointing device includes a region detector detecting a display region, which displays a pointer, using at least one received signal; a virtual region generator generating the virtual region corresponding to the display region and having an aspect ratio equal to that of the display region; a coordinate converter converting coordinates of a location, which is pointed at by the pointing device, in the virtual region into ratios of the coordinates of the location to a size of the virtual region; and a coordinate ratio transmitter transmitting the ratios. | 08-18-2011 |
20110205154 | ILLUMINATED OPTICAL NAVIGATION MODULE - A navigation module for a handheld communication device having a navigation pad, a chrome-like ring surrounding the navigation pad, an illumination ring surrounding the navigation pad, and at least one light source is optically coupled to at least the illumination ring. The illumination ring can be interposed between the chrome-like ring and the navigation pad. The chrome-like ring can be interposed between the illumination ring and the navigation pad. The light source can be a light emitting diode. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205155 | Methods and Systems for Position Detection Using an Interactive Volume - A computing device, such as a desktop, laptop, tablet computer, a mobile device, or a computing device integrated into another device (e.g., an entertainment device for gaming, a television, an appliance, kiosk, vehicle, tool, etc.) is configured to determine user input commands from the location and/or movement of one or more objects in a space. The object(s) can be imaged using one or more optical sensors and the resulting position data can be interpreted in any number of ways to determine a command. An interactive volume can be defined and adjusted so that the same movement at different locations within the volume may result in different corresponding movement of a cursor or other interpretations of input. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205156 | COMMAND BY GESTURE INTERFACE - The invention discloses a device and a method for commanding appliances by a gesture. User interfaces of the prior art have the limitation that they require an increasing number of buttons and/or graphical input areas on a display, so that the learning time of the user increases exponentially and his ability to memorise the corresponding codes decreases inversely. The device of the invention, in various embodiments which may be combined, increases the number of functions of one or more appliances which may be controlled without increasing the number of buttons and/or graphical control zones of displays. This is provided by including an orientation sensor in the device, said orientation being one of the parameters to control the operating mode of the device. | 08-25-2011 |
20110210914 | MANIPULATION INPUT APPARATUS - An extra wide display device displays a primary window and a secondary window side by side. A pointer is displayed on the display device. A position indicated by the pointer is moved by manipulating a switch. When the primary window is displayed, the switch has a primary manipulation region. When the secondary window is displayed, the switch has a secondary manipulation region. The primary manipulation region and the secondary manipulation region are designated to contain an overlapped region between them. | 09-01-2011 |
20110210915 | Human Body Pose Estimation - Techniques for human body pose estimation are disclosed herein. Images such as depth images, silhouette images, or volumetric images may be generated and pixels or voxels of the images may be identified. The techniques may process the pixels or voxels to determine a probability that each pixel or voxel is associated with a segment of a body captured in the image or to determine a three-dimensional representation for each pixel or voxel that is associated with a location on a canonical body. These probabilities or three-dimensional representations may then be utilized along with the images to construct a posed model of the body captured in the image. | 09-01-2011 |
20110210916 | STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING STORED THEREON PROGRAM FOR ADJUSTING POINTING DEVICE, AND POINTING DEVICE - A pointing device includes a controller for pointing a position on a display surface by imaging an imaging objective such as two markers positioned with a predetermined interval therebetween in a vicinity of the display surface of a monitor. With the pointing device, a width of the display surface and the interval between the markers are obtained to determine an appropriate distance between the controller and the monitor. Further, a current distance between the controller and the monitor (markers) is calculated. Relation between the current distance and the appropriate distance is notified by such as image display or sound output. For example, an image indicating the appropriate distance and an adjustment image varying in size in conjunction with the current distance are displayed on the monitor. | 09-01-2011 |
20110216000 | IMAGE SENSORS - In a fingermouse image sensor, an array of radiation sensitive pixels is formed on an image sensing die at a position where the array of radiation sensitive pixels is formed off-center within the image sensing die. More specifically, the array of radiation sensitive pixels is formed as close as possible to an edge of the image sensing die. That image sensing die is mounted to a substrate at a position offset from a center of the substrate. More specifically, the image sensing die is positioned such that the edge of the image sensing die (where the array of radiation sensitive pixels is positioned) is adjacent an edge of the substrate. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216001 | BIMANUAL INTERACTIONS ON DIGITAL PAPER USING A PEN AND A SPATIALLY-AWARE MOBILE PROJECTOR - One embodiment of the present invention sets forth a technique for providing an end user with a spatially-aware projector combined with a spatially-aware digital pen for use in a design environment. Paper documents are augmented to allow a user to access additional information and computational tools through projected interfaces. Virtual ink may be managed in single and multi-user environments to enhance collaboration and data management. The spatially-aware projector pen provides end-users with dynamic visual feedback and improved interaction capabilities. | 09-08-2011 |
20110227823 | PUCK-TYPE POINTING APPARATUS, POINTING SYSTEM, AND POINTING METHOD - Provided are a puck-type pointing device, a pointing system including the same, and a pointing method thereof. The puck-type pointing device includes a movement detection unit detecting information regarding touch and movement of a puck by a touch object and outputting a movement detection signal, a first signal processing unit receiving the movement detection signal, removing noise, and outputting a first puck movement signal after a first period of time, a second signal processing unit receiving the movement detection signal, removing noise, and outputting a second puck movement signal after a second period of time which is shorter than the first period of time, and a puck movement signal transmitting unit transmitting or cutting off the first puck movement signal according to the movement information in response to the second puck movement signal. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227824 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING IMMERSIVE EFFECTS - A method of providing immersive effects includes receiving data representative of at least one image. The image data is analyzed to locate at least one object identified within the image. A visual focus of attention of at least one subject able to observe the at least one image is estimated. At least one signal is provided in dependence on at least a position of the visual focus of attention relative to the location of the at least one object in the 5 at least one image to a system (16-19; 31-34) for providing an immersive effect to the at least one subject. | 09-22-2011 |
20110234491 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROXIMITY BASED INPUT - A method is provided for controlling proximity detection based user interface functions. In response to detection of simultaneous presence of a first object and a second object in close proximity to the input surface, an input mode may be activated, in which input mode a first action is associated with an input by the first object and a second action is associated with an input by the second object. | 09-29-2011 |
20110241984 | ILLUMINATION STRUCTURE FOR AN INTERACTIVE INPUT SYSTEM - An illumination structure for an interactive input system having a display surface and a light source for backlighting the display surface is provided. The illumination structure includes at least one redirection structure positioned with respect to the display surface to receive excess light produced by the light source and to redirect the excess light generally across the display surface for backlighting one or more pointers. A method is provided for determining the location of at least one pointer in an interactive input system. The method includes capturing images generally across a display surface of a region of interest and a reflection of the region of interest; examining the images to determine at least one first potential target location for at least one pointer that is within the region of interest; analyzing the at least one first potential target location to resolve at least one first true target location associated with the at least one pointer; and calculating a first location for the at least one pointer corresponding to the at least one first true target location. | 10-06-2011 |
20110241985 | METHOD OF DISPLAYING APPLICATIONS IN A MULTI-MONITOR COMPUTER SYSTEM AND MULTI-MONITOR COMPUTER SYSTEM EMPLOYING THE METHOD - A multi-monitor computer system includes a plurality of display devices communicating with at least one computing device executing an application management procedure. The application management procedure enables an application window available on one display device to be moved entirely to another display device by selecting the other display device from a dialog box displayed in response to a pointer-dragging input gesture on the application window. | 10-06-2011 |
20110248916 | TACTILE FEEDBACK METHOD AND APPARATUS - A method includes displaying on a display at least one selection option comprising a first selection option and detecting a touch or cursor on the display. Tactile feedback having a first characteristic is provided when the touch or cursor is at a first location associated with the first selection option. Tactile feedback having a second characteristic is provided when the touch or cursor is detected at a second location not associated with the first selection option. | 10-13-2011 |
20110248917 | Computer pointing device - The Invention relates to a computer input pointing device which comprises its casing ( | 10-13-2011 |
20110248918 | METHOD FOR SUSPENSION SENSING IN INTERACTIVE DISPLAY, METHOD FOR PROCESSING SUSPENSION SENSING IMAGE, AND PROXIMITY SENSING APPARATUS - Provided is a method for proximity sensing in an interactive display and a method of processing a proximity sensing image. The method for proximity-sensing may include suspending, in a three-dimensional (3D) space, at least one hand of a user to manipulate at least one of a viewpoint of the user and a position of a virtual object displayed on a screen, and changing the virtual object by manipulating at least one of the position of the virtual object and the viewpoint of the user based on the suspending. | 10-13-2011 |
20110254763 | Optical pointing module and electronic apparatus - Disclosed are an optical pointing module and an electronic apparatus that are reduced in size in order to be used in a personal portable terminal. An optical pointing module according to an aspect of the invention may include: a laser light source mounted on a printed circuit board; an outer housing through which laser light, emitted from the laser light source, is transmitted; a light receiving unit located on the printed circuit board, receiving the laser light being reflected from the outer housing by an external stimulus, and transmitting an electrical signal to an integrated circuit; and an inner housing received in the outer housing and having a passage recess, through which the laser light passes, and a contact surface coming into contact with an inner surface of the outer housing, the contact surface having a height different from that of a surface of the inner housing having the passage recess therein. | 10-20-2011 |
20110254764 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, PROGRAM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - An information processing apparatus includes a connection unit, a processing execution unit, a setting unit, and a controller. The connection unit is capable of connecting input apparatuses that output operation information for executing an operation for an image displayed on a screen. The processing execution unit is capable of executing processing corresponding to the operation information on the image. The setting unit sets one of the input apparatuses as a main input apparatus, and sets the other input apparatuses as secondary input apparatuses. The controller performs control such that execution of the processing for the image by the processing execution unit based on the operation information from the input apparatus set as the main input apparatus is validated, and execution of the processing for the image by the processing execution unit based on the operation information from the input apparatuses set as the secondary input apparatuses is invalidated. | 10-20-2011 |
20110267264 | DISPLAY SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE OPTICAL SENSORS - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a multi-camera system for a display system. According to one embodiment, the display system includes a display panel configured to display images on a front side, and at least three three-dimensional optical sensors arranged around the perimeter of the display panel. Furthermore, each three-dimensional optical sensor is configured to capture measurement data of an object from a perspective different than the perspective of the other optical sensors. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267265 | SPATIAL-INPUT-BASED CURSOR PROJECTION SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Exemplary spatial-input-based cursor projection systems and methods are disclosed herein. An exemplary method includes a cursor projection system detecting spatial input provided by a user within a physical user space associated with a display screen, determining that the spatial input is associated with a request for cursor projection, and mapping the spatial input to at least one cursor position on the display screen based on at least one of a plane projection heuristic and a vector projection heuristic. Corresponding systems and methods are also disclosed. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267266 | Mouse Pad with Touch Panel Pointing Device - A mouse pad with touch panel pointing device comprises a mouse pad with a protective casing for fixing a touch panel pointing device at the frontal end of the pad. A support mean is fixed at the back end of the pad. The combined function of a mouse pad and a touch panel pointing device provides the convenience of purchasing one single unit as oppose to two distinct products. Furthermore, by incorporating a support meant allows the user longer period of the use and relieve user from sore wrist and other common symptoms arise from long period of operating a typical computer mouse or pointing device. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267267 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM THEREFOR - An information processing apparatus includes: a connection unit to connect a first and second input apparatuses, the first input apparatus measuring a movement direction and a movement amount in a two-dimensional space, moving a pointer on a screen corresponding to the two-dimensional space based on a measurement result, and selecting a position on the screen, the second input apparatus measuring a movement direction and a movement amount in the two-dimensional space, moving a selectable position on the screen corresponding to the two-dimensional space based on a measurement result, and selecting a position on the screen; an input apparatus switching unit to select an input apparatus to be used by switching between the first and second input apparatuses; and an object display unit to display objects on the screen and select a display mode of the objects by switching between a first and second display modes. | 11-03-2011 |
20110279365 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY SYSTEM, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY DEVICE - An information processing device controls, in response to an object moving instruction, a transmitting unit so that pointer position information indicating a post-movement position of a pointer and object position information indicating a post-movement position of an object are transmitted to a display device, and then, after the pointer position information and the object position information have been transmitted, image data representing an image generated by a generating unit is transmitted to the display device. | 11-17-2011 |
20110279366 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANGING FINDING, ORIENTING, AND/OR POSITIONING OF SINGLE AND/OR MULTIPLE DEVICES - A method and apparatus for ranging finding of signal transmitting devices is provided. The method of signal reception is digitally based only and does not require receivers that are analog measurement devices. Ranging can be achieved using a single pulse emitting device operating in range spaced relation with a minimum of a single signal transmitter and a single digital receiver and processing circuitry. In general a plurality of transmitting pulsed emitters may be ranged and positioned virtually simultaneously in 3-dimensions (XYZ coordinates) using a configuration of a plurality of digital receivers arranged in any fixed 3-dimensional configuration. Applications may involve at least one single transmitter to receiver design to determine range, or at least one transmitted reflecting signal off from an object to determine range. | 11-17-2011 |
20110285621 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - An information processing system including an information processing apparatus and a remote controller. The remote controller includes a cursor key operation unit capable of performing a focus shift operation to cause a user to shift a focus and an enter input operation to cause the user to select an object as an selection candidate on which the focus is disposed and a mouse operation unit capable of performing a cursor pointer movement operation to move a cursor pointer and an enter input operation to cause the user to select the object indicated by the cursor pointer. The information processing apparatus includes a judgment unit to judge the object selected and a first enter input restriction unit to invalidate the enter input operation of the mouse operation unit performed within a preset time period from when a latest focus shift operation of the cursor key operation unit is performed. | 11-24-2011 |
20110291924 | OPTICAL NAVIGATION DEVICE AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - A sensor for an optical device includes an array of pixels in rows and columns which detect and process illumination falling thereon so as to identify inputs generated by a user on a surface of the optical device. A second reset period of variable length between a black calibration phase and an integration phase occurs in a processing cycle of a frame for each pixel, wherein the length of the second reset period is adjusted based on the ambient light conditions. | 12-01-2011 |
20110291925 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OBJECT RECOGNITION AND TRACKING IN A VIDEO STREAM - Provided is a system and method for object detection and tracking in a video stream. Frames of the video stream are divided into regions of interest and a probability that the region contains at least a portion of an object to be tracked is calculated for each region of interest. The regions of interest in each frame are then classified based on the calculated probabilities. A region of interest (RI) frame is then constructed for each video frame that reports the classification of regions of interest in the video frame. Two or more RI frames are then compared in order to determine a motion of the object. Also provided is a system executing the presently described method, as well as a device including the system. The device may be for example, a portable computer, a mobile telephone, or an entertainment device. | 12-01-2011 |
20110298706 | BRAINWAVE ACTUATED APPARATUS - A brainwave actuated apparatus has a brainwave sensor for outputting a brainwave signal, an effector responsive to an input signal, and a controller operatively connected to an output of said brainwave sensor and a control input to said effector. The controller is adapted to determine characteristics of a brainwave signal output by said brainwave sensor and based on said characteristics, derive a control signal to output to said effector. | 12-08-2011 |
20110298707 | METHOD OF FAST TYPING TWIN SPECIAL CHARACTERS - A method for inputting characters pairs in an electronic device having a user input device, a display for displaying characters input through the user input device, and a memory for storing characters input through the user input device, including storing a character input through the user input device in the memory and displaying the input character on the display; and determining if the input character is an opening character of a predefined character pair, and if so, automatically and without further user input, causing a corresponding closing character of the predefined character pair to be inserted in the memory and on the display, and locating an input pointer so that subsequently input characters will be inserted between the opening and closing characters in the memory and on the display. | 12-08-2011 |
20110304535 | COORDINATE INPUT APPARATUS - According to one aspect of the invention, a coordinate input apparatus for calculating a position of an object positioned on an input area comprises: a light projecting unit; retroreflecting members arranged along two opposite sides of a rectangular area including the input area, and having a reflecting surface which reflects the light emitted by the light projecting unit; a light receiving unit; and a calculation unit configured to calculate the position of the object based on a measurement result from the light receiving unit, wherein a set of the light projecting unit and the light receiving unit arranged adjacent to the retroreflecting member to sandwich the retroreflecting member in a direction perpendicular to a surface of the input area are positioned in at least two portions of each of the retroreflecting members arranged on the two opposite sides. | 12-15-2011 |
20110304536 | DISPLAY POWER SAVING METHOD AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - A display power saving method for an electronic system includes a display including a light emitting diode panel. The display power saving method comprises detecting whether a pointing device exists in the electronic system, obtaining the location of a pointer controlled by the pointing device when detecting the pointing device existing in the electronic system, determining a display area of a screen of the display according to the location of the pointer, recognizing whether a power management mode of the electronic system is a power saving mode and decreasing the brightness of an area of the screen other than the display area when recognizing that the power management mode is the power saving mode. | 12-15-2011 |
20110310007 | ITEM NAVIGATION USING MOTION-CAPTURE DATA - A system and method is provided for using motion-capture data to control navigating of a cursor in a user interface of a computing system. Movement of a user's hand or other object in a three-dimensional capture space is tracked and represented in the computing system as motion-capture model data. The method includes obtaining a plurality of positions for the object from the motion-capture model data. The method determines a curved-gesture center point based on at least some of the plurality of positions for the object. Using the curved-gesture center point as an origin, an angular property is determined for one of the plurality of positions for the object. The method further includes navigating the cursor in a sequential arrangement of selectable items based on the angular property. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310008 | CURSOR CONTROL SYSTEM, CURSOR CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH CURSOR CONTROL FUNCTION - A cursor control method is applied in an electronic device that communicates with a number of pointing devices. The cursor control method includes: receiving a signal including an identification code; determining whether the received signal is a request signal; determining whether a duration of not receiving a cursor control signal from the pointing device which currently owns cursor control reaches a predetermined time interval after receiving the request signal; determining the pointing device which sends the request signal according to the identification code; transferring the cursor control to the determined pointing device if the duration reaches the predetermined time interval; and controlling movement of the displayed cursor according to a cursor control signal from the pointing device which currently owns the cursor control. A related cursor control system and a related electronic device are also provided. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310009 | POINTING SYSTEM, CONTROL DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD - A pointing system including: a pointing device including an operation portion and a light-emitting portion that emits light according to an operation to the operation portion; and a control device including an image pickup portion that picks up light from the light-emitting portion when the light-emitting portion emits light and outputs an image including information on a light spot of the light, a display portion that includes a screen and displays a pointer on the screen, and a control portion that judges, as well as judge a movement of the light spot based on the information on the light spot in the image and move the pointer on the screen based on the movement of the light spot, whether the light spot is turned off based on the information on the light spot in the image and executes processing related to a click when the light spot is turned off. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310010 | GESTURE BASED USER INTERFACE - A gesture based user interface includes a movement monitor configured to monitor a user's hand and to provide a signal based on movements of the hand. A processor is configured to provide at least one interface state in which a cursor is confined to movement within a single dimension region responsive to the signal from the movement monitor, and to actuate different commands responsive to the signal from the movement monitor and the location of the cursor in the single dimension region. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310011 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INTEGRATING AN ELECTRONIC POINTING DEVICE INTO DIGITAL IMAGE DATA - A system and method that integrates an electronic pointer into digital image data, such as a video feed or software application, that is displayed on a screen. A receiver is provided that receives position data from a pointing device; a calibration unit then calculates the position of the pointing device relative to the screen based on the position data; and a processor then generates the electronic pointer based on the calculated position of the pointing device. Thereafter, the electronic pointer is integrated in the digital image data such that the video screen displays the electronic pointer at a location of the video screen that reflects the relative position of the pointing device to the video screen. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310012 | USER INTERFACE FOR A HEAD MOUNTED DISPLAY - A headset comprises an arrangement and a display. The arrangement is situated at least partially on a head of a user. The display is coupled to the arrangement and capable of displaying a pointing device to the user. The headset is coupled to a mobile device which includes a sensor. When the mobile device is moved, the sensor detects a direction of the movement to generate corresponding direction data. The display displays to the user a corresponding movement of the pointing device which is determined as a function of the corresponding direction data. | 12-22-2011 |
20110316773 | INTERACTIVE POINTING DEVICE CAPABLE OF SWITCHING CAPTURE RANGES AND METHOD FOR SWITCHING CAPTURE RANGES - An interactive pointing device capable of switching capture ranges includes an image capturing element and a processing unit. The image capturing element is used for capturing an optical signal, and outputting an image signal. The processing unit is used for determining a switching signal, and responsible for processing and analyzing the image signal. Through the determination about the switching signal and the coordinate conversion of the image signal by an arithmetic unit, the interactive pointing device capable of switching capture ranges is enabled to be operable in hosts with different resolutions. | 12-29-2011 |
20110316774 | REENABLE DELAY OF A TOUCHPAD OR TOUCH SCREEN TO PREVENT ERRONEOUS INPUT WHEN TYPING - A system and method wherein touchpad input including movement of a cursor and mouse clicks are inhibited until two events have occurred, namely, a timeout interval has elapsed and detection of movement of a pointing object a predetermined distance on the touchpad, wherein the system and method may also be implemented in touchpad firmware or hardware so that touchpad functionality beyond functions offered by an Operating System will travel with the touchpad and be available even when a software driver offering extended touchpad functionality is not installed or available for use. | 12-29-2011 |
20110316775 | MODIFYING A VALUE BASED ON A USER'S DIRECTIONAL MOTIONS INDEPENDENT OF LOCATION OF INPUT RELATIVE TO A DISPLAY - A method for changing a value displayed on a screen is provided. In response to receiving a user input indicating motion in a particular direction, changing the value independent of where the position of a cursor is on the screen. The value being changed may comprise of a series of segments, and each segment value can be changed individually. In addition, a different user input device that does not indicate motion in a particular direction may be used to change segment values and to select other segment values. Methods for automatically formatting a segmented values and calculating a base time rate based on two different frame rates are also provided. | 12-29-2011 |
20120001848 | INTERACTIVE POINTING DEVICE CAPABLE OF SWITCHING CAPTURE RANGES AND METHOD FOR SWITCHING CAPTURE RANGES FOR USE IN INTERACTIVE POINTING DEVICE - An interactive pointing device capable of switching capture ranges includes an image capturing element and a processing unit. The image capturing element operates in a first capture range or a second capture range. The image capturing element is used for capturing a light source, and outputting an image signal. When a distance from the interactive pointing device to the light source is smaller than a reference value, the processing unit controls the image capturing element to detect the light source with the first capture range, and the processing unit converts the image signal into a first coordinate data. When the distance is greater than the reference value, the processing unit controls the image capturing element to detect the light source with the second capture range, and the processing unit converts the image signal into a second coordinate data. | 01-05-2012 |
20120007802 | Cursor Display Method and Character Input Apparatus - When an input mode is switched from input of a first-type character written in a first character input direction into input of a second-type character written in a second character input direction opposite to the first character input direction, a displayed cursor is moved in the second character input direction in response to progression of input of second-type characters. At that time, first display-position movement processing is performed so that a display position of each character input before the switching is moved in the second character input direction in response to the progression of input of second-type characters with a display position of a second-type character input after the switching being fixed. | 01-12-2012 |
20120007803 | POINTING DEVICE - A pointing device is provided which can reduce its size and height, reduce leakage magnetic flux density to the outside. Magnetic sensors are disposed symmetrically two by two on X and Y axes on a printed circuit board. A silicone resin is placed on the printed circuit board, and an internally and externally unipolarly magnetized ring-like magnet is placed near the center of the magnetic sensors. The printed circuit board and silicone resin are not bonded. The silicone resin is easily deformed by applying external force, and returns to its initial state without the external force as soon as the external force is removed. The ring-like magnet is configured to move approximately in parallel to the surface of the printed circuit board. The variations in the ambient magnetic flux density produced by the movement of the ring-like magnet are detected by the magnetic sensors. | 01-12-2012 |
20120013530 | DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM, AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - A display device includes: a display unit that displays an image on a display surface; a detection unit that detects, relative to the display surface, a position of an operation element including a magnetic member; and an external force application unit that applies an external force to the operation element via the magnetic member, by generating a magnetic field in a space faced by the display surface, according to the position of the operation element detected by the detection unit and content of the image displayed by the display unit. | 01-19-2012 |
20120019442 | POINTING DEVICE FOR USE WITH A COMPUTER AND METHODS OF OPERATION AND CALIBRATION THEREOF - A pointing device is provided for use with a computer and display screen. The line of sight of the pointing device is determined with reference to one or more electromagnetic radiation sources located adjacent to the screen. The pointing device includes a processor for receiving signals from a sensor within the device, processing the signals with respect to calibration data to generate co-ordinate data which identifies a location on the screen at which the pointing device is directed, and outputting the co-ordinate data for transmission to the computer. Thus, dedicated software does not need to be installed on the computer to enable it to interact with the pointing device. Methods of operating the pointing device are also described, together with methods of calibration. According to a further aspect, the device sensor is mounted in the pointing device with the centre line of its field of view at an acute angle with respect to the reference axis of the device. The sensor is orientated towards a radiation source located adjacent the periphery of the display screen, thereby increasing the range of movement of the pointing device in practice over which the emitter remains within the field of the sensor. | 01-26-2012 |
20120026086 | ELECTRONIC READING APPARATUS AND INPUT METHOD THEREOF - An electronic reading apparatus comprises an input unit receiving input operations, a detect unit detecting and capturing images reflected by the input unit and a processing unit configured to receive the images to generate interruption signals; determine whether the number of the interruption signals reaches a pre-determined value in a pre-determined time; calculate a movement direction and a distance of the object on the input unit if the number of the interruption signals reaches the pre-determined value in the pre-determined time; determine a cursor displacement on the display unit and display a movement track of the cursor on a display unit. An input method for previewing files is also provided. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026087 | MOVABLE OPERATION PLATE MODULE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH THE SAME - An electronic device with a moveable operation plate is provided. The electronic device includes a body, an operation plate and a sensing module. The body includes a disposing portion. The operation plate is moveably disposed on the body and electrically connected with the body. The sensing module is disposed on the body for sensing the movement of the operation plate to generate a moving signal, and the moving signal is transmitted to the body via the electrically connection and make the body execute a corresponding instruction. | 02-02-2012 |
20120032880 | POINTING DEVICE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A display apparatus including a pointing device which generates a light beam and projects the light beam on a screen; a camera which detects a trace of the light beam imaged on the screen; and an image processing unit which processes an image corresponding to the trace of the light beam detected by the camera to display the image on the screen. The pointing device includes: a first light source unit which generates and emits a first light beam having a first wavelength range, a second light source unit which generates and emits a second light beam having a second wavelength range different from the first wavelength range, and a switching circuit which selectively applies power to one of the first light source unit and the second light source unit depending on a distance between the screen and the pointing device, so that one of the first light beam of the first wavelength range and the second light beam of the second wavelength range is selectively projected to form the light beam on the screen. | 02-09-2012 |
20120032881 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING SIGNALS FROM A POINTING DEVICE - The invention relates to a pointing device and a method for processing signals from such a pointing device, said device comprising a base and an actuator movable with respect to the base, and a detector, said detector adapted for providing at least first and second positional signals indicating a position of the actuator with respect to the base along corresponding first and second axes, wherein said signal processing method comprises the steps of converting the at least two positional signals into a polar coordinate signal comprising a magnitude signal, and thresholding the magnitude signal of the polar coordinate signal to provide a thresholded magnitude signal. In an embodiment the method further comprising the step of applying a conversion curve to the thresholded magnitude signal to produce a velocity magnitude signal. | 02-09-2012 |
20120032882 | HANDS-FREE POINTER SYSTEM - The present invention describes a hands-free system for controlling the movement of a cursor on one or more display devices. A tracking device including a traceable marker and one or more accelerometers and gyroscopes are used to track position and acceleration of the marker relative to a target of interest. A processing means processes the motion signals from the tracking device to determine the location of the cursor on the operator's monitor, which may also be displayed on more monitors. The tracking device is worn by the operator, optimally on the operator's head. The operator's head movements determine movement of the cursor. | 02-09-2012 |
20120038551 | Apparatus and method for controlling object - An object controlling apparatus and method are provided. An object of a virtual world may be more intuitively and readily manipulated by controlling an operation, a state, a shape, and the like of the object based on transform information associated with the object and a pointing signal for manipulating the virtual that is received from an input device. In addition, by manipulating the object based on information matching the input pointing signal between internal transform information and total transform information, a unique transform operation may be assigned to each object and thus, the user may be provided with a variety of functions. Here, the internal transform information is uniquely set for each object and the total transform information is set to be commonly applied to all the objects of the virtual world. | 02-16-2012 |
20120044139 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed herein are a display device and a control method thereof. The method includes recognizing a first motion to start to control the display device of a user; performing an indicator in response to the recognized first motion; recognizing a second motion; and displaying information of at least one of the recognized second motion and the display device's function corresponding to the second motion using the indicator. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044140 | INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM AND PROGRAM, AND OPTICAL INPUT SYSTEM, PROJECTION-TYPE IMAGES AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - An information display system includes a pointing device and a control apparatus for detecting the locus of tip of the pointing device. The pointing device includes a light emitting part for irradiating the radiated light that radiates with the tip of the pointing device as the center on a predetermined plane. A camera captures images of a region including the radiated light on the predetermined plane. A radiated light detector detects the radiated light from the images captured by the camera. An estimation unit estimates the position of the tip of the pointing device from the radiated light detected by the radiated light detector. | 02-23-2012 |
20120056805 | HAND MOUNTABLE CURSOR CONTROL AND INPUT DEVICE - A hand wearable cursor control and input device for a computer or other electronic device. The cursor control and input device includes a plurality of interconnected finger fittings. Each finger fitting is configured to receive therein at least the tip of one finger of the user's hand. There are at least three finger fittings of which a first fitting includes a first contact, a second fitting includes a second contact, and third fitting includes a third contact. Engagement of the first contact with the third contact generates a first signal, a first click signal, and engagement of the second contact with the third contact generates a second signal, a second click signal. One of the contacts, such as the third contact, is a touchpad sensor configured to correlate the motion and position of a user's finger being drawn across the surface of the third contact, a movement signal, into relative position of a cursor or pointer on a display screen of the computer or other electronic device. Additionally, there may include a fourth finger fitting having a fourth contact, which when engaged with the third contact, causes operation of the third contact as a touchpad and initiates the movement signal. | 03-08-2012 |
20120056806 | HAPTIC FEEDBACK FOR TOUCHPADS AND OTHER TOUCH CONTROLS - A haptic feedback planar touch control used to provide input to a computer. A touch input device includes a planar touch surface that inputs a position signal to a processor of the computer based on a location of user contact on the touch surface. The computer can position a cursor in a displayed graphical environment based at least in part on the position signal, or perform a different function. At least one actuator is also coupled to the touch input device and outputs a force to provide a haptic sensation to the user contacting the touch surface. The touch input device can be a touchpad separate from the computer's display screen, or can be a touch screen. Output haptic sensations on the touch input device can include pulses, vibrations, and spatial textures. The touch input device can include multiple different regions to control different computer functions. | 03-08-2012 |
20120062456 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An information processing device includes: a user position detection unit that detects a user position indicating a position of a user indicated by a plurality of values on different coordinate axes; a calculation unit that calculates user movement information indicating a movement of the user based on a coordinate point defined by a value on at least one axis among the plurality of values on coordinate axes indicating the user position; a setting unit that sets a process to be executed among a plurality of processes performed according to a movement of the user based on the calculated user movement information; and an execution unit that executes the set process. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062457 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - An image display apparatus and a method for operating the same are discussed. According to an embodiment, the method for operating the image display apparatus having a display screen, includes processing a signal for displaying a first object; associating, by the image display apparatus, the first object with a pointer to be displayed, the pointer being movable according to a pointing operation of a pointing device associated with the image display apparatus; and automatically displaying, by the image display apparatus on the display screen, the first object and the pointer on the first object based on the associating step. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062458 | CONTROL DEVICE - A control device for use in a cursor positing device is provided. The control device includes a housing, a control module, a sensing module and a circuit module. The housing defines an accommodation chamber. The control module is positioned on the housing and includes a movable member. The circuit module positioned within the accommodation chamber includes a microprocessor electrically coupled with the sensing module. The sensing module generates a first sensing signal in response to a first displacement variance in case of the first displacement variance achieved by moving the movable member in a major axis direction and transmits the first sensing signal to the microprocessor to reset the cursor to a first reset point. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062459 | DEVICE, METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR MAPPING A GRAPHICS TABLET TO AN ASSOCIATED DISPLAY - A digitizer system for controlling movement of a pointer on a display unit is provided. The system includes a digitizer tablet for detecting an input position and generating tablet coordinate data according to the detected input position. A mapping unit maps the tablet coordinate data to display coordinate data based on a plurality of different predetermined scaling relationships and provides the display coordinate data to the display unit. An input device controls the mapping unit to switch between the predetermined scaling relationships. | 03-15-2012 |
20120068923 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a first acceptance unit, a second acceptance unit and a coordinate determination unit. The first acceptance unit accepts first inclinations or first accelerations of a portable information processing apparatus having a display screen in a first state. The second acceptance unit accepts second inclinations or second accelerations of the information processing apparatus in a second state. The coordinate determination unit determines coordinates of a mark for pointing to a position on the display screen in the second state based on the first inclinations accepted by the first acceptance unit and the second inclinations accepted by the second acceptance unit or based on the first accelerations accepted by the first acceptance unit and the second accelerations accepted by the second acceptance unit. | 03-22-2012 |
20120068924 | Computer System, Computer System Control Method, Program, And Information Storage Medium - To prevent a user from sensing change in feeling of operation of a pointing device. There is provided a computer system control method for controlling a computer system having a coordinate designation system for producing base data for calculating position coordinates, the method comprising the steps of obtaining the position coordinates calculated based on the base data; when a predetermined application program is activated from another application program, obtaining position coordinates notified by the other application program, and showing a designated position image on a display screen based on the position coordinates obtained; and when the predetermined application program is activated from an operating system, showing the designated position image on the display screen based on the position coordinates obtained at the step of obtaining the position coordinates. | 03-22-2012 |
20120075181 | 3D computer cursor - The present invention introduces a 3D computer cursor that helps the user to interact with 3D computer applications in an intuitive manner. Said 3D computer cursor enables the user to easily manipulate a plurality of windows, objects, or the like to be moved or rotated in three dimensions on the computer display serving a variety of desktop and web-based applications. | 03-29-2012 |
20120081283 | Computer Keyboard With Input Device - A computer keyboard integrated with an optical input device is provided. The computer keyboard includes a plurality of keys, a plurality of optical input devices, a controller, and a navigation engine configured to generate an input function in response to finger movement on one or more of the plurality of input devices. The computer keyboard controller is configured to permit the user to assign an input function to one or more of the plurality of optical input devices from a list of input functions. The plurality of optical input devices have firmware capable of stitching two input devices together to provide a combined input function. | 04-05-2012 |
20120086635 | POINTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - Provided are a pointing device and an electronic device including the pointing device. The pointing device includes: an actuating member configured to be moved by a user; a magnet part disposed at a lower side of the actuating member; a cover part configured to cover the actuating member while exposing a part of the actuating member; an intermediate member including a center part configured to support the magnet part, a plurality of pattern parts extending from the center part and having a curved shape, a plurality of fixing parts disposed at ends of the pattern parts and fixed to the cover part, and a plurality of fixing protrusion parts extending from the center part for fixing the magnet part and the center part to the actuating member; and a sensor unit configured to output an electric signal by detecting a movement of the magnet part. | 04-12-2012 |
20120092252 | CURSOR CONTROL METHOD - The present invention provides a cursor control method for adjusting a smoothness of a cursor motion shown on an image display according to a trace variation detected by a detection device. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092253 | Computer Input and Output Peripheral Device - The peripheral input and output device embeds a touch-screen display onto a mouse. Users interact with the display of the mouse using direct touch, whilst also performing regular cursor-based mouse interactions. The resulting device has many unique capabilities, in particular for interacting with auxiliary windows, such as toolbars, palettes, pop-ups and dialog-boxes. By migrating these windows onto a peripheral computer mouse challenges such as screen real-estate use and window management can be alleviated. | 04-19-2012 |
20120098742 | Hand-Held Orthopedic Electronic Interface Device and Method of Manufacture - An orthopedic cursor control device that supports a user's hand, or other controlling anatomy, in a functionally neutral posture. The device has a motion sensor housed in a base, a mound attached to the top of the base and an optional carpal support attached to the base. The surfaces of the base, mound and optional carpal support together support a user's hand, or other controlling anatomy, in the functionally neutral, or other appropriate, posture. The mound conforms to an interior portion of the user's hand when in a grasping configuration. An inner surface of the carpal support conforms to, and supports, the user's wrist in the functionally neutral posture. The carpal support extends beyond a distal end of the user's ulna bone when the user grasps the cursor control device. The functionally neutral posture has, at the distal end, the user's radial bone substantially vertically above their ulna bone. | 04-26-2012 |
20120098743 | INPUT METHOD, INPUT DEVICE, AND COMPUTER SYSTEM - An input method for a software keyboard is disclosed. The input method includes dividing the software keyboard into a plurality of character areas and displaying the software keyboard, generating a first touch signal, generating a first touch operation signal according to the first touch signal, selecting a first character area from the plurality of character areas according to the first touch operation signal, generating a second touch signal, generating a second operation signal according to the second touch signal, selecting a target character key from the first character area according to the second touch operation signal, and transmitting a character control signal corresponding to the target character key to a host for an input of the software keyboard. | 04-26-2012 |
20120105318 | DISPLAY SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING A SELECTOR SYMBOL WITHIN AN IMAGE - A display system for controlling a selector symbol within an image includes, but is not limited to, a display screen that is configured to detect a touch of an operator on a surface of the display screen and that is further configured to display a three-dimensional image. The display system further includes a processor that is operatively coupled to the touch screen. The processor is configured to command the display screen to display a three-dimensional selector symbol within the three-dimensional image, and to command the display screen to move the selector symbol within the three-dimensional image in a manner that corresponds with the touch of the operator. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105319 | DEVICE FOR INPUT OF SIGNS, COMPRISING A BASE ZONE AND AT LEAST TWO PERIPHERAL ZONES, PROCESS AND PROGRAM THEREOF - The present disclosure relates to device for inputting at least one sign, including means for moving a cursor/pointer implemented by a user in an input space, and means for interpreting said movements in order to associate sets of movements with corresponding signs, wherein the input space comprises a base zone and at least two peripheral zones. The input method includes:—a step for moving the cursor/pointer from the base zone to a first peripheral zone,—a step for moving the cursor/pointer from said first peripheral zone to a last peripheral zone,—a step for moving the cursor/pointer from said last peripheral zone to said base zone. The method is preferably implemented by a computer program such as a smartphone application. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105320 | Image Signal Processing Apparatus and Method of Controlling the Same - According to one embodiment, an image signal processing apparatus includes a connecting module, a controller and a display controller. The connecting module is configured to be capable of being connected with a pointer operating device. The controller is configured to be controlled in a state of performing pointer operation with a remote control while being in a non-connected state of a pointer operating device to the connecting module and to be controlled in a state of performing pointer operation with the pointer operating device in a connected state of the pointer operating device to the connecting module. The display controller is configured to display a image which indicates the pointer operating device is connected to the connecting module on a screen during a time period of the connection of the pointer operating device. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105321 | METHOD UTILIZED IN THREE-DIMENSIONAL POINTING SYSTEM - A method utilized in a three-dimensional pointing system is provided according to the present invention. The three-dimensional pointing system includes a pointing device, a sensor array, and a display panel, wherein the sensor array is embedded within the display panel. The pointing device projects a pointer onto the display panel to form a projection image, and the sensor array accordingly generates a sensed image which includes the projection image. The method determines at least one space status information based on the sensed image. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105322 | DRAWING DEVICE AND DRAWING METHOD - A drawing device includes a pointer control section detecting each of operations performed by using a first pointer and a second pointer in a drawing region; a first generating section generating first drawing data that corresponds to a first drawing function specified for the first pointer and an operation performed in the drawing region by using the first pointer; a second generating section generating second drawing data that corresponds to a second drawing function specified for the second pointer and an operation performed in the drawing region by using the second pointer; and a drawing section generating drawing data obtained by combining the first drawing data and the second drawing data. With this, operability in the drawing is enhanced. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105323 | METHOD OF OPERATING A HANDHELD DEVICE FOR DIRECTIONAL INPUT - A directional input device for use in a handheld device is disclosed herein. The directional input device provides input to an element of the user interface in response to the inclination of the handheld. The input device can be embedded into any handheld communicating or computing device to provide directional input to an element of the user interface of the handheld without consuming space on the face of the device that could otherwise be used for a larger screen. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105324 | Finger Motion Virtual Object Indicator with Dual Image Sensor for Electronic Device - The virtual object indicator having dual image sensors for an electronic device comprises a housing to receive component therein. A user finger motion detecting device having the dual image sensors is attached on an upper surface of the housing for detection the motion of user finger. A controller is received in the housing for generating a control signal in responsive to the user finger motion detection, wherein the images captured by at least one of the dual image sensors is analyzed to drive a virtual object on a display of the electronic device, a communication interface is coupled to the controller for communication with the electronic device. | 05-03-2012 |
20120112998 | Sensor Control - An apparatus includes sensors configured to sense optical information, assignment circuitry configured to assign a dominant status to one of the sensors and a nondominant status to another one of the sensors and control circuitry configured to output one or more commands based on sensed optical information and status. Various other apparatuses, systems, methods, etc., are also disclosed. | 05-10-2012 |
20120112999 | Force Feedback System Including Multi-Tasking Graphical Host Environment - A force feedback system provides components for use in a force feedback system including a host computer and a force feedback interface device. An architecture for a host computer allows multi-tasking application programs to interface with the force feedback device without conflicts. One embodiment of a force feedback device provides both relative position reporting and absolute position reporting to allow great flexibility. A different device embodiment provides relative position reporting device allowing maximum compatibility with existing software. Information such as ballistic parameters and screen size sent from the host to the force feedback device allow accurate mouse positions and graphical object positions to be determined in the force feedback environment. Force feedback effects and structures are further described, such as events and enclosures. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113000 | CURSOR CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS - A cursor control method for controlling a cursor on an image display includes: providing at least two reference points for generating light of a predetermined spectrum and defining a predetermined area; providing an image sensor pointing inside the predetermined area; receiving the light of the predetermined spectrum by the image sensor to form a digital image; identifying positions and shapes of the images of the reference points on the digital image to form a first parameter; performing distance and angle compensations on the first parameter; moving the aiming point of the image sensor inside the predetermined area to form a second parameter; and calculating an displacement of the images of the reference points on the digital image according to the compensated first and second parameters so as to accordingly control the cursor. The present invention further provides a cursor control apparatus. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113001 | COORDINATE DETERMINATION APPARATUS, COORDINATE DETERMINATION METHOD, AND COORDINATE DETERMINATION PROGRAM - To switch a coordinate mode by automatically recognizing a coordinate mode more usable for a user performing a natural operation, a coordinate determination apparatus ( | 05-10-2012 |
20120119989 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MOVING A CURSOR ON A SCREEN - The invention provides a system ( | 05-17-2012 |
20120133582 | STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING STORED THEREON INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - A position indicated on a predetermined plane is calculated based on a first operation signal output from a pointing device, and it is determined whether or not the indicated position has moved from out of a predetermined area on the plane into the predetermined area. When a result of the determination is positive in a state where a second operation signal is used for information processing, operation signals used for the information processing are switched from the second operation signal to the first operation signal. | 05-31-2012 |
20120133583 | ILLUMINATED NAVIGATION MODULE - A navigation module for a handheld communication device having a navigation pad, a chrome-like ring surrounding the navigation pad, an illumination ring surrounding the navigation pad, and at least one light source optically coupled to the at least the illumination ring. The illumination ring can be interposed between the chrome-like ring and the navigation pad. The chrome-like ring can be interposed between the illumination ring and the navigation pad. The light source can be a light emitting diode. | 05-31-2012 |
20120139833 | HANDWRITING INPUT DEVICE - A handwriting input device includes a vibration sensor, a motion sensor, a communication unit, and a microcontroller. The vibration sensor is tuned to a range of frequencies that includes the expected vibration frequency generated by a finger wearing the device when the finger writes on a surface. The motion sensor senses movement of the device. The microcontroller generates cursor control signals according to the movement sensed by the motion sensor and generates handwriting activation signals when a frequency of vibration detected by the vibration sensor falls within the range of frequencies, and transmits the cursor control signals and the handwriting activation signals to an external electronic device communicating with the device through the communication unit to signal the external electronic device to control movement of a displayed cursor and displays the track of the movement of the displayed cursor. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139834 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING OBJECTS - An apparatus and method for controlling an object are provided. The object control apparatus includes a detection module to detect deformation of a flexible display device, a storage module to store a first table including feature information regarding deformation of the flexible display device, and pattern information regarding deformation patterns of the flexible display device, the pattern information matching the feature information, and a control module to generate the feature information from deformation information regarding the detected deformation, to extract the pattern information corresponding to the generated feature information from the first table, and control at least one of a pointer and an object based on the extracted pattern information. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139835 | INTERACTIVE INPUT SYSTEM AND METHOD - An interactive input system comprises a display panel; a first illumination source providing illumination across an outer surface of the display panel such that when a pointer is brought into proximity with the outer surface, the pointer reflects illumination from the first illumination source through the display panel; at least one imaging device having a field of view aimed at an opposite outer surface of the display panel, the at least one imaging device capturing images including illumination reflected by the pointer through the display panel; and processing structure in communication with the at least one imaging device, said processing structure processing the captured images to determine a location of the pointer relative to the outer surface. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139836 | INFORMATION PROVIDING DEVICE - An information providing apparatus equipped with a camera includes: an imaging unit configured to take an image of a preset area with the camera and obtain the taken image; a display output module configured to display the taken image as a displayed image on an image display device; a receiver configured to wirelessly receive operating information, which regards a user's operation performed via a pointing device and includes at least coordinates-related information, from the pointing device; and an operating information processor configured to perform processing based on the received operating information and display result of the processing to be superimposed on the displayed image, wherein the imaging unit, the display output module, the receiver and the operating information processor are all accommodated in a single housing. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139837 | ENHANCED INPUT USING FLASHING ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION - Enhanced input using flashing electromagnetic radiation, in which first and second images of an object are accessed. The first image being captured while the object is illuminated with projected electromagnetic radiation, and the second image being captured while the projected electromagnetic radiation is extinguished. A position of the object relative to the screen based on comparing the first and second images is determined. An application is controlled based on the determined position. | 06-07-2012 |
20120146898 | DISPLAY SYSTEM - A display system includes a display having a display panel, a feature recognition apparatus, a distance detector and a controller. The feature recognition apparatus includes an image capturing unit for capturing images of objects present in a subject range in front of the display panel, and an image processing unit for processing the images to determine if a viewer present in the subject range. The distance detector is configured for determining whether a present viewer beyond a safe viewing distance limit. The controller is configured for controlling the display panel to operation there is no a viewer within a safe viewing distance limit, and controlling the display panel to be switched off if there is a viewer within the safe viewing distance limit. | 06-14-2012 |
20120146899 | WEARABLE POINTING DEVICE - A wearable pointing device can be worn on a hand of a user and includes a hand strap, a receiving part, a first ring, a second ring, a third ring and a circuit module. The circuit module is electronically connected to the first ring, the second ring, and the third ring. The circuit module is installed in the receiving part and comprises a sensor module to sense movement on the hand. The sensor module converts the movement of the wearable pointing device into signals which are sent to a host computing device. The data received from the pointing device may be used to move a cursor of the computing device, or correspond to left and right mouse clicks, and scrolling operations. | 06-14-2012 |
20120146900 | GRAPHIC USER INTERFACE POINTER CONTROL - Flexibly controlling the movement, direction or speed of a pointer in a multi-monitor or extended monitor environment is provided. This may include defining a control area in which the pointer is made to operate in a desired manner at a desired position, recording definition data that includes an identification name uniquely identifying the control area, reading the definition data, and controlling the pointer in response to the pointer entering the control area. The pointer controlled in accordance with the control setting corresponding to the control item in the definition data defined for the control area. | 06-14-2012 |
20120146901 | OPERATION CONTROL DEVICE, OPERATION CONTROL METHOD, AND INPUT DEVICE - The present invention provides an operation control device for preventing an incorrect operation during a change in a holding pattern of an input device. The operation control device is an operation control device which controls an operation inputted into a grippable input device by a user, including: a grip state detection unit ( | 06-14-2012 |
20120154273 | CONTROL SURFACE FOR TOUCH AND MULTI-TOUCH CONTROL OF A CURSOR USING A MICRO ELECTRO MECHANICAL SYSTEM (MEMS) SENSOR - A method and apparatus for touch detection, multi-touch detection and cursor control in which the acceleration of a control surface is sensed to provide sensed signals. The control surface is supported at one or more support positions and moves in response to a force applied by a user at a touch position. The sensed signals are received in a processing unit where they are used to estimate a change in the position of force application. A touch control signal is generated from the estimated change in touch position. The touch control signal may be output to a graphical user interface, where it may be used, for example, to control various elements such as mouse clicks, scroll controls, control of single or multiple cursors, or manipulation of views of an object on a visual display unit, or remote control manipulation of objects themselves. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154274 | INPUT DEVICE AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - An input device with improved operability is provided. A first button and a second button are provided so as to extend to an area between a keyboard and a pad portion. With this configuration, when a user operates the first button and the second button while placing his/her both hands on the home positions of the keyboard, only a small amount of movement of fingers (for example, first fingers) is required, and therefore the user can operate the first button and the second button without significantly moving his/her both hands from the home positions. In other words, the user can operate the first button and the second button without stopping an input operation with the keyboard. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154275 | USER CONTROLLED DEVICE FOR SENDING CONTROL SIGNALS TO AN ELECTRIC APPLIANCE, IN PARTICULAR USER CONTROLLED POINTING DEVICE SUCH AS MOUSE OR JOYSTICK, WITH 3D-MOTION DETECTION - A user controlled device, movable into a plurality of positions of a three-dimensional space, includes a MEMS acceleration sensor to detect 3D movements of the user controlled device. The device, such as a mouse, sends control signals correlated to the detected positions to an electrical appliance, such as a computer system. A microcontroller processes the output signals of the MEMS acceleration sensor to generate the control signals, such as screen pointer position signals and “clicking” functions. | 06-21-2012 |
20120162067 | DISPARITY CURSORS FOR MEASUREMENT OF 3D IMAGES - A test and measurement instrument according to an embodiment of the present invention provides a disparity cursor for making quick and easy disparity measurements. In operation, a user uses a sample cursor to specify a pixel of a first image and uses the disparity cursor to specify a pixel of a second image. The test and measurement instrument then automatically provides a measured disparity value based on the two pixels. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162068 | Method of Controlling Remote Controller, Remote Controller, and Display System - According to one embodiment, there is provided a method of controlling a remote controller that comprises a first key configured to move a focus displayed on a display screen, a second key configured to move a pointer displayed on the display screen, and a third key configured to instruct determination operation at a focus position or selection operation at a pointer position. The method includes receiving operation on the remote controller, and switching operations to be instructed by the third key according to the last operation received at the receiving. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162069 | VEHICULAR DEVICE - A control unit indicates a cursor on a screen of an indication unit according to operation data sent from an operation unit based on user's operation of an operation knob. The control unit implements enlarging indication of a screen region corresponding to a selection item image indicated on the screen of the indication unit. When the control unit implements contracting indication to return an enlarged screen region subsequent to the enlarging indication, the control unit indicates contraction of the screen region in a visually recognizable form and indicates the cursor to follow the screen region. The operation unit further causes a driving force generation unit to generate a driving force to move the operation knob correspondingly to the position of the cursor, according to information on the position of the cursor sent from the control unit. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162070 | CONTROL DEVICE - A control device includes a holder, a sleeve, a detecting module, and a positioning mechanism. The holder defines an accommodation chamber. The sleeve is sleeved onto the holder, wherein the sleeve is rotatable and movable on the holder. The detecting module is accommodated within the accommodation chamber for detecting a rotation and a translational movement of the sleeve. The positioning mechanism includes a positioning part and a transmission member. The positioning part is located at a side of the holder. The transmission member is connected with the holder and disposed on the positioning part. When the holder generates a first vertical displacement relative to the positioning part, the transmission member generates a second vertical displacement relative to the positioning part synchronously in response to the first vertical displacement of the holder. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162071 | CONTROL DEVICE - A control device for controlling a cursor is provided. The control device includes a main body, a roller, and a circuit board. The main body has a holder. The roller is detachably disposed on the holder. The circuit module includes a detecting module for detecting movement and rotation of the roller on the holder. The roller includes a roller body and an assembled sliding mechanism. The assembled sliding mechanism is connected with the roller body and contacted with the holder. Consequently, during the roller is operated by a user, the friction generated by the roller is minimized. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162072 | Optical Pointing Device - An optical pointing device including a light source, an optical transfer assembly, a light beam splitter, and an image sensor is provided. The light source provides an illumination light beam. The optical transfer assembly concentrates the illumination light beam. The light beam splitter is disposed on a transmission path of the illumination light beam for splitting the illumination light beam into a first light beam and a second light beam. The image sensor is capable of sensing the first and the second light beams. When the optical pointing device is used on a reflective surface, the first light beam is reflected to the lens by the reflective surface and then is received by the image sensor; when the optical pointing device is used on a transparent body above the reflective surface, the second light beam would be received by the image sensor. | 06-28-2012 |
20120169593 | DEFINITION AND HANDLING OF USER INPUT EVENTS IN A WEB BROWSER - Properties defining modes for handling user events such as cursor events and touch events on a computing device such as a touchscreen device are provided. One property determines, for an entire webpage or for elements thereof, whether received cursor events should be processed in accordance with default handling routines configured in the browser environment, or passed for handling by an event handler defined for the element. Another property determines, for the entire webpage or elements thereof, whether received touch events should be processed in accordance with default handling routines, passed for handling by an event handler, or converted to cursor events or mouse events for handling by an event handler. | 07-05-2012 |
20120176309 | METHOD AND MODULE FOR MODIFYING AN ANGULAR POINTER SIGNAL GENERATED USING THREE DIMENSIONAL POINTING, AND THREE DIMENSIONAL POINTING DEVICE - In a method and module for modifying a pointer signal generated by a 3D point in device and corresponding to motion of the pointing device, an angular velocity generating unit generates an angular velocity of the 3D pointing device based on the pointer signal. A control unit generates a control signal based on the angular velocity generated by the angular velocity generating unit and predetermined angular velocity threshold information. An adjustable low-pass filter is operable within a gain range, and determines a target gain thereof based on the control signal from the control unit. The low-pass filter filters the pointer signal with the target gain determined thereby to generate a modified output corresponding to the pointer signal. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176310 | DATA ENTRY DEVICE (DED) - The present invention provides a Data Entry Device for computers and other devices. An embodiment of the present invention provides a Data Entry Device combining a keyboard and pointing device for computers and other devices; The Data Entry Device of the present invention introduces a completely new ergonomic construction for all keys. In the Data Entry Device of the present invention the keyboard and pointing device can both be used without shifting the hands from its initial resting position and where the shift key has to be used only for capitals and a few rarely used punctuations and symbols. The vowels are all on one side thus making them easy to access and use. All the letters are arranged so that on maximum occasions the letters are alternating between hands. The character keys are separated into alphabets, numerals, mathematical operators, punctuations and symbols. The placement of the characters on the DED is based on their frequency of occurrence in the environment, the ideal workload that should be allotted to each finger, the order of ease of use of keys, their pattern of use and similarity of type. In the present invention the concept of Home Row for fingers has been replaced by Home Keys for each finger being the keys on which the fingers tend to rest naturally and is not in one row. All this together makes the DED easy to comprehend, easy to learn, easy to use, more difficult to forget, increase the speed of typing, reduce errors and makes the user less prone to medical problems. | 07-12-2012 |
20120182216 | Interactive Presentation System - An interactive presentation system includes: an imaging device; an image analyzer that calculates information regarding a pointed position by using captured-image data; a controller that receives the information and operates based on an input from an input device; a storage device controlled by the controller to store the information; a pattern generator controlled by the controller to generate a pattern image; an image display device that receives an output from the pattern generator; and a projector that enlarges and projects an output from the image display device. Upon initialization based on the input from the input device, the controller defines a pointed position as a boundary position of a command, assigns the command to an area demarcated by the boundary position, and stores the boundary position in the storage device. After initialization, the controller compares a pointed position and the boundary position and executes the command associated to the information. | 07-19-2012 |
20120188159 | DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, PICTURE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD - According to one embodiment, a data processing apparatus configured to select an application to execute from a plurality of applications, the data processing apparatus includes: a control signal receiver configured to receive an operation instruction for the application and configured to operate the application according to the received instruction; a plurality of image transmitters configured to transmit output of the application to an image output apparatus; a first storage module describing output modules for the plurality of applications, respectively; and a first selection module configured to select the image transmitter according to data related to the activated application stored in the storage module. | 07-26-2012 |
20120194426 | HAND HELD POINTING DEVICE WITH ROLL COMPENSATION - A pointing device includes accelerometers and rotational sensors that are coupled to a processor. The processor samples the accelerometers and rotational sensors to detect gravity and pointing device motion and uses algebraic algorithms to calculate roll compensated cursor control signals. The processor transmits the cursor control signals to a receiver that is coupled to an electronic device that moves the cursor on the visual display. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194427 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - According to an embodiment of the present invention, a method for operating an image display device using a pointing device includes receiving, from the pointing device, a first signal and a second signal to display a pointer at a particular location on a screen of the image display device, wherein the first signal initiates displaying of the pointer in accordance with a first input selection of the pointing device, determining whether coordinates corresponding to the second signal to display the pointer are outside an active area, wherein the active area is greater than an actual size of the screen, and resetting the coordinates to new coordinates corresponding to a pre-designated area of the screen and displaying the pointer at the pre-designated area of the screen when the coordinates are determined to be outside the active area. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194428 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - According to an embodiment of the present invention, a method for operating an image display device includes displaying, on a display of the image display device, a selectable area and a pointer, the selectable area movable in a first direction, automatically changing a display state of the pointer when the pointer is located within the selectable area to indicate movement information of the selectable area, receiving, from a pointing device, a signal to move the selectable area using the pointer on the display in a second direction, wherein the second direction is within a predetermined range of the first direction, and moving the pointer and the selectable area in the second direction in response to the signal in accordance with the movement information of the selectable area. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194429 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - According to an embodiment of the present invention, a method for operating an image display device that receives a signal from a pointing device includes receiving, from the pointing device, a pointing signal to display a pointer on a display of the image display device, and a selection signal, wherein the selection signal includes information regarding a command to perform an operation on the image display device, displaying, on the display, the pointer corresponding to the pointing signal, determining whether the pointer is displayed on a most frequently displayed region during an input standby time associated with the selection signal, and performing an operation associated the most frequently displayed region when the pointer is displayed on the most frequently displayed region during the input standby time. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194430 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - According to an embodiment of the present invention, a method for operating an image display device using a pointing device includes displaying, on a display of the image display device, a handwriting region, receiving a pointing signal from the pointing device, determining whether a location of an image based on positional information corresponding to the received pointing signal is included in the handwriting region, and displaying the image corresponding to the received pointing signal at a boundary area of the handwriting region closest to the location when the location of the image is determined to be not included in the handwriting region. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194431 | ZERO-CLICK ACTIVATION OF AN APPLICATION - A method is described for activating an application without specific positioning of a mouse or clicking a mouse button (“zero-click activation”). This is done by evaluating motion of an input device with regard to predetermined criteria; detecting a rapid, multi-directional motion (a shaking motion) of the input device, and initiating a preconfigured application in response thereto. In an embodiment, the input device is a mouse, and the method is performed without actuating a button on the mouse. The preconfigured application may be a search function, and in particular may be a Web search invoked when a shaking action is detected while the user is viewing a Web site. | 08-02-2012 |
20120200496 | RETENTION MECHANISM FOR A NAVIGATION TOOL - A retention mechanism for a navigation tool of a mobile device includes a base member and a retainer member. The base member is adapted for insertion into a cutout of a support structure of the mobile device. The retainer member is configured for mating engagement with the base member. A navigation tool is retained between the base member and the retainer member, and a portion of the navigation tool extends through an aperture of the retainer member. A support structure of the mobile device can form a cutout corresponding to the base member to receive the retention mechanism. The base member can protrude through cutout so a bottom of the base member extends a distance beyond a bottom surface of the support structure, thereby allowing for the implementation of navigation tool on a mobile device without significantly altering the profile of the mobile device. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200497 | HIGH FIDELITY REMOTE CONTOLLER DEVICE FOR DIGITAL LIVING ROOM - Described herein is an intelligent remote controlling device. The device can include a six-axis motion sensor to accurately track three dimensional hand motions. For example, the sensors can include a three-axis accelerometer and a three-axis gyroscope. The remote control device can also include a processing unit integrated with the motion sensors in a single module. The processing unit can convert data regarding the hand motion to data regarding a cursor motion for a cursor that will be displayed on a screen of an electronic device. The processing unit can be integrated with the motion sensors in a single module. The processing unit can include at least two modes of functionality corresponding to different types of hand motion: a one to one mode where the cursor directly tracks the hand motion and a non-linear mode that filters data from the motion sensors to eliminate hand jitter. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200498 | Motion Tracking User Interface - A method to transition focus of a display corresponding to an object's motion tracked by a video camera or like device is disclosed. In one implementation, the display shows one or more windows or user interfaces on the display. The object's motion can be used to select one of the windows or user interfaces on the display and manipulate content presented in the window or user interface. In another implementations, the object's motion can manipulate a three-dimensional graphical icon in a three-dimensional display environment, for example, by rotating it. In another implementation, the method further tracks motion of a second object and shifts focus of the display corresponding to the motion of the second object. In another implementation, a second display may be added to mirror the focus transition corresponding to the object's motion. | 08-09-2012 |
20120206344 | INTERACTIVE INPUT SYSTEM AND TOOL TRAY THEREFOR - A tool tray for an interactive input system comprises a housing having an upper surface defining at least one receptacle sized to receive a tool for interacting with an interactive surface, a sensor configured to detect the presence of the tool within the receptacle and at least one display in communication with the sensor. The display is configured to present a pointer attribute selection screen upon removal of the tool from the receptacle. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206345 | PUSH ACTUATION OF INTERFACE CONTROLS - A computing system translates a world space position of a hand of a human target to a screen space cursor position of a user interface. When the cursor overlaps a button in the user interface, the computing system actuates the button in response to a movement of the hand in world space that changes the cursor position by a depth threshold along a z-axis regardless of an initial z-axis position of the cursor. When the button includes an activation lock, the computing system unlocks the activation lock, prior to button actuation, if the cursor path satisfies unlocking criteria. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206346 | FINGER CONTROL DEVICE - A finger control device for controlling an electronic device to switch an operating mode thereof includes a main body, a sensor unit and a control unit. The main body includes a first securing part to be disposed on a palm, and a second securing part to be disposed on a finger. The sensor unit includes a first sensor element disposed at a first section of the finger, and a second sensor element disposed at a second section of the finger. Interaction between the two sensor elements is controlled through bending of the finger. The control unit controls the electronic device to operate in a first mode when the first sensor element interacts with the second sensor element, and to operate in a second mode when the first sensor element does not interact with the second sensor element. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206347 | IMAGE-CAPTURING DEVICE FOR OPTICAL POINTING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A method of smoothing the movement of a cursor controlled by an optical pointing apparatus includes the steps of sensing an image of a surface and generating a sensing signal by an optical pointing apparatus, continuously outputting a movement signal to control the movement of a cursor on a display by the sensing signal, and smoothing the continuously outputted movement signal at different levels according to the speed represented by the movement signal. | 08-16-2012 |
20120212411 | CHARACTER INPUTTING DEVICE - A character input device includes an input unit for enabling direction movement input and direction pressing input; a movement input detector for detecting the direction movement input; a pressing input detector for detecting the direction pressing input; and a controller for extracting characters from a memory for execution, the characters corresponding to a result of detection performed by the movement input detector and the pressing input detector. The character input device enables its user to input desired characters accurately while minimizing the space necessary for character input. In addition, direction movement input and direction pressing input can be combined to input at least two phonemes through a single continuous operation, for rapid character input. Furthermore, the minimized input space requirement facilitates compactness and slimness of the product. Therefore, the character input device is applicable to various types of portable electronic appliances, including PDAs, laptop computers, and portable mobile communication terminals. | 08-23-2012 |
20120212412 | POINTING DEVICE - Provided is a pointing device that has a simplified configuration and that can be operated in a simple manner. A pointing device according to the present invention has a display device | 08-23-2012 |
20120218183 | METHODS CIRCUITS DEVICE SYSTEMS AND ASSOCIATED COMPUTER EXECUTABLE CODE FOR FACILITATING INTERFACING WITH A COMPUTING PLATFORM DISPLAY SCREEN - Disclosed are methods, circuits, apparatus, systems and computer executable code for providing a multimode touchless human machine interface (TLHMI). The TLHMI may include one or more touchless sensors to sense a position or a movement of a subject portion within a sensing zone of the one or more sensors. Tracking logic may receive an output of the one or more sensors and may track a position or movement of a portion of a computing platform user within the sensing zone. A user input generator may convert an output of the tracking logic into signals indicative of a user input and may provide the user input signals to a functionally associated computing platform. | 08-30-2012 |
20120223882 | Three Dimensional User Interface Cursor Control - A method, including receiving, by a computer executing a non-tactile three dimensional (3D) user interface, a first set of multiple 3D coordinates representing a gesture performed by a user positioned within a field of view of a sensing device coupled to the computer, the first set of 3D coordinates comprising multiple points in a fixed 3D coordinate system local to the sensing device. The first set of multiple 3D coordinates are transformed to a second set of corresponding multiple 3D coordinates in a subjective 3D coordinate system local to the user. | 09-06-2012 |
20120223883 | Visual Pairing in an Interactive Display System - An interactive display system including a wireless pointing device including a camera or other image capture system. Pairing of the pointing device is performed by a computerized display system displaying a visual pairing code at its display, for capture by the pointing device. The pairing code may be displayed in a form that is human-readable, human-perceptible but not human-readable, or human-imperceptible. In response to detecting the pairing code, the pointing device transmits a wireless signal to the computerized display system including the pairing code. If the pairing code received by the display system matches that originally displayed, the computerized display system authorizes the pointing device as a source of control signals in the graphical user interface manner. Various additional handshaking approaches in combination with the visual pairing procedure are disclosed. | 09-06-2012 |
20120229377 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - Provided are a display device and a method for controlling the same. The display device comprises a display unit, and a controller configured to perform predetermined functions according to a distance with a external object in response to an identical gesture made by the external object. | 09-13-2012 |
20120229378 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR PROVIDING FEEDBACK TO A USER OF A PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE IN MOTION - Methods and systems are described for providing feedback to a user of a portable electronic device in motion. A detection is made that a portable electronic device is in motion. An interaction is detected between a user and the portable electronic device during the motion. Image data for a first object, captured by an image capture device, is received during the motion. In response to both detecting the interaction and detecting the motion, the image data is sent for presenting an image of the first object by a display device that is viewable to the user during the motion. | 09-13-2012 |
20120229379 | Cursor Transitions - Responsive to a trigger event, a first cursor state having a first visual appearance is transitioned into a second cursor state having a second visual appearance. A transition type and transition time can be specified so that the transition can be visually perceived by a user. The cursor states can be associated with different cursor types and/or cursor schemes. | 09-13-2012 |
20120242574 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE AND CONTROL SYSTEM - The prompt responsiveness and operability of pointer display and pointer control is ensured. A display control device has: a first information processing terminal drawing a pointer corresponding to each of input operation devices on a pointer screen on the basis of an operation quantity input from each of the input operation devices; a second information processing terminal drawing a working state of an application on an application screen in accordance with the input instruction information input from each of the input operation devices; and an image synthesis unit that creates a synthesized image by superimposing each of the two screens on the other and that outputs the image to a display device. | 09-27-2012 |
20120242575 | NON-CONTACT INPUT APPARATUS FOR COMPUTER PERIPHERAL AND METHOD OF THE SAME - A non-contact input apparatus for computer peripheral includes an induction module and a pointing module. The induction module includes an electric supply coil and an induction element, and the pointing module includes an energy coil and a non-linear element. The electric supply coil is used to send a first oscillation signal. The energy coil receives the first oscillation signal. The non-linear element converts the first oscillation signal to be a second oscillation signal having multiple higherharmonics. The induction element generates a control signal based on the second oscillation signal. | 09-27-2012 |
20120249419 | THUMB MOUNTABLE CURSOR CONTROL AND INPUT DEVICE - A hand wearable, cursor control and input system for a computer or other electronic device. The cursor control and input system includes a thumb mouse device having a sheath or sleeve for receiving one finger of a person's hand therein. Located on the sheath is a touchpad sensor that is oriented to be contact by a finger on the same hand of the user and that is configured to translate motion and position of a user's finger drawn across the touchpad sensor to a relative position of a cursor or pointer on a display screen of the computer or other electronic device. The surface of the touchpad sensor is delineated into two separate tap regions that respectively and correspondingly function as left and right buttons of a conventional computer mouse. | 10-04-2012 |
20120249420 | PORTABLE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - There is provided a portable terminal apparatus including a touch display section mounted with a touch panel. The apparatus includes: a touch pad assignment section configured to assign a touch pad region to a specific region in the touch display section; a pointer display section configured to display a touch pad pointer at a specific position on the touch display section when the touch pad region is assigned by the touch pad assignment section; a processor configured to execute a specific processing according to a touch operation in the touch pad region; and a touch controller configured to disable a touch operation, when the touch operation is performed in the touch display section other than the touch pad region assigned by the touch pad assignment section. | 10-04-2012 |
20120249421 | PROJECTION APPARATUS, PROJECTION METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING PROGRAM STORED THEREON - A projection apparatus is configured to cooperate with a pointing device. An image input unit inputs an image signal from an external device. A projection unit projects, on a screen, an image on which coordinate information has been superimposed, according to the image signal input to the image input unit. A coordinate acquisition unit acquires, from the pointing device, a part of the coordinate information superimposed on the image projected by the projection unit. A correction unit corrects the coordinate information acquired by the coordinate acquisition unit. A transmission unit transmits the coordinate information corrected by the correction unit to the external device. | 10-04-2012 |
20120256827 | INPUT DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - The present disclosure relates to an input device used as an interface for an electronic device, and an electronic device including the same. The input device includes an interface unit mounted on a main body of an electronic device, and a bottom pad having a predetermined thickness and stacked on a bottom of the interface unit. The bottom pad is disposed in the interface unit to adjust the thickness of the input device in accordance with variation in the size of the electronic device. Therefore, the interface unit can be applied to electronic devices having various sizes by changing the bottom pad. | 10-11-2012 |
20120256828 | CURSOR CONTROL DEVICE - The cursor control device includes a housing, a first capacitor, a second capacitor, a first capacitance measurement unit, a second capacitance measurement unit, and a processor. Each capacitor includes a stator plate and a rotor plate. The rotor plates are movable relative to the stator plates. The stator plate and the rotor plate of the first capacitor are substantially perpendicular to the stator plate and the rotor plate of the second capacitor. The capacitance measurement units respectively measure the corresponding capacitance of the capacitors. The processor analyzes acceleration and duration of the changes in capacitance to ascertain movement direction and distance of the device according to the capacitance measured by the capacitance measurement units, when the capacitance between the stator plate and the rotor plate of the first capacitor, or between the stator plate and the rotor plate of the second capacitor changes. | 10-11-2012 |
20120256829 | PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME - A method of facilitating input at a portable electronic device having a touch-sensitive display includes: detecting a pointing device event; determining a location on the touch-sensitive display corresponding to the pointing device event; mapping the pointing device event and location to a touch; and performing a function associated with the touch. | 10-11-2012 |
20120256830 | POSITION POINTER - A position pointer is provided for use with a position detection sensor, capable of achieving power saving. The position pointer includes: a first electrode configured to receive an AC signal from a position detection sensor; a transmission signal production circuit configured to produce a position signal, based on which the position detection sensor detects a position of the position pointer; a second electrode different from the first electrode and configured to transmit the position signal to the position detection sensor; a signal detection circuit configured to detect whether or not the AC signal from the position detection sensor is received through the first electrode; and a transmission controlling circuit configured to control transmission of the position signal through the second electrode to the position detection sensor in response to an output from the signal detection circuit. | 10-11-2012 |
20120256831 | CURSOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND CURSOR DISPLAY METHOD - A recognizing process in which an indicated first position is recognized on a display screen projected and displayed by a projector and a controlling process in which control is performed so as to display a cursor associated with the indication in a second position on the display screen are provided, and the cursor is displayed in the second position such that the cursor is displaced from the first position by a predetermined distance. | 10-11-2012 |
20120256832 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ACTIVATING APPLICATION - An electronic device is provided with an activation unit for activating an application wherein character input to a character input area is possible, a memory for storing a predetermined character string corresponding to the application, an operation unit for inputting a first character string and a second character string, a display unit for displaying the first character string and the second character string input from the operation unit, a determination unit for determining whether or not the second character string matches the predetermined character string, and a control unit which, when the determination unit determines that the second character string matches the predetermined character string, functions to control an activation unit to activate an application corresponding to the predetermined character string and functions to input the first character string in the character input area of the application. | 10-11-2012 |
20120256833 | Method of Controlling an Object by Eye Motion for Electronic Device - The present invention provides a method of controlling a virtual object or instruction for a computing device comprising: detecting a user eye motion by a detecting device; generating a control signal in responsive to the user eye motion detection; controlling an object displayed on a display in responsive to the control signal to execute the instruction. The user eye motion is detected by CMOS or CCD. | 10-11-2012 |
20120262369 | HAND-MOUNTABLE DEVICE FOR PROVIDING USER INPUT - According to some aspects of the disclosure there is provided a device for providing input to a computer that is mountable to a user's hand. The device comprises a sensing module that senses interactions between a digit of the hand and a surface of the hand. The sensing module determines one of a plurality of regions of the surface of the hand in which the sensed interaction occurs. The device further generates an input to a computer as a function of the determined region. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262370 | MOBILE TERMINAL PERFORMING REMOTE CONTROL FUNCTION FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed is a mobile terminal. The mobile terminal may include a communication unit and a controller. The communication unit may set up a wireless network with the display device. The controller may receive information related to a specific region, selected by a cursor in a screen of a display device, from the display device or transmit specific information to the display device by using the specific region as an interface window. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262371 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Provided are a display apparatus and a control method thereof. The display apparatus includes: a display unit; a video processor which processes an image to be displayed on the display unit; a storage unit which stores status information related to at least one of a structure and a function of the display apparatus; and a controller which, when an event for performing a process including a plurality of sequential steps occurs, controls the video processor so that a plurality of user interface (UI) images for setting up the plurality of sequential steps are displayed in correspondence with the steps on the display unit, wherein the controller controls a UI image corresponding to a first step among the plurality of sequential steps to include at least one of setup guide information for the first step and guide information for a second step following the first step according to current status information. | 10-18-2012 |
20120268369 | Depth Camera-Based Relative Gesture Detection - The subject disclosure is directed towards using timing and/or relative depth data to reduce false positives in gesture detection within a depth-sensed region. Depth camera data is processed to position a cursor over a displayed representation of a control. If the user's hand hovers over the control for a threshold time period, and then changes hand depth a relative amount (e.g., pushes the hand forward a delta amount), an event is fired. The displayed representation of the control may change (e.g., enlarge) upon hovering. The relative depth may be computed based upon the depth when the user hand initially enters the control area. The relative depth may remain the same if the user pulls the hand away from the camera by tracking the maximum depth and firing the event when the maximum depth value minus the current depth value reaches a delta value. | 10-25-2012 |
20120268370 | Wireless Head Set for Lingual Manipulation of an Object, and Method for Moving a Cursor on a Display - A head set is provided. The head set is beneficial for assisting an individual who is significantly impaired in the use of his or her upper extremities. The system enables this individual to move a cursor on a display of a computer or other processing device using lingual musculature. The head set includes a head piece. The head piece supports an articulating arm. The articulating arm supports a mouthpiece at a distal end. The mouthpiece has a plurality of cells embedded therein. The cells are configured to receive pressure applied by the tongue of the user. Movement of the tongue over and against the cells causes the cursor to be moved on the display. A method for moving a cursor on a display using a mouthpiece controlled through lingual movement is also provided. In addition, a method of typing characters on a virtual keyboard using lingual musculature is offered. | 10-25-2012 |
20120268371 | Image Projection Device - A menu of commands is displayed on a screen by using visible light, and command frames are simultaneously displayed on the screen at the same positions using invisible light so as to enclose the commands. When invisible light is emitted from an indicating rod over a command intended to be operated, and when the light emitted from the indicating rod is detected within a command frame, an image projection device executes the command corresponding to the command frame. As a result, menu operation can be conducted easily and immediately without the need to perform a calibration even when the positional relationship between the projection device and a screen has been shifted. | 10-25-2012 |
20120274558 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR OPERATING A CURSOR MANIPULATION DEVICE AT MULTIPLE RESOLUTIONS - A method of using a cursor control signal from a cursor manipulation device to move a cursor in a composite display having a native portion controlled by a native computer system and at least one non-native portion apportioned to at least one other computer system. When the cursor is located in a non-native portion in which data is displayed at a resolution different from a resolution in the native portion, the cursor control signal is scaled. The scaled cursor control signal is provided to the computer system to which the non-native portion is apportioned, and the cursor is moved in the non-native portion in accordance with the scaled cursor control signal. | 11-01-2012 |
20120287040 | System and Method for Operating a Helmet Mounted Display - A display system comprises a transparent display device mountable on the head of a user. A scene of an environment is visible to the user through the transparent display device. The system further comprises a user interface image adapted for display on the display device. The user interface image remains fixed relative to the scene as the user and the display device move within the environment. The display system also comprises an indicator image adapted for display on the display device. The indicator is movable relative to the user interface image in response to movement of the user's head. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287041 | INPUT DEVICE - An input device for use in controlling medical equipment controlled by a mouse. The device includes an elastic finger cot having an interior sized and shaped for selectively receiving and retaining a user's finger. The device has a light emitting diode for emitting a beam of light to illuminate a selected surface and a light sensor for sensing a light reflected from the selected surface to detect movement of the sensor and finger cot relative to the surface and producing a signal corresponding to the detected movement. The device includes a transmitter for receiving the signal from the light sensor corresponding to the detected movement and generating an electromagnetic signal corresponding to the light sensor signal for receipt by the medical equipment. A power supply connected to the diode, the sensor, and the transmitter provides power. The medical equipment views the input device as the mouse controlling the medical equipment. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287042 | PORTABLE TERMINAL AND DISPLAY OUTPUT METHOD THEREOF - A portable terminal and a display output method for the portable terminal are provided. The portable terminal comprises at least a first system and a second system, a display device including a display area shared by the first and second systems, and an input device for controlling movement of a cursor, wherein output data from the first system is displayed on a first part of the display area controlled by the first system, and output data from the second system is displayed on a second part of the display area controlled by the second system. The display output method comprises: acquiring, by the first system, a trigger switching event corresponding to an input operation on the input device when the cursor is located on the first part; controlling, by the first system, the input device to switch to be connected to the second system based on the trigger switching event; and causing the cursor to be displayed on the second part when the input device is connected to the second system. According to the invention, a seamless switching of a display output between display parts of two systems can be accomplished through operations of the cursor, and thereby the switching time for display output may be reduced. | 11-15-2012 |
20120306744 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH ILLUMINATING TOUCHPAD - An electronic device having a touchpad that illuminates. | 12-06-2012 |
20120319947 | TRACK INPUT DEVICE AND SCROLLING CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A scrolling control method for a track input device including a sensing area and a controller is disclosed. The scrolling control method includes configuring a scrolling triggering area and a cursor area in the sensing area, receiving a first track signal at the sensing area, determining whether a displacement quantity of the first track signal is greater than a triggering threshold value when the first track signal is received by the scrolling triggering area, and entering a scrolling mode and sending a scrolling signal when the displacement quantity of the first track signal is greater than the triggering threshold value. | 12-20-2012 |
20120326978 | CURSOR CONTROL APPARATUS, CURSOR CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR STORING CURSOR CONTROL PROGRAM - A apparatus which manages a virtual-coordinate space including a first and a second display area, the apparatus includes a memory that stores a display coordinate at which a cursor is displayed, the display coordinate being defined in the virtual-coordinate space, and a processor that executes a process including acquiring a touched coordinate at which a touch panel on the first display area is touched, calculating a displacement vector of the touched coordinate, identifying which is a display area displaying the cursor among the first and the second display areas, and updating the display coordinate with a coordinate corresponding to the touched coordinate when the cursor is determined to be displayed in the first display area, and updating the display coordinate with a coordinate displaced from the display coordinate stored in the memory using the displacement vector when the cursor is determined to be displayed in the second display area. | 12-27-2012 |
20120326979 | REMOTE CONTROLLING OF MOUSE CURSOR FUNCTIONS OF A COMPUTER DEVICE - A method is provided for remote controlling of mouse cursor functions of a computer device is disclosed. The method includes: tracking movement of a handheld pointing device in a three dimensional monitoring space based on a directional carrier sent by the handheld pointing device; modulating the directional carrier with a pulse pattern based on a corresponding manual operation action at the handheld pointing device; converting the tracked movement of the handheld pointing device in corresponding movement information; converting the movement information of the handheld pointing device in valid desktop coordinates for the computer device and moving a mouse cursor to these coordinates; demodulating the directional carrier and evaluating the pulse pattern in order to determine a corresponding manual operating action at the handheld pointing device; and taking corresponding action if a defined manual operating action at the handheld pointing device is determined. | 12-27-2012 |
20130002545 | WEARABLE COMPUTER WITH CURVED DISPLAY AND NAVIGATION TOOL - Disclosed are systems, methods, and devices for interfacing with a wearable heads-up display via a touch-operable input device. The wearable heads-up display may include a display element for receiving and displaying display information received from a processor, and may also include a wearable frame structure supporting the display element and having a side-arm extending away from the display element. In some embodiments, the display information may appear at least partially curved to a user. In some embodiments, only a portion of the display information is shown on the at least one display element. The side-arm may be configured to secure the heads-up display to a user's body in a manner such that the display element is disposed within a field of view of the user. The touch-operable input device secured to the wearable frame structure is configured to sense at least one of a position and movement of a touch or finger along a planar direction relative to a surface of the input device, and to provide corresponding input information to the processor. A navigation tool may also be displayed on the at least one display element for indicating the location of the touch on the touch-operable input device. | 01-03-2013 |
20130002546 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, COMPUTER READABLE NON-TRANSITORY RECORDING MEDIUM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An information processing device includes: a display device; a pointing device; a cursor display unit that displays a cursor on a screen of the display device in accordance with operations of the pointing device; a first acquisition unit that acquires position information indicating a position, on the screen, of a function handle to which a function of processing a user interface object is assigned and which is displayed on the screen of the display device; and a position changing unit that changes a display position of the cursor such that the cursor on the screen is at the position indicated by the position information acquired by the first acquisition unit, in response to commands inputted via a specific switch. | 01-03-2013 |
20130009871 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND CONTROL SYSTEM - A control system is provided with a plurality of input operation devices that send drawing request information for updating display contents at a shared display device, a display control device that is connected to the input operation devices via a communication line, that stores the drawing request information sent from the input operation devices in a buffer, and that updates the display contents in the shared display device on the basis of the drawing request information stored in the buffer. Then, the display control device controls the shared display device so that the display contents based on the drawing request information stored in the buffer are displayed by being updated in order of priority level, which is predetermined for each type of the drawing request information. | 01-10-2013 |
20130021242 | ADVANCED HANDWRITING SYSTEM WITH MULTI-TOUCH FEATURES - An electronic device includes a handwriting recognition (HWR) application. The electronic device includes a processor configured to execute the HWR application and a memory storing the HWR application. The electronic device includes a display configured to receive a finger gesture. The HWR application determines a setting data as a function of (a) a number of fingers used in a first contact of the finger gesture and (b) a first position of the first contact on the display relative to a second position of the first contact on the display within a predetermined time period. The HWR application further determines an input data to be entered as a function of the setting data and at least one of (i) a movement of the finger gesture and (ii) a second contact of the finger gesture on the display. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021243 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING THEREOF - A display apparatus and a method for displaying thereof are provided. The display apparatus includes a display unit which displays an object and a pointer, an input unit which receives input of a user command, and a controller which moves the pointer according to the user command, and adjusts movement precision of the pointer by decreasing movement reaction of the pointer using the user command as a reference, where the movement reaction of the pointer is decreased if a position of the pointer is within an allowable error range set of the object. Accordingly, the allowable error range of the displayed object is adaptively adjusted according to the moving condition of the pointer. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021244 | DISPLAY DEVICE WITH INPUT UNIT, CONTROL METHOD FOR SAME, CONTROL PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Disclosed is a display device equipped with an input section that can be operated accurately. A display device equipped with an input section ( | 01-24-2013 |
20130027298 | POINTING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, METHOD FOR SETTING COORDINATE SYSTEM, ETC., INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM - An example pointing system includes an attitude calculation unit, a coordinate system setting unit, and a coordinate calculation unit. The attitude calculation unit calculates an attitude of a controller device in a predetermined space. The coordinate system setting unit sets a predetermined coordinate system in the predetermined space. The coordinate calculation unit calculates pointing coordinates in the coordinate system based on a relationship of the attitude with respect to the coordinate system. The coordinate system setting unit can set a direction of a predetermined axis of the coordinate system with respect to a vertical direction in the predetermined space, and can set the direction of the predetermined axis of the coordinate system with respect to a direction of the controller device in the predetermined space. | 01-31-2013 |
20130027299 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND INPUT APPARATUS - An information processing apparatus includes a calculation unit and a determination unit. The calculation unit has a two-dimensional calculation mode configured to perform, when an operation device is placed on an operation surface and a user operates the operation device, calculation based on a detection value of a motion sensor corresponding to two-dimensional motion of the operation device, and has a three-dimensional calculation mode configured to perform, when the user operates the operation device in a three-dimensional space, calculation based on a detection value of the motion sensor corresponding to three-dimensional motion of the operation device. The determination unit is configured to determine which of the two-dimensional calculation mode and the three-dimensional calculation mode is used to perform the calculation with the calculation unit, based on the detection value of the motion sensor and at least one of information other than the detection value of the motion sensor. | 01-31-2013 |
20130033423 | ELECTRICAL APPARATUS HAVING A RETRACTABLE POINTING INPUT DEVICE - An electronic apparatus including a shell, a door plate, a support member, and a pointing input device is disclosed. The shell comprises an aperture; the door plate is connected to the shell, and can be moved to cover the aperture; the support member is positioned inside the shell, and includes a first position and a second position, wherein the distance between the first position and the aperture is larger than the distance between the second position and the aperture; when the aperture is covered by the door plate, the pointing input device is mounted in the first position, and can be moved to the second position when the aperture is not covered by the door plate, such that the pointing input device can extend from the shell. | 02-07-2013 |
20130033424 | INPUT DEVICE - An input device of the present disclosure includes reaction force map creation means for creating a reaction force map including a plurality of reaction force components corresponding to a plurality of input components displayed on a screen, and reaction force transmission means for transmitting a reaction force to an operation body when, in accordance with an operation of selecting each input component with the operation body, the corresponding reaction force component on the reaction force map is selected. When converting a screen display image into the reaction force map, the reaction force map creation means rearranges each reaction force component on the reaction force map differently from a component arrangement on the screen display image. | 02-07-2013 |
20130033425 | INFORMATION PROCESSOR AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - Provided an information processor, including a detection target recognition section that recognizes a detection target based on a movement status of a pointer or a movement status of an imaging target which are detected based on a captured image; and an object detection section that detects an object from a recognized detection target. | 02-07-2013 |
20130033426 | HANDHELD PROJECTOR AND PROJECTION METHOD THEREOF - The invention provides a handheld projector and a projection method thereof. The handheld projector includes a projection module, a control module, a detecting module and a steering module. The control module drives the projection module to project an image towards an object, which includes a cursor. The detecting module generates a shift signal according to shift of the handheld projector, and transmits the shift signal to the control module. The control modules drives the steering module to rotate the projection module towards an opposite direction of the shift of the handheld projector, so as to make the image projected by the projection module stay in a fixed position of the object. Through the invention, projected image is not easily shocked, and the user only need move the handheld projector when change of the cursor position is desired, and thus operation convenience is greatly enhanced. | 02-07-2013 |
20130033427 | IMAGE INPUT SYSTEM AND IMAGE INPUT METHOD THEREOF - An image input system and an image input method thereof are disclosed. The system includes an input equipment which includes an image capturing module and a first communication module, and a processing apparatus which includes a second communication module, a calculation module and a conversion module. The image capturing module is configured to capture an image of an object on a display and to detect an image-capturing distance or a position of the object. The captured image, the image-capturing distance or the object position is then communicated to the processing apparatus and may be analyzed by the calculation module to calculate an edge position of the image. The conversion module is configured to convert the edge position, the captured image or the object position to an input signal. This invention creates a new type of human-machine interface through the image capturing module, and the first and second communication modules. | 02-07-2013 |
20130038529 | CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SCREEN - A control device for controlling a screen includes a processing unit. The screen has a geometric reference for an operation and a first pattern associated with the geometric reference. The control device is configured to sequentially have a plurality of reference directions and an operating direction, the plurality of reference directions defines a reference direction range corresponding to the geometric reference, and the operating direction and the reference direction range have a relationship therebetween. The processing unit generates a plurality of patterns associated with the first pattern in the plurality of reference directions, respectively, estimates the reference direction range according to the plurality of reference directions and the plurality of patterns, and controls the operation of the screen by estimating the relationship. | 02-14-2013 |
20130038530 | OPTICAL POINTING APPARATUS AND PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE COMPRISING SAME - Disclosed is s pointing device having enhanced visibility and aesthetics by providing a surface thereof with a light emitting zone for implementing decorative illumination, and a portable electronic apparatus including the pointing device. The pointing device includes a detector for detecting movement of an object; a housing including a housing body covering the detector and a light emitting zone provided in the housing body to allow visible light to be transmitted therethrough; a light source emitting illumination light containing visible light to illuminate the light emitting zone; and a light guide for changing a light path of the illumination light emitted from the light source so that the illumination light exits from the light emitting zone to an outside of the housing. | 02-14-2013 |
20130050075 | CAPACITIVE POINTING DEVICE - A capacitive pointing device includes a capacitive sensor unit, a switch unit, and an operating unit. The capacitive sensor unit has a receiving space receiving the switch unit, and a plurality of capacitive sensors disposed around the receiving space. The operating unit is spaced apart from the capacitive sensors, and is configured to result in a capacitance effect with the capacitive sensors. The operating unit is movable toward the capacitive sensor unit to trigger the switch unit, and is movable horizontally relative to the capacitive sensors. Capacitance variation between the operating unit and each of the capacitive sensors is used for determining a moving direction and an amount of movement of the operating unit. | 02-28-2013 |
20130050076 | METHOD OF RECOGNIZING A CONTROL COMMAND BASED ON FINGER MOTION AND MOBILE DEVICE USING THE SAME - Provided is a method of recognizing a control command from a finger movement detected from an image capturing apparatus of a mobile device, involving: capturing an image of a finger, determining a contour of the finger from the captured image, determining coordinates of a pointer that corresponds to a region of the finger based on the contour, and recognizing a control command based on a movement direction of the finger, a length of time for which the pointer is positioned on an object, or a change in the contour of the finger. | 02-28-2013 |
20130057470 | INPUT APPARATUS - An input apparatus includes a pointing device which has a main unit and an operation unit, and a fixing unit which fixes the pointing device to a hand. The pointing device is attached to the hand via the fixing unit when the input apparatus is used. The fixing unit fixes the main unit to the thumb side or the back side of the hand when the input apparatus is attached to the hand. | 03-07-2013 |
20130057471 | ELECTRONIC CHALKBOARD SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND POINTING DEVICE - An electronic chalkboard system, a control method thereof, and a pointing device are provided. The electronic chalkboard system includes a plurality of display panels; a pointing device which calculates coordinate information about a touched position based on a reference signal generated on the display panels when touching a first panel among the display panels; and an image processor which generates a signal differently set with respect to each of the display panels on the display panels to determine the first panel among the display panels and displays an image corresponding to the coordinate information calculated by the pointing device on the first panel. | 03-07-2013 |
20130063346 | POINT AND CLICK DEVICE FOR A COMPUTER WORKSTATION - An ambidextrous point and click device for a computer work station comprising; a body | 03-14-2013 |
20130063347 | METHOD OF PROCESSING SIGNAL OF PORTABLE COMPUTER AND PORTABLE COMPUTER USING THE METHOD - A portable computer includes a display unit to display a predetermined screen, a pointing module including at least one pointing button to point or select a predetermined point on the predetermined screen, a keyboard unit including at least one key button disposed adjacent to the at least one pointing button, and a detecting sensor module to detect at least one of approach and contact to the at least one key button, and a system controller to determine whether to perform an operation corresponding to manipulation of the at least one pointing button based on a detecting result of the detecting sensor module when the manipulation of the at least one pointing button is detected. | 03-14-2013 |
20130069868 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY SCREEN OF ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - Apparatus and method are provided that are capable of controlling a display in response to reliable detection of a sliding movement operation of a pointer (e.g., a user's finger) that passes through an end of a display region. The apparatus and method utilize a position detection sensor, which is superposed on the display and configured to detect the pointer's position discretely and successively at a predetermined time interval. Based on a first position detected by the position detection sensor and a second position detected, at the predetermined time interval since the detection of the first position, by the position detection sensor, which together indicate a moving operation of the pointer, it is determined whether the moving operation of the pointer has crossed an end of the display region. If it is so determined, a passed end position of the display region is calculated based on the first and second positions. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069869 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, APPLICATION PROVISION SYSTEM, APPLICATION PROVISION SERVER, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - In an information processing apparatus, a motion vector acquisition unit acquires the movement of a cursor of a pointing device as a motion vector. A display unit displays an execution screen for an application. The display unit displays an operation area for operating an operation target in the application in an area of a display screen different from an area for displaying the execution screen. A conversion unit obtains the moving direction and the amount of displacement of the display position of the operation target based on the motion vector, acquired by the motion vector acquisition unit, of the cursor of the pointing device in the operation area. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069870 | DISPLAY DEVICE, PROJECTOR, AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display device include a display unit that displays a display image on a display surface based on image data, a location detection unit that detects a pointed location with respect to the display image on the display surface, a coordinate calculation unit that calculates first coordinates as coordinates of the pointed location in a displayable area within the display surface, a coordinate conversion unit that converts the first coordinates calculated by the coordinate calculation unit into second coordinates as coordinates in the image data, and an output unit that outputs the second coordinates obtained by the coordinate conversion unit. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069871 | CONTROL DEVICE - A control device ( | 03-21-2013 |
20130076623 | Keyboard with thumb operated spacebar curser controller - A keyboard with a thumb-controlled curser. In a preferred embodiment a circular aperture about one centimeter in diameter is provided in the spacebar of the keyboard. A keyboard user controls the position of the computer curser by moving a portion of his thumb across the port. A light source illuminates an exposed surface of the user's thumb as it moves across the port. Light patterns reflected from the user's thumb are focused on a sensor. The output from the sensor is transmitted to the computer processor where the thumb movements monitored by the sensor are turned into control signals for controlling the position of the curser on a computer monitor. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076624 | COORDINATE INPUT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND COORDINATE INPUT SYSTEM - This invention provides a coordinate input apparatus which improves the operability of a touch operation. The coordinate input apparatus according to the present invention comprises: a determination unit configured to periodically determine whether a pointer exists in a detection region; a derivation unit configured to derive a coordinate value of the pointer; a detection unit configured to detect incoming of the pointer to the detection region and outgoing of the pointer from the detection region; and an output unit configured to output an event signal representing outgoing of the pointer together with a coordinate value associated with the outgoing, wherein the coordinate value associated with the outgoing is corrected by using a coordinate value derived by the derivation unit upon detecting incoming prior to the outgoing. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076625 | POINTING CONTROL DEVICE, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT THEREOF AND POINTING CONTROL METHOD - When a plurality of operators perform pointing operations, a pointing control device selects a pointer for determining a position to be pointed from among the operators by using the distance between a face and a fingertip or a substitute for a fingertip of each operator. The pointing device calculates the distance between the face and the fingertip or the substitute for each operator by using a position of the face and a position of the fingertip or the substitute, selects a pointer from the operators by using the calculated distance, and calculates a position of a cursor for a pointing operation based on the position of the fingertip or the substitute calculated for the selected pointer. A pointer can be selected regardless of the number of operators, and a pointer can easily change to another operator. | 03-28-2013 |
20130082923 | OPTICAL POINTER CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREFOR - The present invention discloses an optical pointer control system, and a method using in the same system. The system includes: an image display showing a frame having a pointer; a light source generating a light beam; a controller controlling the position of the pointer and including an image sensor receiving the light beam to obtain a image frame having a light spot; and a coordinate transformation processor calculating first coordinates of the light spot in a first coordinate system of the image frame and transferring the first coordinates into second coordinates according to a predetermined second coordinate system; wherein the image display shows the pointer on a corresponding position of the frame according to the second coordinates. | 04-04-2013 |
20130082924 | Method and Apparatus Pertaining to Automated Configuration of a Deployable-Component's Interface - Detection of a deployment position for an electronic device's first moveable component having a first user interface, wherein the first moveable component is selectively deployable between at least a non-deployed position and a fully-deployed position and wherein the first user interface is at least partially hidden from view when in the non-deployed position, prompts configuring that first user interface based, at least in part, on an ergonomic circumstance of deployment of the first moveable component. This ergonomic circumstance can comprise, for example, a request, need, or situation to maintain or increase the user's comfort or to maintain or reduce the user's fatigue while using the electronic device. | 04-04-2013 |
20130082925 | POSITION DETECTION SENSOR UNIT AND POSITION DETECTION APPARATUS - A position detection sensor unit is provided, including: a sensor substrate on which conductors for detecting a position pointed to by a pointer are disposed; and a position pointing operation member having a first face, on which a position is to be pointed to by the pointer, and a second face on the opposite side of the first face on which the sensor substrate is fixed. A flexible cable is extended from the sensor substrate so as to be connected to a signal processing circuit for determining a position pointed to by the pointer. A portion of the flexible cable, corresponding to a predetermined length extending from an end edge of the position pointing operation member toward the interior of the position pointing operation member along the direction in which the flexible cable extends, is arranged to be movable away from the second face of the position pointing operation member. | 04-04-2013 |
20130088427 | MULTIPLE INPUT AREAS FOR PEN-BASED COMPUTING - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a pen-based computing system and method using multiple input areas. According to one embodiment, the system includes a mobile computing device having a display, and a pen input device configured to transmit a signal for determining a position of the pen device relative to the mobile computing device. A plurality of input areas are designated around the entire outer periphery of the display and the mobile computing device such that the presence or movement of the pen input device within any one of the plurality of input areas corresponds to an input operation on the mobile computing device. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088428 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A display control apparatus and a display control method are disclosed. The display control apparatus comprises a recognition circuit and a mapping circuit. The recognition circuit recognizes a head position and a control point position of an operator. The mapping circuit dynamically adjusts the operating boundary according to the head position, the control point position and a display boundary, and calculates the cursor position on a display according to the control point position, the operating boundary and the display boundary, wherein the cursor position remains on a imagine line passing through the head position and the control point position. | 04-11-2013 |
20130093671 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CURSOR MOVEMENT - A display apparatus and a display method capable of controlling cursor movement are disclosed. The display apparatus includes an input unit which receives an input cursor movement command, a display unit which displays at least one object and a cursor on a screen and moves the cursor according to the cursor movement command, and a control unit which controls the display unit to automatically move the cursor to a target point that corresponds to a direction of movement of the cursor within the object in response to the cursor moving into a range that is set on the basis of the object. Accordingly, a user can select and execute a specified object through an easy and convenient operation. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093672 | DISPLAY DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD OF DISPLAY DEVICE, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A projector includes a projection unit that displays an input image input from an image source on a screen, a location detection unit that detects a pointed location on the screen, a coordinate conversion unit that generates coordinates indicating the pointed location detected by the location detection unit, an image processing unit that executes processing according to the coordinates generated by the coordinate conversion unit, and an output control unit that controls the output of the coordinates generated by the coordinate conversion unit to the image processing unit and a PC. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093673 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, STORAGE MEDIUM, AND PROGRAM - In an information processing apparatus capable of receiving data and displaying objects, the convenience of display operation is improved. More specifically, an information processing apparatus for receiving data described in a markup language and including first hierarchical level elements delimited by predetermined tags and second hierarchical level elements which belong to a range delimited by the predetermined tags, and displaying the received data on a display device, includes a receiving unit for receiving key-input first and second signals, a switching unit for switching selection between the first hierarchical level elements or between the second hierarchical level elements when the first signal is received, and switching selection between the first and second hierarchical level elements when the second signal is received, and a selected element display unit for displaying the selected element on the display device. A desired display object can be selected by a few key input operations. | 04-18-2013 |
20130100016 | INPUT DEVICE - An operation body, which includes an operation surface of a hemispherical surface, is supported so as to be capable of tilting by only a slight angle. Continuous vibration of which the amplitude is parallel to a vertical direction is applied to the operation body by a vibrating unit. When a finger comes into contact with the operation surface, an amplitude component parallel to a tangent line is generated at a contact portion of the finger by the continuous vibration. Accordingly, when the finger is moved, it is possible to obtain a feeling as though the operation surface is rotated following the movement of the finger. | 04-25-2013 |
20130106693 | VEHICLE INPUT APPARATUS | 05-02-2013 |
20130106694 | THREE-DIMENSIONAL DISPLAY DEVICE, THREE-DIMENSIONAL IMAGE CAPTURING DEVICE, AND POINTING DETERMINATION METHOD | 05-02-2013 |
20130113703 | SHARED EDGE FOR A DISPLAY ENVIRONMENT - A shared edge for a display environment is described. In one or more implementations, a display environment of a computing device that is implemented using a plurality of display devices is configured to include a shared edge defined through a described arrangement of at least two of the display devices in relation to each other. Responsive to an input that describes movement of a cursor across at least a portion of the shared edge, an element is displayed in the display environment. | 05-09-2013 |
20130120248 | Restricting Cursor Movement to Track an Existing Path - Systems and methods are presented for applying visual effects while in a mode that restricts cursor movement to track an existing path. While in cursor path restriction mode, spatial inputs may be received from a pointing device configured to control a cursor on a display, with the spatial inputs signaling positions on the display. The cursor moves on a restricted path that tracks an existing path in response to the spatial signals, with the cursor confined to the restricted path even when spatial signals may indicate a point not on the restricted path. During the cursor movement, in addition to the movement of the cursor, there may be an alteration of what appears on the display, where the alteration depends on movement of the cursor along at least a portion of the restricted path. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120249 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE - Provided are an electronic device. The electronic device includes at least one sensing unit recognizing a plurality of pointing means, a display unit displaying a pointer following a movement of a pointing means having the authority to control the electronic device among the plurality of pointing means, and a controller obtaining context awareness information related to the electronic device, determining the number of pointers required for controlling the electronic device according to the context awareness information, and selecting at least one point means having the authority to control the electronic device from among the plurality of pointing means based on the number of required points. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120250 | GESTURE RECOGNITION SYSTEM AND METHOD - The present invention provides a gesture recognition system and method which utilizes an open gesture and a close gesture made by a user's hand in simulating a releasing operation and a pressing operation of a mouse. In the present invention, the coordinate of the user's hand is unlikely to shift or change when simulating a mouse click. The present invention can solve the problem of the hand coordinate that is shift when simulating the mouse click in convention skills. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120251 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MUTUALLY CONTROLLING ELECTRONIC DEVICES - A system and a method for an electronic device among a plurality of electronic devices connected to each other to control at least one other electronic device among the plurality of electronic devices are provided. The method includes detecting whether a first electronic device of the plurality of electronic devices connects to a second electronic device of the plurality of electronic devices, performing, when the first electronic device and the second electronic devices are connected to each other, an enumeration process where the first electronic device and the second electronic device both transmit and receive information regarding their respective drivers to each other; and controlling the second electronic device using an input unit of the first electronic device and controlling the first electronic device using an input unit of the second electronic device. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120252 | INTERACTIVE INPUT SYSTEM AND METHOD - An interactive input system comprises at least two imaging assemblies capturing image frames of a region of interest from different vantages, each imaging assembly comprising an image sensor and signal processing circuitry implemented on an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), image data acquired by the image sensor being pre-processed by the signal processing circuitry; and processing structure processing pre-processed image data output by the imaging assemblies to determine the location of at least one pointer within the region of interest. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120253 | SPECIFYING A PERMITTED MOVEMENT RANGE WITH A POINTER - A pointer is guided by a user of a processing machine in succession to a number of locations of a working space of the processing machine. The pointer has first location determining devices which are arranged at predetermined pointer locations relative to a pointer coordinate system in fixed relationship to the pointer. Through interaction of the first location determining devices with second location determining devices arranged at predetermined locations relative to a machine coordinate system in fixed relationship to the processing machine, data describing a geometric relationship of the location determining devices relative to one another are acquired. These data are transmitted to a control device which determines the position of the pointer in the working space based on the characteristic data and based on the data subdivides the working space into a permitted movement range for a component of the processing machine and a complementary prohibited movement range. | 05-16-2013 |
20130127709 | ADJUSTMENT OF MULTIPLE USER INPUT PARAMETERS - A system includes a display control module, a cursor control device, a graphical user interface comprising a plurality of graphical control elements such as sliders, and a human interface device with keys. A mapping of individual keys or simultaneously selected combinations of keys to sliders is stored by the display control module. A slider is adjustable by the cursor control device while the key mapped to the slider is activated and is disassociated from the cursor control device when the mapped key is deactivated. A computer program product embodiment includes a computer readable medium having computer usable program code for mapping a slider to a corresponding key, activating the slider for adjustment, adjusting the slider with a cursor control device while maintaining a key or combination of keys in the active state, and terminating adjustment of the slider by placing the key in an inactive state. | 05-23-2013 |
20130127710 | 3D Pointing Device With Up-Down-Left-Right Mode Switching and Integrated Swipe Detector - A 3D pointing device for use with a content delivery system is provided. The pointing device can operate in one of at least one of two modes: a first 3D or scrolling mode, and a second non-3D mode that can also be referred to as an up-down-left-right (UDLR) mode. The pointing device can include one or more directional sensors, to provide orientation and movement information. For either of the at least two modes, an optical finger navigation module is provided that can detect movement of a user's finger or object across its screen, and provides a predetermined threshold that must be exceeded before movement information is generated from the OFN module. The pointing device can generate scroll and UDLR commands based on the information from the orientation and movement sensors, as well as the OFN module, or can provide the information from the orientation and movement sensors to a user interface that can generate the appropriate scrolling or UDLR commands for use by the content delivery system. | 05-23-2013 |
20130135201 | VEHICLE WITH TACTILE INFORMATION DELIVERY SYSTEM - A device for delivering stimuli to a user of a vehicle includes a data generating device that generates signals regarding information regarding a vehicle or surroundings about the vehicle. A human interface device is provided for positioning in contact with a user of the vehicle. The human interface device receives the signals from the data generating device. A control is operable to select the signals from the data generating device for operating the human interface device to deliver stimuli to the user of the vehicle. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135202 | INTERACTIVE DIALOG DEVICE BETWEEN AN OPERATOR OF AN AIRCRAFT AND A GUIDANCE SYSTEM OF SAID AIRCRAFT - Interactive dialog device between an operator of an aircraft and a guidance system of the aircraft. The dialog device includes an interaction on a screen which represents, on the one hand, a playback element indicating the value of a guidance setpoint of the guidance system of the aircraft, and on the other hand, a control element which can be grasped and moved along a curve by an operator to modify the value of the guidance setpoint. | 05-30-2013 |
20130147707 | Text Flow Sensitive Backspace Key for Bi-Directional Content - Systems, methods and computer program products for providing a text sensitive backspace key for bi-directional content are disclosed. Such systems, methods and computer program products provide a multi-stage text flow identification approach that combines desirable aspects of tracking a chronological position of typed characters as well as a cursor within bi-directional content. A directional orientation of a backspace key is thereafter manipulated on a keyboard that is both reliable and intuitive for users of a computing system. Thus, when a last-typed character, chronologically positioned immediately before the cursor, is a left-to-right (LTR) character (e.g., English language text), the backspace key is displayed in a first direction. When the last-typed character is a right-to-left (RTL) character (e.g., Hebrew language text), the backspace key is displayed in a second direction. Advantageously, the user visually learns which character will be deleted when the backspace key is pressed on the keyboard. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147708 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND EDITING CONTROLLING METHOD - A mobile phone includes a display provided with a touch panel. If a memo pad function is performed, a document and a cursor which indicates an editing position are displayed on the display. If a pinch out operation is made by two fingers in a state that a character is being displayed, the character being displayed on the display is enlarged. In such a state, if a third finger touches the touch panel between the two fingers, a cursor position is changed based on a touch position of a touch by the third finger. | 06-13-2013 |
20130154923 | Performing Searching for a List of Entries Using a Remote Control Device - System and method for user interfaces using remote control devices. More specifically, these user interfaces may be particularly useful for providing an intuitive and user friendly interaction between a user and a device or application using a display, e.g., at a “10 foot” interaction level. The user interfaces may be specifically designed for interaction using a simple remote control device having a limited number of inputs. For example, the simple remote control may include directional inputs (e.g., up, down, left, right), a confirmation input (e.g., ok), and possibly a mute input. These user interfaces may allow a user to quickly browse and filter lists of items, efficiently provide input (e.g., having multiple data types), customize directional and/or mute functionality of the remote control, perform camera control (e.g., for videoconferencing), etc. | 06-20-2013 |
20130154924 | METHOD OF RECOGNIZING A CONTROL COMMAND BASED ON FINGER MOTION - Provided is a method of recognizing a control command based on finger motion involving: (a) obtaining coordinate data of a pointer corresponding to a position of a finger in contact with a touch input device of a mobile terminal; (b) obtaining an input continuance time of the coordinate data, and setting values of timer variables based on the input continuance time; (c) setting logic values of a plurality of command logic variables whose logic values of True or False are based on values of the respective timer variables; and (d) recognizing an operation control command of the pointer based on the respective timer variable values and the command logic variable values. | 06-20-2013 |
20130154925 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An electronic apparatus and a control method thereof are disclosed. The electronic apparatus includes a receiving module, a judging module, and a display module. The receiving module is used to receive a remote signal transmitted from a remote apparatus. The judging module judges whether the remote signal includes a homing command to generate a judgment result. The display module selectively homes an indicating object displayed on a screen of the display module to a default position on the screen according to the judgment result. | 06-20-2013 |
20130154926 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR EXECUTING FUNCTION OF PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method for executing a plurality of functions in a portable terminal, includes: confirming a type of a motion experienced by the portable terminal when the motion experienced by the portable terminal is detected by a motion detector; confirming at least two functions preset to correspond to the confirmed type of the motion by referencing a motion mapping table that stores both the at least two functions and the type of motion corresponding to the at least two functions such that the at least two functions are continuously executed in response to a one motion experienced by the portable terminal; and sequentially executing the confirmed at least two functions. | 06-20-2013 |
20130154927 | HAND INTEGRATED OPERATIONS PLATFORM - One embodiment of a hand integrated mouse or operations platform remotely operates one or more computer applications while worn on the user's hand and the hand is also free to do other things such as keyboarding, driving, and flying. | 06-20-2013 |
20130154928 | Multilanguage Stroke Input System - A directional stroke input system has a display. A virtual key pad is displayed on the display, and the virtual keypad has an array of virtual keys. A cursor or a focus area placed on the virtual keypad at a selected key of the virtual keypad. A stroke recognition device includes a stroke sensing area. The stroke recognition device has eight straight directional strokes including: an up left stroke, an up stroke, an up right stroke, a left stroke, a right stroke, a down left stroke, a down stroke, and a down right stroke. The stroke recognition device has eight hook strokes including: an up left hook stroke, an up hook stroke, an up right hook stroke, a left hook stroke, a right hook stroke, a down left hook stroke, a down hook stroke, and a down right hook stroke. | 06-20-2013 |
20130154929 | MULTIPLE-LAYER POINTING POSITION DETERMINATION ON A MEDICAL DISPLAY - The invention relates to a medical display ( | 06-20-2013 |
20130162528 | DISPLAY MOTION QUALITY IMPROVEMENT - An apparatus that includes a touch panel configured to receive user input, a display configured to show content, a motion quality improvement functionality for the display, at least one sensor configured to detect a pointing device approaching the apparatus, and a control unit configured to selectively activate the motion quality improvement functionality for the display in response to the detection of an approaching pointing device by the sensor. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162529 | System for Managing Risk in Employee Travel - A system for managing risk in employee travel may display a world risk map having countries color coded or otherwise indicating a risk level associated with each of the countries. The countries may be assigned to geographic groupings, such as continents, and the countries of the geographic grouping may change to a uniform color or other indication when the cursor is disposed within the boundaries of one of the countries of the geographic grouping. Clicking on the geographic grouping may cause the world risk map may cause the display to zoom in on an enlarged geographic group map with the countries displayed with their risk level indication. Clicking on one of the countries may cause a country information page to be displayed. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162530 | CONTENT REPRODUCING DEVICE AND CONTENT REPRODUCING METHOD - According to one embodiment, a content reproducing device includes a content reproducing module, a gesture recognizing module and a reproduction position controller. The content reproducing module is configured to output a signal representing a content in which information to be displayed changes with time upon start of reproduction of the content. The gesture recognizing module is configured to recognize gesture information corresponding to operations. The reproduction position controller is configured to adjust a reproduction position of the content based on a first gesture and a second gesture comprising moving the first gesture. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162531 | METHOD OF RECOGNIZING USER OPERATION AND CAPACITIVE POINTING DEVICE THEREOF - A method of recognizing user operation uses a capacitive pointing device. An original capacitance in the capacitive pointing device occurs when the capacitive pointing device is touched. The method includes the following steps of configuring the capacitive pointing device to detect a capacitance in the capacitive pointing device, and when the capacitance corresponds to the original capacitance, to implement an operation recognizing module to recognize the user operation by a duration of occurrence of the original capacitance, and to generate an operation command signal corresponding to the user operation determined thereby. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162532 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR GESTURE-BASED HUMAN-MACHINE INTERACTION AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM THEREOF - A method and system for gesture-based human-machine interaction and computer-readable medium are provided. The system includes a capturing module, a positioning module, and a transforming module. The method includes the steps of: capturing images from a user's video streams, positioning coordinates of three or more predetermined color blocks in the foreground, simulating movements of a mouse according to the coordinates of the first color block, and simulating click actions of the mouse according to the coordinates of the other color blocks. The embodiments according to the current disclosure position coordinates of a plurality of color blocks through processing the captured user's video streams, and simulate mouse actions according to the coordinates of the color blocks. Processing apparatuses like computers may be extended to facilitate gesture-based human-machine interactions through a very simple way, and a touch-sensitive interaction effect can be simulated, without the presence of a touch screen. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162533 | METHOD FOR OPERATING IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus and a method for operating the image display apparatus are disclosed. The method for operating an image display apparatus includes displaying at least one object on a display, displaying a pointer on the display, accumulating a movement value of a remote controller during a predetermined period, detecting reference coordinates of the displayed at least one object, correcting the accumulated movement value based on the reference coordinates if the reference coordinates are detected, and changing the location of the pointer based on the corrected value and displaying the pointer. | 06-27-2013 |
20130169530 | HUMAN EYE CONTROLLED COMPUTER MOUSE INTERFACE - A system, method, and device are provided that receive an image sequence from a camera, processes the image sequence, extract gaze information, map the user's eye movements to movement of the mouse cursor, and initiates mouse clicks based on user behavior. | 07-04-2013 |
20130176212 | REPOSITIONING GESTURES FOR CHROMELESS REGIONS - In graphical computing environments, applications are often presented as windows and other regions with visual controls that enable standardized region management functions, including repositioning the regions. However, in some scenarios (particularly devices with small displays), such user interface “chrome” may undesirable diminish the size of the region devoted to the output of the application, and removing such visual controls without eliminating repositioning functionality may be advantageous. Presented herein are repositioning gestures that may be invoked to request repositioning of a selected region by “hovering” a pointer near an edge of the display that is near the selected region; optionally by activating the pointer; and by moving the pointer away from the edge of the display (e.g., “dragging” the pointer while depressing a mouse button). This gesture may easily and unambiguously invoke a region repositioning mode for the selected region, despite the absence of visual repositioning controls confluent with the region. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176213 | Touch-Screen Input/Output Device Techniques - A state machine implemented method for operating a touch-screen input/output device includes determining charge levels from a touch sensor by scan logic. The charge levels from the touch sensor are converted to digital charge data by an analog-to-digital converter. Potential touch events and potential touch event location data is detected from the digital charge data by sensing logic. The potential touch events and potential touch event location data are compared to predetermined limits to determine touch events and locations that satisfy a predetermined level of accuracy by threshold management logic. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176214 | TOUCH CONTROL METHOD - A touch control method is disclosed. The steps of the touch control method include: detecting a first and a second finger print areas generated according to a touching action by a user on the touch panel; calculating a first angle between the first finger print area and a first reference axis and a second angle between the second finger print area and a second reference axis respectively; judging whether each of the first and the second finger print areas corresponding to the touching action is performed by a first hand or a second hand of the user according to the first and the second angles; and controlling a movement of a cursor under an absolute coordinate according to the touching action of the user's first hand, and controlling a movement of the cursor under a relative coordinate according to the touching action of the user's second hand. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176215 | POSITIONING SIGNAL TRANSMITTER MODULE AND ELECTRONIC PRODUCT WITH CURSOR-CONTROLLABLE FUNCTION - A positioning signal transmitter module, adapted to use with a cursor-controlling device corporately for a cursor controlling, includes a light-guide element and at least one light source. The light-guide element has a light-emission surface and at least one light-incidence surface adjacent to the light-emission surface. The light source is disposed beside the light-incidence surface(s), and each light source is configured to provide a light signal to its corresponding light-incidence surface. The light signal emits out from the light-emission surface. Moreover, an electronic product with a cursor-controllable function using the aforementioned positioning signal transmitter module is also provided. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176216 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A projector displays an image supplied by a PC on a screen using a projection unit, detects a pointed location on the screen using a location detection unit, calculates first coordinates as coordinates of the pointed location in a displayable area of the screen using a coordinate calculation part, converts the calculated first coordinates into second coordinates as coordinates in the supply image using a coordinate conversion part based on image location information indicating a location of the supply image on the screen, outputs the second coordinates obtained by the conversion from an output unit, and corrects the image location information by processing of displaying the image based on a correction image using a control unit. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176217 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - At least part of screen data corresponding to a screen displayed on the display unit of an information processing apparatus is transmitted to an image output apparatus. Transmission includes the first transmission mode in which at least part of screen data and pointer position information indicating the position of a pointer in the screen are transmitted without associating them, and the second transmission mode in which at least part of screen data and pointer position information are associated and transmitted. In a case that a predetermined operation using the pointer to an object included in the screen is detected, at least part of screen data is transmitted in the second transmission mode. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176218 | Pointing Device, Operating Method Thereof and Relative Multimedia Interactive System - An operating method of a display device includes detecting resolution of a display module for determining a border of a user interface reference frame, setting a border of a 3D spatial reference frame utilized by a pointing device to correspond to the border detected of the user interface reference frame, moving a cursor of the user interface reference frame displayed on the display module according to a shift of the pointing device, stopping controlling a shift of the cursor according to the shift of the pointing device when the shift of the pointing device exceeds the border of the 3D spatial reference frame, and resuming controlling the shift of the cursor in the user interface reference frame of the display module when the pointing device is back within the border of the 3D spatial reference frame. An advantage of the present invention is when out of the operating range, stopping controlling the cursor to lower the affect of offset, for allowing the pointing device to be applied in different areas/directions without having the cursor displayed on the display device to incorrectly reflect shift of the pointing device. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176219 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus includes an image acquiring unit configured to acquire a user image, an image processing unit configured to sense a motion of a user from the user image, and a control unit configured to control a pointer displayed on a screen of the display apparatus to be moved to a target position in response to the sensed motion of the user, and control the screen to be scrolled according to the target position. | 07-11-2013 |
20130181898 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZED OPERATION OF TOUCH DEVICE - A system and method for synchronized operation of touch device has a mobile touch device which includes a USB transmission interface and a touch screen and an electronic facility host. The USB transmission interface connects to the USB interface of the electronic facility host and synchronizes image displaying, synchronized keyboard operation, and cursor operation so an image of the touch screen of the mobile touch device synchronously opens an image displaying zone on the display device of the electronic facility host and the keyboard and the cursor device directly simulate and synchronously operate touch display operation functions of the mobile touch device in the image displaying zone, operation of file duplication, writing, deletion, and edition between the facility host and the mobile touch device with at least one window of the operation platform of the electronic facility host. | 07-18-2013 |
20130187851 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE ADJUSTING METHOD - An image display apparatus includes: an image signal processing unit which adjusts an input grayscale values included in an input image signal according to a predetermined grayscale characteristic; a display unit which displays an image based on an image signal included in an output grayscale value adjusted by the image signal processing unit; and a grayscale characteristic changing unit which changes a correlation between the input and output grayscale values defined based on the grayscale characteristic. | 07-25-2013 |
20130194180 | DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A device and a method of controlling the device are provided. The device includes a sensing unit, and a controller configured to generate a display signal displaying at least one pointer, to generate a display signal so that the a movement of the at least one pointer depending on a first gesture is performed based on a first set value when obtaining the first gesture through the sensing unit, and to generate a display signal so that the movement of the at least one pointer depending on the first gesture is performed based on a second set value when the first set value changes to the second set value. Accordingly, it may be possible to effectively control movement of the pointer by enabling the pointer to be moved based on a predetermined set value. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194181 | POINTING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING POINTING DEVICE - A pointing device includes: a film that includes a protruding portion which protrudes upward, and a plane portion which extends from the protruding portion; a first conducting layer that is disposed under the film; a second conducting layer that is disposed on a base material and is opposed to the first conducting layer; and a plurality of spacers that are formed on any one of a lower portion of the first conducting layer and an upper portion of the second conducting layer, and are arranged, between the first conducting layer and the second conducting layer, so as to be spaced mutually; wherein an interval between the spacers in an area of the plane portion is formed so as to become narrower than an interval between the spacers in an area of the protruding portion. | 08-01-2013 |
20130201103 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - A method for operating an image display apparatus includes receiving a pairing request signal from a first remote controller, performing pairing with the first remote controller, receiving a pairing request signal from a second remote controller, confirming attributes of content which is being used, and determining whether pairing with the second remote controller is performed based on the confirmed attributes of the content. An image display apparatus includes an interface configured to receive a pairing request signal from a remote controller, a display configured to display predetermined content, and a controller configured to receive a pairing request signal from a second remote controller in a state of performing pairing with a first remote controller and to determine whether pairing with the second remote controller is performed based on attributes of the predetermined content. Accordingly, user convenience can be increased by variously and conveniently using the plurality of remote controllers. | 08-08-2013 |
20130207891 | PROJECTION SYSTEM - A projection system includes a pointing sensing apparatus and a projection apparatus. The pointing sensing apparatus senses at least one of a plurality of instruction signals, and outputs a sensing signal accordingly. The projection apparatus displays a pointing pattern according to the sensing signal. The projection apparatus includes a control module, a first storage module and a second storage module coupled to the control module. The control module receives a plurality of image signals of different formats and generates a plurality of shrink-image data according to the image signals, respectively. The first storage module stores one of the image signals. The second storage module stores the shrink-image data. The projection apparatus displays a normal display image according to contents stored in the first storage module or displays a shrink array image according to contents stored in the second storage module in response to a selecting signal. | 08-15-2013 |
20130207892 | CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING CONTROL DEVICE - A method and apparatus of controlling an electronic device use a control device. A method of the electronic device using the control device includes moving a cursor displayed on a screen of the electronic device according to cursor control information received from the control device, measuring a distance between a position of the cursor and a peripheral object, and, when the measured distance is less than or equal to a threshold distance, moving the cursor to a position corresponding to the peripheral object. | 08-15-2013 |
20130207893 | POSITIONING INPUT SYSTEM WITH WIRELESS CHARGING FUNCTION, AND DEVICE - A positioning input system with a wireless charging function, and a device thereof receive a frequency signal sent by a tablet and transmit an sensing signal to the tablet, wherein a rectifier circuit receives the frequency signal inducted by a sensing coil set, including a first sensing coil and a second sensing coil, to output electricity, the first sensing coil is non-connected, the second sensing coil is connected to the rectifier circuit, an oscillator circuit is connected to the rectifier circuit for receiving the electricity and outputting the sensing signal, and a third sensing coil transmits the sensing signal to the tablet. When the wireless positioning device is moved toward the tablet, a magnetic coupling occurs to the first sensing coil and the second sensing coil. The second sensing coil obtains an additional voltage used for supplying a stable operating voltage for the wireless positioning device. | 08-15-2013 |
20130215018 | TOUCH POSITION LOCATING METHOD, TEXT SELECTING METHOD, DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - A touch position locating method, text selecting method, device, and an electronic equipment. The touch position locating method including: acquiring position movement information from a gravity and acceleration sensor; calculating movement direction and distance of a cursor displayed on a touch screen according to the position movement information; and controlling a display position of the cursor according to the movement direction and distance of the cursor. The beneficial effect of the embodiments of the present invention is as follows: by swaying or slanting the electronic equipment having a touch screen, the display position of the cursor is controlled using the position movement information sensed by the gravity and acceleration sensor to accurately locate a point or select a text area, thereby improving the location accuracy of the touch screen and the user's experience. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215019 | Determining Forward Pointing Direction of a Handheld Device - A forward pointing direction associated with a handheld device is estimated or determined by, for example, calculating a center of rotation of the device. A resultant combined or selected bias estimate may then be used to compensate the biased output of the sensor in, e.g., a 3D pointing device. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215020 | SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - To restrain the amount of information to be saved to the minimum necessary and suppress temporal overhead required for save and return when task switching associated with a priority processing request occurs in a signal processing device for performing multitasking on stream data such as image signals, the signal processing device includes a pointer indicating position information of data in stream data according to progress of processing by a signal processing unit. When priority task processing is requested, the signal processing device saves only a pointer value. At the time of return, based on the saved pointer value the signal processing device obtains position information of output stream data to be outputted next in a returned task, obtains position information, in an input stream, of head input data of all input data that needs to be inputted to the signal processing unit to calculate the data, and resumes the processing. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215021 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND DISPLAY SYSTEM - A display control apparatus controls a plurality of buttons displayed on a screen of a display unit. The apparatus, via a detection unit and position calculation unit, calculates a pointer position on the screen that corresponds to a contact position on an input screen that is touched by a fingertip of user. A button selection unit selects one button, as a desired button, from among the plurality of buttons on the screen based on the pointer position. A selected button display control unit displays the desired button on the screen in a display mode different from the buttons not selected. A position correction unit corrects a current pointer position to be at a reference line when the reference line extends in a specific direction from a previous pointer position and the current pointer position is within a specific range that is set to include the reference line. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215022 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, PROCESSING METHOD THEREOF, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus inputs a coordinate value of a position designated on a screen which displays one or a plurality of objects, compares an input locus expressed by the input coordinate value string with a second locus, which is defined in advance as a locus used to give the instruction to execute a process for an object, and determines whether the input locus is a first locus or the second locus. When it is determined that the input locus is the first locus, the apparatus selects an object from the one or plurality of objects based on the display positions of the input locus and the object on the screen. When it is determined that the input locus is the second locus, the apparatus executes a process designated by the input locus with respect to the selected object. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215023 | INTERACTIVE DIALOG DEVICES AND METHODS FOR AN OPERATOR OF AN AIRCRAFT AND A GUIDANCE SYSTEM OF THE AIRCRAFT - Interactive dialog devices and methods can be installed on an aircraft for communication between an operator of the aircraft and a guidance system of the aircraft. A dialog device can include a global screen configured for displaying guidance information related to each of a navigation display, a vertical display, and a primary flight display. The global screen can include at least one graphic object which is produced in the form of an interaction element which represents a control feature that can be grasped and moved by an operator to modify a value of at least one guidance target of the guidance system associated with one or more of the navigation display, the vertical display, or the primary flight display. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215024 | GAMING CONTROLLER - A controller for interfacing with an interactive application is provided, including: a housing defined by a main body, a first extension extending from a first end of the main body, and a second extension extending from a second end of the main body, the first extension and the second extension for holding by a first hand and a second hand of a user, respectively; an input device positioned along a top surface of the main body; a touch-sensitive panel defined along the top surface of the main body. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215025 | COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - A game system has at least two modes of operation, that is, a monitor game mode and a terminal device game mode. In the monitor game mode, a main game image is displayed on a monitor and a sub game image is displayed on an LCD of a terminal device. In the terminal device game mode, the main game image is displayed on the LCD of the terminal device. The mode of operation can be switched in accordance with a mode switching instruction from a user. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215026 | INPUT DEVICE, INPUT METHOD AND ASSEMBLY - Disclosed is an input device for a capacitive touch panel, which is an input device for inputting the position on the touch panel by making the input device contact with the touch panel, including an insulating layer ( | 08-22-2013 |
20130222238 | HANDWRITTEN INFORMATION INPUTTING DEVICE AND PORTABLE ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING HANDWRITTEN INFORMATION INPUTTING DEVICE - A handwritten information inputting device includes an inputting region into which handwritten information is inputted with a pointer such as an electronic pen or a finger. The device also includes a function disposition region in which a plurality of operational elements (e.g., graphic icons) are disposed, each assigned a process related to the inputted handwritten information such as enlarging or rotating the inputted handwritten information. In response to a continuous operation for a defined period of time of any of the operational elements, operational element disposition information regarding the operational elements disposed in the function disposition region is displayed on an external display apparatus, to which the handwritten information inputting device is connected. Also, the operated (selected) operational element is displayed visually distinguishable from the rest of the operational elements. Thus, an operator can confirm his operation of the operational elements without taking his eyes off the external display apparatus. | 08-29-2013 |
20130222239 | ASYMMETRIC MAPPING FOR TACTILE AND NON-TACTILE USER INTERFACES - A method, including receiving, by a computer, a sequence of signals indicating a motion of a hand of a user within a predefined area, and segmenting the area into multiple regions. Responsively to the signals, a region is identified in which the hand is located, and a mapping ration is assigned to the motion of the hand based on a direction of the motion and the region in which the hand is located. Using the assigned mapping ratio, a cursor on a display is presented responsively to the indicated motion of the hand. | 08-29-2013 |
20130222240 | MOBILE TERMINAL HAVING TOUCH SCREEN AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING CURSOR THEREOF - A portable terminal including a touch screen and method for displaying a cursor thereof are provided. The method includes determining whether a capacitance is equal to or greater than a first critical value and is less than a second critical value, if the change of the capacitance is sensed in the touch screen, displaying a cursor in an area where the change of the capacitance is sensed, if the capacitance is equal to or greater than the first critical value and is less than the second critical value, and performing a function corresponding to the area where the cursor is displayed, if the capacitance sensed in the area where the cursor is displayed is equal to or greater than the second critical value. | 08-29-2013 |
20130234936 | INPT DEVICE AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING INPUT PROGRAM FOR THE INPUT DEVICE - An input device, including: an input acceptance portion configured to accept an input with respect to a display; and a controller configured to perform: a processing selecting process in which at least one processing is selected from among a plurality of executable processing on the basis of a movement direction of a continuous input from a start position, where the input acceptance portion accepts the continuous input; a processing-range setting process in which a range specified by the start position and an end position in the continuous input is set as a processing range for the at least one processing selected in the processing selecting process, where the input acceptance portion accepts the continuous input; and a processing executing process in which the at least one processing selected in the processing selecting process is executed with respect to data in the processing range set in the processing-range setting process. | 09-12-2013 |
20130234937 | THREE-DIMENSIONAL POSITION SPECIFICATION METHOD - In a viewer which acquires an image in a depth position from three-dimensional image data and displays the image, a three-dimensional position specification method for specifying three-dimensional positions in the X, Y and Z directions using a pointing device capable of performing two-dimensional moving operation of a position in the X and Y directions is executed. In the viewer, a position in the X direction on the display image is specified by moving the pointing device in the X direction; a position in the Y direction on the display image is specified by moving the pointing device in the Y direction; and a position in the depth direction of the display image is specified by moving the pointing device in a diagonal direction. | 09-12-2013 |
20130241827 | TOUCH SCREEN HOVER INPUT HANDLING - Apparatus has at least one processor and memory having computer-readable when executed, in a normal mode, to cause display of plural discrete items on a touch screen, and in response to detecting a user's digit at a location hovering over but not touching the screen while plural discrete items are being displayed, to enter a zoom-pan mode and cause zooming of displayed plural discrete items and to respond to detection of movement of the user's digit to a different hover location over the screen by causing panning of plural discrete items displayed on the screen, and to respond to detection of a touch input by entering a pointing mode to prevent panning of the displayed plural discrete items with movement of location of the touch input within predefined criteria, and to cause movement of a cursor, pointer or marker as location of the touch input changes. | 09-19-2013 |
20130241828 | TOUCHSCREEN VIRTUAL TRACK CONTROL - For performing touchscreen virtual touch control, a display module displays a control interface in response to detecting a finger touch of a finger on a touchscreen. A detection module detects a finger roll of the finger on the touchscreen and performs an action in response to detecting the finger roll. | 09-19-2013 |
20130241829 | USER INTERFACE METHOD OF TOUCH SCREEN TERMINAL AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A user interface method of a touch screen terminal for realizing touch commands on the screen is realized by providing at least one or more virtual touch pads, each of the virtual touch pads being displayed on the entire screen at a desired size and location and providing information and touch commands through the entire screen according to a touch event generated on each of the virtual touch pads. | 09-19-2013 |
20130249793 | TOUCH FREE USER INPUT RECOGNITION - Embodiments of electronic systems, devices, and associated methods of touch free user input recognition are described. In one embodiment, a method includes detecting a plurality of spatial positions of a user's finger or an object associated with the user's finger with respect to time. The method also includes calculating a section length and a direction change for a plurality of pairs of consecutive detected spatial positions of the user's finger or the object associated with the user's finger. The method further includes determining if a temporal trajectory formed by the plurality of spatial positions of the user's finger or the object associated with the user's finger correspond to natural shakiness of the user's finger based on the calculated section lengths and direction changes. | 09-26-2013 |
20130249794 | Method and Apparatus for Sensing Spontaneous Changes in a Localized Electromagnetic Field and Method for Use | 09-26-2013 |
20130249795 | HAND-GRIPPED MANUAL CONTROLLER WITH IMPACT RESISTANT MULTI-LAYER CASING - A damage resistant manual controller for manipulating images or symbols on a display is made of impact resistant material such as dense foam rubber to resist damage resulting from accidental or intentional impact caused by throwing, dropping, or other insult. Damage resistance entails maintaining the operational integrity of the electronics and the structural integrity of the manual controller. | 09-26-2013 |
20130257720 | INFORMATION INPUT APPARATUS, INFORMATION INPUT METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - An information input apparatus includes an observation unit that observes an environment including a user and one or more apparatuses to be controlled and includes a sensor; a learning unit that separates a foreground including the user and the one or more apparatuses to be controlled and a background including the environment except for the foreground from observation data obtained by the observation unit and learns three-dimensional models of the foreground and the background; a state estimation unit that estimates positions and postures of already modeled foregrounds in the environment; a user recognition unit that identifies fingers of the user from the foreground and recognizes a shape, position, and posture of the fingers; and an apparatus control unit that outputs a control command to the one or more apparatuses to be controlled on the basis of the recognized shape, position, and posture of the fingers. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257721 | VECTOR-BASED CUSTOMIZABLE POINTING INDICIA - A method of rendering customized pointing indicia including the steps of monitoring application program interface messaging and intercepting a call for a unique system pointer identifier. A stored collection of predefined vector shapes is accessed, from which a predefined vector shape is selected correlated to the current system pointer identifier. The stroke and fill attributes are set for the vector shapes. A sequence of rasterized frames of vector shapes having different attributes are created and displayed to produce animated pointing indicia effect. The customized vector shape is rasterized and displayed to an end user operating a computer. Customization, animation, and magnification of pointing indicia are performed responsive to user input, which may be a touchscreen event, body movement, hand gesture, mouse event, or a key stroke. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257722 | TIME INFORMATION ACCEPTING APPARATUS, TIME INFORMATION ACCEPTING METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - It is expected to provide a time information accepting apparatus and the like, which can accept time information by an intuitive and simple operation without a slide bar. A time information accepting apparatus, accepting time information by detecting a movement operation of a coordinate point in a predetermined coordinate system, has a determining means for determining a unit quantity of time corresponding to a moving amount of a coordinate point in the predetermined coordinate system by calculating a moving amount and/or moving speed of a coordinate point due to a first operation, a calculating means for calculating a moving amount of a coordinate point due to a second operation, and a time information determining means for determining time information based on the moving amount calculated by the calculating means and the unit quantity determined by the determining means. | 10-03-2013 |
20130265227 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COUNTERACTING A PERCEPTUAL FADING OF A MOVABLE INDICATOR - Systems and methods are provided for altering the position or visual appearance of a movable indicator in a GUI that is controlled by eye tracking to counteract a perceptual fading of the movable indicator with respect to the GUI. The position of the user's point of gaze may be tracked, the movable indicator may be rendering at a position associated with the user's point of gaze, and the position or visual appearance of the movable indicator may be altered when an event, such as a passage of time or a blinking of the user's eyes, is detected. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265228 | INPUT DEVICE, DISPLAY SYSTEM AND INPUT METHOD - A projector detects a first input operation and a second input operation using an operation detection section, detects an operation position of the input operation in an operation area in which the input operation can be detected, and notifies the first operation and the operation position when the second operation is not detected within a predetermined time from when the first input operation is detected. | 10-10-2013 |
20130271369 | ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - An electronic system includes a device having a screen and an optical touch device. The optical touch device monitors the activity of an object on the screen of the device. When the object performs an operation in a first region of the screen, the optical touch device generates first data; and when the object performs an operation outside the first region, the optical touch device generates second data, wherein the first data and the second data are of different data types. | 10-17-2013 |
20130278501 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF IDENTIFYING A GESTURE USING GESTURE DATA COMPRESSED BY PRINCIPAL JOINT VARIABLE ANALYSIS - Systems and method described herein present techniques for identifying a gesture using gesture data compressed by principal joint variable analysis. A classifier of a gesture recognition system may receive a frame comprising a set of gesture data points identifying locations of body parts of a subject. The classifier may determining that a subset of the set of gesture data points is sufficient to recognize a first gesture. The subset may be stored into a database in reference to the first gesture. A recognizer may receive a new frame of new gesture data points identifying locations of body parts of a new subject. The recognizer may recognize that the gesture of the new subject corresponds to the first gesture responsive to comparing at least one new gesture data point from the new frame to at least one gesture data point of the subset. | 10-24-2013 |
20130285903 | VIRTUAL DESKTOP COORDINATE TRANSFORMATION - A computing system includes a depth image analysis module to track a world-space pose of a human in a fixed, world-space coordinate system. The computing system further includes an interaction module to establish a virtual interaction zone with an interface-space coordinate system that tracks the human. The computing system also includes a transformation module to transform a position defined in the fixed, world-space coordinate system to a position defined in the interface-space coordinate system. | 10-31-2013 |
20130285904 | COMPUTER VISION BASED CONTROL OF AN ICON ON A DISPLAY - A method for computer vision based hand gesture device control, is provided. The method includes receiving a sequence of images of a field of view; applying a shape recognition algorithm on the sequence of images to detect a shape of a first posture of a hand; and generating a command to initiate device control based on the detection of the shape of the first posture of the hand. | 10-31-2013 |
20130293463 | REPEATED EMPHASIS OF A USER INTERFACE COMPONENT - A method for repeated emphasis of a component in a user interface may include selecting, by a processor, at least one component in a user interface for target emphasis for performance of a repeated emphasis. The method may also include performing, by the processor, the repeated emphasis on the at least one selected component. Performing the repeated emphasis may include automatically, repeatedly performing an action associated with the selected component without a user input, wherein each action would require the user input without the repeated emphasis being performed. | 11-07-2013 |
20130293464 | RADIOGRAPHIC IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING RADIOGRAPHIC IMAGE - When displaying a stereo image of radiographic images, troublesome work for indicating an abnormal shadow with a three-dimensional cursor is reduced. An abnormal shadow detection unit | 11-07-2013 |
20130293465 | Information Processing Apparatus and Computer-Readable Recording Medium Recording Information Processing Program - Motion information is obtained which is information about a motion applied to an input device housing itself including a pointing device of a plurality of input mean. Next, based on the motion information, a movement amount of the input device housing is calculated. Thereafter, it is determined whether or not the movement amount satisfies predetermined conditions. When the predetermined conditions are satisfied, a position is designated based on an output from the pointing device. | 11-07-2013 |
20130293466 | OPERATION DEVICE - An operation includes a display screen that displays an operation target that can be operated by an operator; an input device that can perform operational input with respect to a direction of movement of the operation target on the display screen; and a feedback device that implements, in response to the operation target having moved on the display screen in accordance with operational input by the input device, predetermined feedback that can be perceived by the operator without the operator looking directly at the operation target displayed on the display screen. The input device can perform operational input with respect to the movement speed and amount of movement in the direction of movement of the operation target on the display screen. | 11-07-2013 |
20130300655 | GRAPHICS PROCESSING UNIT SHARING BETWEEN MANY APPLICATIONS - A technique for executing a plurality of applications on a GPU. The technique involves establishing a first connection to a first application and a second connection to a second application, establishing a universal processing context that is shared by the first application and the second application, transmitting a first workload pointer to a first queue allocated to the first application, the first workload pointer pointing to a first workload generated by the first application, transmitting a second workload pointer to a second queue allocated to the second application, the second workload pointer pointing to a second workload generated by the second application, transmitting the first workload pointer to a first GPU queue in the GPU, and transmitting the second workload pointer to a second GPU queue in the GPU, wherein the GPU is configured to execute the first workload and the second workload in accordance with the universal processing context. | 11-14-2013 |
20130300656 | HIT TESTING OF VISUAL OBJECTS - Various embodiments for hit testing of visual objects are described herein. Data of visual objects is generated in a two-dimensional clip space. The data of visual objects includes two-dimensional projections of the visual objects. Cursor coordinates are transformed into the clip space and bounding box calculations are performed using the transformed cursor coordinates and the generated data. Hit testing is performed when there is a hit on a bounding box of at least one of the visual objects in the clip space. The hit testing is performed in a three-dimensional space. A result is then presented on a user interface based on the hit testing. | 11-14-2013 |
20130300657 | USER REPLACEABLE CASE FOR TOUCH OPERATED HANDHELD DEVICE - A user replaceable case for a touch operated handheld device, the case being arranged for at least partially enveloping the device when the case is applied to the device, the case comprising a device interface for digitally interfacing with the device when the case is applied to the device; a physical control means arranged on an outer surface of the case for providing tactile feedback to a user when operating the physical control means; and a controller for i) sensing an operation of the physical control means by the user, and ii) based on the operation, sending an instruction to the device via the device interface for controlling the device. | 11-14-2013 |
20130300658 | IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - An image display system includes: an image display unit that displays an image indicated by image data on a display surface; a trajectory data generation unit that specifies a position on the display surface indicated by a pointer and generates trajectory data indicating a trajectory of the pointer; and a trajectory data processing unit that performs processing in a mode corresponding to the pointer for the trajectory data generated by the trajectory data generation unit, wherein the image display unit displays an image of a trajectory, which is indicated by the trajectory data generated by the trajectory data generation unit, on the display surface. | 11-14-2013 |
20130307770 | WIRELESS TRANSFER DEVICE AND METHODS - A wireless transfer system includes a wireless transfer device having a wireless module, microprocessors for executing transfer protocols, a motion sensing module, and an infrared sensor; a central server; and one or more display devices, the wireless transfer device, and the central server being connected though one or more networks, the one or more networks comprising at least one of wireless communications networks and wired communications networks. | 11-21-2013 |
20130314315 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A MORE REALISTIC INTERACTION EXPERIENCE USING A STEREOSCOPIC CURSOR - A stereoscopic cursor method comprising: calculating a cursor scene depth of a stereoscopic cursor for a stereoscopic user interface comprising plural stereoscopic buttons, wherein the stereoscopic cursor is positioned between a viewer and the plural stereoscopic buttons; constraining movement of the stereoscopic cursor between the viewer and the plural stereoscopic buttons at the cursor scene depth for input device movements by the viewer that navigate across the front of the plural stereoscopic buttons; receiving an input signal corresponding to viewer selection of one of the plural stereoscopic buttons; and responsive to receiving the input signal, causing movement of the stereoscopic cursor from one end of the cursor scene depth to the one of the plural stereoscopic buttons in a direction coincident with the cursor scene depth. | 11-28-2013 |
20130314316 | TARGETING IN A STYLUS-BASED USER INTERFACE - Aspects of the invention provide virtual hover zones. When a user lowers a hovering stylus while remaining within a hover zone, cursor control is modified to be more easily controllable by the user. If the user pauses the stylus in mid-air before lowering the stylus, and if the stylus remains within the hover zone, then upon touchdown the cursor may be moved to the projection of the location where the stylus was paused. Any action that may be taken in response to the touch down may be sent to the projection location as well. Also provided are cursor control zones. A dampening zone may be used to provide dampened cursor movement feedback in response to movement input provided by a pointing device. Also, a dead zone may be used to prohibit cursor movement in response to movement input provided by the pointing device. | 11-28-2013 |
20130321267 | DYNAMICALLY CHANGING A CHARACTER ASSOCIATED WITH A KEY OF A KEYBOARD - A software keyboard is provided with a dedicated key (dynamic character key) for inputting a character, where the character associated with the key is determined based upon a context and may dynamically change according to the context. For example, a first character may be dynamically determined and associated with the dedicated key for a first context and a second character, possibly different from the first character, may be selected and associated with the dedicated key for a different context. The character that is associated with the dynamic character key may also be displayed on the dynamic character key. In some embodiments, the character associated with the dynamic character key may be a non-alphanumeric character such as a diacritical mark, a punctuation mark, and the like. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321268 | CONTROL OF REMOTE APPLICATIONS USING COMPANION DEVICE - Embodiments of the invention provide underlying communication functionality to enable companion experiences. A companion experience allows the user to interact with content playing on a primary device through a companion device. An application on the companion device interacts with an application running on a base device (e.g., a game console, PC, or TV) to provide additional interface options on the companion that are related to a title or application playing on the base device. | 12-05-2013 |
20130328770 | SYSTEM FOR PROJECTING CONTENT TO A DISPLAY SURFACE HAVING USER-CONTROLLED SIZE, SHAPE AND LOCATION/DIRECTION AND APPARATUS AND METHODS USEFUL IN CONJUNCTION THEREWITH - Image projector apparatus comprising a user input device operative to accept from a user, at least one parameter defining projection of visual content, other than the content itself, and a visual content projector projecting desired visual content, on a surface area, in accordance with the at least one parameter including generating digitally modified visual content from the desired visual content such that the digitally modified visual content, when projected on the surface area, represents the content in accordance with the at least one parameter. | 12-12-2013 |
20130335321 | HEAD-MOUNTED VIDEO DISPLAY DEVICE - According to an illustrative embodiment, a head-mounted display is provided. The head-mounted display includes a display portion; and a touch sensor, wherein the head-mounted display is operable to display a cursor on the display portion at a position determined according to a line of sight between a wearer of the head-mounted display and an object external to the display portion. | 12-19-2013 |
20130335322 | USER INPUT UTILIZING DUAL LINE SCANNER APPARATUS AND METHOD - A user input method and apparatus may comprise a two line object imaging sensor having a primary line scan-sensor providing a primary line scan-sensor output and a secondary line scan-sensor providing a secondary line scan-sensor output, representing pixels in a current primary scan row and a current secondary scan row, and adapted to scan an object; storing for each scan time each current primary line scan-sensor output and each current secondary line scan-sensor output and a correlation unit correlating at least one of the current representations of pixels in a primary line sensor output with stored representations and the current representations of pixels in a secondary line sensor output with stored representations and, the correlation unit providing as an output a motion indicator. | 12-19-2013 |
20130342452 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING TOUCH-SENSITIVE DISPLAY AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING A POSITION INDICATOR - A method includes displaying information including a plurality of characters on a touch-sensitive display of an electronic device, detecting an indicator control mode input, in response to detecting the indicator control mode input, displaying an indicator controller associated with a position indicator, the indicator controller having a first area associated with a first direction and a second area associated with a second direction, when a tap is detected at a location associated with the first area, moving the position indicator, by a single character of the plurality of characters, in the first direction, and when a tap is detected at a location associated with the second area, moving the position indicator, by a single character of the plurality of characters, in the second direction. | 12-26-2013 |
20130342453 | METHOD FOR DISPLAYING A STEREOSCOPIC CURSOR AMONG STEREOSCOPIC OBJECTS - A stereoscopic cursor method comprising: generating a virtual plane based on a variable cursor scene depth of a stereoscopic cursor for a stereoscopic user interface, the stereoscopic user interface comprising plural stereoscopic buttons, wherein the virtual plane is positioned between a viewer and the plural stereoscopic buttons; and causing the stereoscopic cursor to move along the virtual plane responsive to viewer input, the movement occurring smoothly and gradually adjacent to the plural stereoscopic buttons and varying in depth as the stereoscopic cursor progresses along the virtual plane from one of the plural stereoscopic buttons to another, the generating and causing performed by a processor in a computing device. | 12-26-2013 |
20140002356 | METHOD FOR USING VIRTUAL FACIAL AND BODILY EXPRESSIONS | 01-02-2014 |
20140009394 | MOBILE TERMINAL, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND USER INTERFACE PROVISION METHOD USING THE SAME - A method of controlling a plurality of mobile terminals connected to an externally connected image display device. The method includes transmitting screen information from a first mobile terminal to the image display device; transmitting screen information from a second mobile terminal to the image display device; displaying a first mirroring screen corresponding to the screen information of the first mobile terminal in a first region of a display of the image display device, and displaying a second mirroring screen corresponding to the screen information of the second mobile terminal in a second region of the display of the image display device; tracking a cursor on the display of the image display device input from an input unit of the image display device; and controlling the first mobile terminal from the image display device when the cursor is within the first region of the display and controlling the second mobile terminal from the image display device when the cursor is within the second region of the display. | 01-09-2014 |
20140009395 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING EYE TRACKING - A method for controlling an eye tracking applied to an electronic display device which includes a display screen and executes at least one application program is provided. The method includes at least the following steps: enabling an eye tracking control mode; capturing an eye image via an eye tracking detection unit and generating eye position information; receiving the eye position information via an analysis unit and mapping the eye position information to the display screen to generate analysis information; receiving the analysis information via a processing unit and generating an eye tracking cursor according to the analysis information, wherein the processing unit generates a preview window on the display screen according to a position of the application program corresponding to the eye tracking cursor. | 01-09-2014 |
20140015746 | SINGLE INTEGRATED CIRCUIT CONFIGURED TO OPERATE BOTH A CAPACITIVE PROXIMITY SENSOR DEVICE AND A RESISTIVE POINTING STICK - A single integrated circuit for operating both a capacitive proximity sensor device and a resistive pointing stick comprises sensor circuitry to drive a first varying voltage signal onto a transmitter electrode of the capacitive proximity sensor device. The sensor circuitry is also configured to drive a second varying voltage signal onto a voltage divider of the pointing stick and a third varying voltage signal onto the voltage divider of the pointing stick. The sensor circuitry is configured to receive a first resulting signal from a receiver electrode of the proximity sensor device and receive a second resulting signal from the pointing stick. The single integrated circuit includes determining circuitry configured to determine positional information for input received in a sensing region of the proximity sensor device based on the first resulting signal; and to determine force information received as input to the pointing stick based on the second resulting signal. | 01-16-2014 |
20140015747 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A FUNCTION OF A MOUSE USING A TERMINAL INCLUDING A TOUCH SCREEN - A method and an apparatus for providing a function of a mouse, using a terminal that includes a touch screen, are provided. A first touch input is received and the first touch input is set as a first reference touch input. A first function is performed, when a touch input is received in a first direction relative to the first reference touch input while the first reference touch input is being received. A second function is performed, when the touch input is received in a second direction, which is opposite the first direction, relative to the first reference touch input while the first reference touch input is being received. | 01-16-2014 |
20140022166 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - An image display apparatus and a method for operating the same are disclosed. The method for operating an image display apparatus includes displaying an image of specific content, receiving a wheel input from an input device, moving a screen or an object within the screen according to the wheel input, and displaying the moved screen or object. A distance for which the screen or the object within the screen moves according to the wheel input is changed based on the displayed content. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022167 | PROJECTION APPARATUS AND PROJECTION METHOD - A projection apparatus includes: a position detecting unit that detects a position of a pointer indicated by a pointing device on a projection surface; a calculating unit that calculates a characteristic value that represents characteristics of move of the pointer from positions detected by the position detecting unit in a predetermined period; a determining unit that determines whether or not the calculated characteristic value is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold value; and an image generating unit that, when the characteristic value is determined to be smaller than the predetermined threshold value, generates an image to be projected by enlarging a region containing and surrounding the pointer. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022168 | REMOTE DEVICE AND POWER SAVING METHOD OF INTERACTIVE SYSTEM - A remote device includes an image sensor, a readout circuit and a processing unit. The image sensor successively captures a first image and a second image containing at least one reference beacon image. The readout circuit is configured to read first image data of the first image and second image data of the second image from the image sensor. The processing unit is configured to calculate an image feature of the at least one reference beacon image according to the first image data and control the readout circuit to only read the second image data of a range of interest in the second image according to the image feature. There is further provided a power saving method of an interactive system. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022169 | Method and apparatus for graphical user interface interaction on a domed display - A graphical user interface is implemented as a human interface device which can directly sense where on a domed screen a user is pointing. The human interface device can be an optical pointing device which emits a beam of light, preferably produced using a laser, which can be tracked by a camera appropriately located inside the dome. As an alternative, the human interface device can be a hand held device capable of tracking position and orientation. Data produced by the human interface device is then detected and mapped to the location for a corresponding cursor. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022170 | LIGHT CURTAIN AND AN INPUT APPARATUS BASED THEREON FOR A DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM - A light curtain having a light source which emits a light beam which propagates in an area to be monitored by the light curtain and then strikes an optical detector surface. The area to be monitored is arranged in the vicinity of a translucent disc and is oriented parallel to the latter. The light source and detector surface are arranged on that side of the disc which faces away from the area to be monitored. The path of the light beam from the light source to the detector surface runs twice through the plane of the disc and via two mirrors arranged on the edge of the area to be monitored. | 01-23-2014 |
20140028552 | IMAGE SENSING METHOD, AND IMAGE SENSING APPARATUS, LIGHT SOURCE DETERMINING SYSTEM UTILIZING THE IMAGE SENSING METHOD - An image detecting method, comprising: controlling a synchronizing controller to transmit a first activating signal to a light source controller; controlling the light source controller to control at least one light source to generate a predetermined radiating pattern, and controlling the light source controller to transmit back a first responding signal to the synchronizing controller when the light source controller receives the first activating signal; and controlling an image sensor to start an image detecting when the synchronizing controller receives the first responding signal. | 01-30-2014 |
20140049467 | INPUT DEVICE USING INPUT MODE DATA FROM A CONTROLLED DEVICE - Systems and methods for determining input modes for an input device may be based upon input mode data transmitted from a controlled device. The input mode data may be associated with a first visual content displayed by the controlled device and may provide an appropriate input mode with which the user can interact with the input device. Based upon a user's interaction with the input device and the associated input mode, a second visual content may be displayed by controlled device and a second input mode data can be transmitted to input device. The second input mode data may provide a second, different input mode based upon the second visual content with which the user can interact with the input device. | 02-20-2014 |
20140055354 | MULTI-MODE INTERACTIVE PROJECTION SYSTEM, POINTING DEVICE THEREOF, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A multi-mode interactive projection system includes a pointing device, an infrared capturing device, and a projection device. A timing generation module of the pointing device generates several timing signals, and controls the pointing device to execute one light emitting mode according to one timing signal. A light emitting module of the pointing device is controlled by the timing generation module, and generates infrared in a light emitting time according to the executed light emitting mode. In a detection time, the light emitting time corresponds to one light emitting mode. The infrared capturing device periodically captures the infrared. A projection module is controlled by a background image and a writing image outputted by a host device, and projects the image to screen. The host device determines the light emitting mode and continuously captures coordinate points of infrared by the infrared capturing device in the detection time. | 02-27-2014 |
20140062871 | ELECTRONIC SYSTEM WITH POINTING DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - The present invention discloses an electronic system and a pointing device thereof. The pointing device includes an image sensor and a processor. The image sensor sequentially generates a first image frame and a second image frame, wherein the first image frame has two images related to a sensed target, and the second image frame has one image related to the sensed target. The processor determines one image position representing the sensed target using the first image frame, and subsequently determines one image displacement using the first image frame and the second image frame. | 03-06-2014 |
20140062872 | INPUT DEVICE - There is provided an input device, including a steering pad that is arranged on a steering wheel of a vehicle and includes a first face and a second face opposite to the first face, a first input unit that is arranged on the first face of the steering pad and receives an operation causing a first change of a display form in a display unit, and a second input unit that is arranged on the second face of the steering pad and receives an operation causing a second change of a display form in the display unit. | 03-06-2014 |
20140062873 | INSERTION MARKER PLACEMENT ON TOUCH SENSITIVE DISPLAY - In accordance with some embodiments, a computer-implemented method is performed at a portable electronic device with a touch screen display. The method can include: displaying graphics on the touch screen display, detecting a finger contact on the touch screen display, and, in response to the detected finger contact, inserting an insertion marker in the graphics at a first location. The method can further include detecting a finger movement on the touch screen display and, irrespective of initial distance from finger to insertion marker on the touch screen display, moving the insertion marker in accordance with the detected finger movement from the first location to a second location in the graphics. | 03-06-2014 |
20140071048 | POINTING ERROR AVOIDANCE SCHEME - Technologies are generally described for a pointing error avoidance scheme. In some examples, a method performed under control of a computing system with a display, may include detecting an input event applied to the computing system at a pointing location in a first area of the display, determining a first time duration for which the pointing location has been maintained in the first area, determining a second time duration for which the pointing location had been previously maintained in a previous area of the display before the pointing location moved into the first area, and determining an intended pointing location of the input event based at least in part on at least one of the first time duration and the second time duration. | 03-13-2014 |
20140078054 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE AND SYSTEM - A device, system and method for controlling displays is provided. The device communicates with a plurality of public display systems, the plurality of public display systems being otherwise independent of each other. The device at least temporarily controls at least a portion of the plurality of public display systems to provide respective content independent of respective control instructions associated with each of the plurality of public display systems. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078055 | TOUCH SENSOR INTEGRATED WITH A TRACK POINTER - A track pointer including a touchpad. The track pointer can be operable in at least two states. In a first of the states, the touchpad can be activated to detect movement of a human appendage across the touchpad or above the touchpad and generate a corresponding first signal that causes corresponding movement of a cursor presented on a display. In a second of the states, the touchpad can be deactivated, and the track pointer can be configured to detect movement of the track pointer by the human appendage and generate a corresponding second signal that causes corresponding movement of the cursor presented on the display. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078056 | POINTER SPEED ADJUSTING METHOD AND DISPLAY SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A pointer speed adjusting method is used in a display system including a pen-shaped pointing device and a display screen. The pointer speed adjusting method includes the following steps. Firstly, a moving trajectory of the pen-shaped pointing device is sensed. Then, a trajectory display pattern is obtained according to the moving trajectory. Then, the trajectory display pattern is compared with a reference display pattern shown on the display screen, so that an optical scale factor error is obtained. Afterwards, a speed conversion ratio is adjusted according to the optical scale factor error. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078057 | SLITHER SENSOR - An illustrative embodiment of an apparatus for a sensing array comprising a bus, a set of spaced apart elements connected to the bus, wherein each element of the set of elements generates a signal representative of a stimulation when received at each element, a signal processor in communication with the bus, wherein the signal processor generates vector information using an aggregation of the signals from the set of elements and a transmitter for sending the vector information to an application interface wherein the vector information indicates a movement within the sensing array. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078058 | GRAPH DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, GRAPH DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING GRAPH DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM - A graph display control device, a graph display control method, and a storage medium storing a graph display control program are shown. According to one implementation, the graph display control device includes a display unit and other various units. A true value judging unit judges whether it is possible to display at least one of the variables of a coordinate value of the specified point in a true value. A true value coordinate display control unit displays the variable of the coordinate value with a true value when it is judged that it can be displayed with the true value. A coordinate value display control unit displays the variable of the coordinate value as a value within predetermined digits when judged that the coordinate cannot be displayed with the true value. | 03-20-2014 |
20140085197 | CONTROL AND VISUALIZATION FOR MULTI TOUCH CONNECTED DEVICES - A method and device for facilitating interaction between a touch screen device and a computing device are provided. The method includes displaying a pointer location indicator (mouse cursor) on the touch screen device. The mouse cursor moves responsively to movement of a mouse of a linked computing device. The device includes a touch screen having an input operable to receive indications of operation of a pointing device coupled to a second computing device. The touch screen is further operable to display a pointer location indicator and the pointer location indicator is operable to move responsively to movement of the pointing device. | 03-27-2014 |
20140085198 | Correlating Pupil Position to Gaze Location Within a Scene - Correlating pupil position to gaze location within a scene. At least some of the illustrative embodiments are methods including: receiving, by a first computer system, a first video stream depicting an eye of a user, the first video stream comprising a first plurality of frames; receiving, by the first computer system, a second video stream depicting a scene in front of the user, the second video stream comprising a second plurality of frames; determining, by the computer system, pupil position within the first plurality of frames; calculating, by the first computer system, gaze location in the second plurality of frames based on pupil position within the first plurality of frames; and sending an indication of the gaze location to a second computer system, the second computer system distinct from the first computer system, and the sending in real-time with creation of the first video stream. | 03-27-2014 |
20140085199 | MOBILE TERMINAL HAVING TOUCH SCREEN AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING CURSOR THEREOF - A method comprising measuring a change of capacitance associated with a user input approaching a display of an electronic device, determining whether the user input is within a proximity range of the display of the electronic device based on the change of capacitance, displaying a Graphical User Interface (GUI) object at a location of the display of the electronic device according to whether the user input is within the proximity range of the display of the electronic device, determining whether the user input is within a touch range of the display of the electronic device based on the change of capacitance, and performing a function at the location according to whether the user input is within the touch range of the display of the electronic device. | 03-27-2014 |
20140085200 | POINTING SYSTEM, POINTING DEVICE, AND POINTING CONTROL METHOD - [Object] To provide a pointing system capable of presenting an intuitive operational feeling to a user. | 03-27-2014 |
20140092011 | REMOTE CONTROL WITH 3D POINTING AND GESTURE RECOGNITION CAPABILITIES - A remote control, such as a 3D air mouse, includes motion sensors used to measure position/orientation in space to alternatively control a cursor on a display, recognize gestures by the user so that data/commands can be entered into an electronic system being controlled or the like. Timed sequences of pressing a single trigger button and the quantity of motion during said sequences are both timed in relation to thresholds to switch between modes. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092012 | ADAPTIVE TONE MAP TO A REGION OF INTEREST TO YIELD A LOW DYNAMIC RANGE IMAGE - Technologies may provide for yielding a low dynamic range image. A logic architecture may be implemented to perform a global tone map operation on a high dynamic range image to yield a preview image. The logic architecture may also be implemented to perform a local tone map operation on a region of interest of a preview image to yield a low dynamic range image. Additionally, the logic architecture may be implemented to provide an image that includes a predetermined amount of image pixels that are not saturated. In addition, the logic architecture may be implemented to employ image view data to yield a low dynamic range image. Moreover, the logic architecture may be implemented to convert the region of interest into a region that includes the foveal region of a user. In one example, the tone map operation is performed entirely automatically and interactively. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092013 | VIDEO-BASED IMAGE CONTROL SYSTEM - A method of using stereo vision to interface with a computer is provided. The method includes capturing a stereo image, and processing the stereo image to determine position information of an object in the stereo image. The object is controlled by a user. The method also includes communicating the position information to the computer to allow the user to interact with a computer application. | 04-03-2014 |
20140104168 | TOUCHLESS INPUT - A series of depth maps image a scene. Each depth map includes a plurality of pixels, where each pixel defines a depth of a surface imaged by that pixel. A set of nonstatic pixels having a shallowest depth within the series of depth maps is identified. The position of this set of nonstatic pixels is mapped to a cursor position. | 04-17-2014 |
20140104169 | Method for Determining the Relative Position of an Object in an Area, and Optical Input System - A method for determining the relative position of an object in an area in six spatial degrees of freedom is provided. A marker pattern with at least three markers is applied on the object, and an optical detecting device is provided with a two-dimensional sensor surface. The object is moved in the detection region of the optical detecting device such that the marker pattern can be detected by the detecting device, images of the markers are projected onto image positions on the sensor surface, and the image coordinates of the markers are ascertained. The relative position of the marker pattern is determined by analyzing the image coordinates. The position of an invariant point is ascertained on a reference circle on a reference plane, and describes a unique relationship between a coordinate system assigned to the marker pattern and a coordinate system assigned to the detecting device. | 04-17-2014 |
20140111428 | REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMPUTER - A remote control system includes a computer, a label device, a camera, a signal processing module, and an interface connected to a computer. The signal processing module stores a preset time interval, first and second preset distances, and first and second preset time. The camera captures images of the label device at an interval time and sends the images of the label device to the signal processing module. The signal processing module obtains a movement distance and a movement time of the label device according to the received images, and compares the movement distance with the first and second preset distances and also compares the movement time with the first and second preset time, to output a first instruction, a second instruction, a third instruction, or a fourth instruction to control a cursor of the computer. | 04-24-2014 |
20140111429 | MULTIPLE FINGERS, MULTIPLE STEP GESTURE - A system and method for performing a multi-finger and multi-step or action gesture on a touch sensor, the gesture including at least one step, action or phase of the gesture is characterized by only a single finger being present on the touch sensor, but always incorporating another step, action or phase having at least two fingers present. | 04-24-2014 |
20140111430 | INPUT DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD OF TOUCH PANEL - An input device according to the present invention includes a touch panel ( | 04-24-2014 |
20140118250 | POINTING POSITION DETERMINATION - A glasses may include a glasses frame configured to detect a touch input to the glasses frame, and a processor configured to determine a pointing position within an image displayed by a display based, at least in part, on the touch input. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118251 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING OBJECT MOVEMENT ON SCREEN - The present invention discloses a method and apparatus for controlling an object movement on a screen. The method senses a first change in a position of a pointing device in a coordinate system to obtain a first displacement, and controls the object movement by a first displacement output ratio according to the first displacement. The method senses a second change in a position of the pointing device in a coordinate system to obtain a second displacement, and controls the object movement by a second displacement output ratio when a difference between a direction of the first displacement and a direction of the second displacement exceeds a first angle threshold, wherein the second displacement output ratio is lower than the first displacement output ratio. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118252 | METHOD OF DISPLAYING CURSOR AND SYSTEM PERFORMING CURSOR DISPLAY METHOD - A cursor displaying method that re-sizes a cursor displayed in a display field while repositioning the cursor in response to a detected user gesture. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118253 | INPUT APPARATUS AND INPUT CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - An input apparatus for controlling a display apparatus includes a communication unit; a sensing unit which senses movement of the input apparatus; a first input unit which receives a user input for defining a virtual input region which is to be used as an input region of the input apparatus; and a control unit which controls the communication unit to transmit location information corresponding to a location of the input apparatus to the display apparatus when the virtual input region that is defined according to the user input is mapped to a screen region of the display apparatus and the input apparatus is located in the mapped virtual input region. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118254 | INFORMATION INPUT APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INFORMATION INPUT APPARATUS - The handheld controller controls a graphic cursor on a display. A motion sensor responds to user movement of a first type producing motion data. A touchpad responds to user movement of a second type more precise than the first type producing second sensor data. A processor calculates a hybrid cursor movement signal having a large scale movement component corresponding to movement of the first type and a fine scale movement component corresponding to movement of the second type, the hybrid cursor movement signal being for moving the graphic cursor. A processor calculates the large scale movement component based on a first sensitivity parameter representing sensitivity of the motion sensor determined by associating the touchpad data with the motion data, and the fine scale movement component based on a second sensitivity parameter representing sensitivity of the touchpad determined by associating the motion data with the touchpad data. | 05-01-2014 |
20140125588 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF - A touch system includes a touch screen, an image-sensing device, and a processing device. The image-sensing device generates images related to objects on the touch screen at several points in time. The processing device calculates the average coordinates of the objects based on the images, and calculates the longest distance between the objects. The processing device further determines the coordinates of a drawing spot according to the average coordinates of the objects, and determines a graphical property of the drawing spot according to the longest distance. The processing device further directs the touch screen to display the drawing spot on the coordinates and with the graphical property. | 05-08-2014 |
20140125589 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR DISPLAYING AN OPERATIONAL STATE OF A USER INPUT - A display apparatus and a control method thereof for displaying an operational state of a user input are provided. The display apparatus includes: an image processor configured to process an image signal; a display configured to display an image thereon based on the processed image signal; a user input configured to receive a user's input; and a controller configured in response to the user's input being received, control the display to display thereon a cursor moved in correspondence with a location of the user's input as an icon showing an operational state of the user's input. Thus, a user may intuitively recognize the operational state of the user's input and may obtain prompt feedback on the input result without suspending his/her interaction. | 05-08-2014 |
20140125590 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ALTERNATIVE CONTROL OF TOUCH-BASED DEVICES - A computer-implemented method, a system, and software includes providing output from a touch-based device to an external display; detecting gestures from a user located away from and not physically touching the touch-based device; and translating the detected gestures into appropriate commands for the touch-based device. The systems and methods provide alternative control of touch-based devices such as mobile devices. The systems and methods can include a mobile device coupled to an external display device and controlled via user gestures monitored by a collocated sensor. Accordingly, the systems and methods allow users to operate applications (“apps”) on the mobile device displayed on the external display device and controlled without touching the mobile device using gestures monitored by the collocated sensor. This enables the wide variety of rich apps to be operated in a new manner. | 05-08-2014 |
20140125591 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - There is provided an information processing apparatus according to the present invention including a detection unit for detecting a moving direction and a moving amount of a finger on an operation panel, and a moving control unit for changing the moving amount of an object on a display unit for a finger's unit moving amount depending on the moving direction of the finger which moves the object displayed on the display unit. According to the present invention, the moving amount of the object within a display region changes based on the moving direction of the finger to be operated on the operation panel. In this manner, the object moving amount is corrected depending on the finger moving direction, thereby eliminating the factors for reducing the operability during the object moving operation and improving the operability. | 05-08-2014 |
20140139430 | VIRTUAL TOUCH METHOD - The invention provides a virtual touch method applied to a computer provided with a camera, including: defining a virtual touch plane in the space in front of the screen of the computer, capturing a reference fingertip image of a finger touching the virtual touch plane by the camera and storing the reference fingertip image, capturing an operation fingertip image of the finger in a touch operation by the camera, and comparing the sizes of the reference fingertip image and the operation fingertip image to determine whether the finger touches or pierces through the virtual touch plane. | 05-22-2014 |
20140145944 | Display System - A display system includes a display panel and a pointing device. The display panel includes plural pixels and a matrix of n×m sensing units, wherein n and m are integers larger than 2. The pointing device emits a light beam to form a light beam spot at a spot location, which is movable on the display panel and controlled by the user, wherein the sensing units sense the spot location. | 05-29-2014 |
20140145945 | TOUCH-BASED INPUT CONTROL METHOD - The present invention relates to touch-based input control technology in which cursor operation and pointer moving operation are properly identified by interpreting touch-based gesture in manipulating user terminals such as smart phones (e.g., i-phone) or smart pads (e.g., i-pad). According to the present invention, a user may easily, quickly and automatically control text input operation, cursor move operation and pointer move operation properly in context without cumbersome task of changing input modes. | 05-29-2014 |
20140145946 | POINTING STICK - A pointing stick includes: an operation member, which is provided to operate a movement of a cursor displayed on a screen of an information processing device: and an attachment member, which supports the operation member to be stood, wherein an attachment leg is protruded from the operation member and is inserted through an insertion hole formed in the attachment member when assembling the pointing stick, and wherein the attachment leg is fixed to not protrude from a back face of the attachment member, which is opposite to an front face on which the operation member stands, after assembling the pointing stick. | 05-29-2014 |
20140145947 | PORTABLE COMPUTER HAVING POINTING FUNCTIONS AND POINTING SYSTEM - There is provided a pointing system including a first image sensor, a second image sensor and a processing unit. The first image sensor is configured to capture a first image. The processing unit is configured to recognize a predetermined hand posture according to the first image and to identify a click event according to a second image captured by the second image sensor when the predetermined hand posture is recognized. | 05-29-2014 |
20140152558 | DIRECT HOLOGRAM MANIPULATION USING IMU - Methods for controlling an augmented reality environment associated with a head-mounted display device (HMD) are described. In some embodiments, a virtual pointer may be displayed to an end user of the HMD and controlled by the end user using motion and/or orientation information associated with a secondary device (e.g., a mobile phone). Using the virtual pointer, the end user may select and manipulate virtual objects within the augmented reality environment, select real-world objects within the augmented reality environment, and/or control a graphical user interface of the HMD. In some cases, the initial position of the virtual pointer within the augmented reality environment may be determined based on a particular direction in which the end user is gazing and/or a particular object at which the end user is currently focusing on or has recently focused on. | 06-05-2014 |
20140152559 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CURSOR - A method for controlling a cursor of a portable electronic apparatus having a display screen and a motion sensor is provided. The motion sensor detects a first-axis rotation angle and a second-axis rotation angle of the apparatus. A first-axis coordinate of a cursor is determined according to the first-axis rotation angle, a-first axis maximum rotation angle and a length of a short side of the display screen. A second-axis coordinate of the cursor is determined according to the second-axis rotation angle, a maximum second-axis rotation angle and a length of a long side of the display screen. The cursor is moved according to the first-axis coordinate and the second-axis coordinate. | 06-05-2014 |
20140160017 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS CONTROLL METHOD FOR PERFORMING PREDETERMINED ACTION BASED ON OBJECT DISPLACEMENT AND RELATED APPARATUS THEREOF - An electronic apparatus controlling method includes: determining if displacement of an object in a first predetermined time period is smaller than a first predetermined distance to generate a determining result; and controlling the electronic apparatus to perform a first predetermined action if the determining result is no, and controlling the electronic apparatus to perform a deciding step if the determining result is yes. The deciding step is utilized for deciding if a second predetermined action is performed according to a coordinates of the object at the end of the first predetermined time period. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160018 | PROJECTOR SYSTEM - An image projection system includes a projector connected to a host computer to display images on a projection screen, an image capture device, and an operation pen. The operation pen emits a laser beam and has buttons. The image capturing device captures a photo with a point part of the projected image on which the laser beam falls. The host computer compares the photo with the image being supplied by the host computer to determine the point part being pointed by the laser beam, receives wireless control signals from the operation pen, and executes actions of buttons of the operation pen. | 06-12-2014 |
20140168076 | TOUCH SENSITIVE DEVICE WITH CONCENTRATION MODE - Techniques are disclosed for providing a concentration mode in electronic touch sensitive devices. The concentration mode can be used to highlight given textual content on a line by line basis, or other consumable content. The user can engage the mode with a particular gesture. Once engaged, a UI feature is displayed that assists the user in viewing the given content. In some cases, the UI feature includes a reading pane that encompasses one to three complete lines of displayed text or other content. Background content outside the reading pane can be faded or otherwise softened. In some cases, the UI feature also includes, or alternatively includes, a straight-edged reading guide. The initial placement of the UI feature can be set, for instance, based on the initial contact point touched by the user. As the contact point moves, the UI feature moves accordingly. Concentration mode disengages when user releases contact point. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168077 | MULTI-TOUCH NAVIGATION MODE - Techniques are disclosed for providing a navigation mode in electronic touch sensitive devices. The navigation mode can be used to advance forward and backward through displayed pages of content on a page-by-page or multi-page basis, such as pages of an eBook, photos, lists such as search results and files, or other consumable content that can be displayed in a page-like fashion. The user can engage the navigation mode with a particular gesture that includes a combination of contact points that uniquely and/or globally identify that the navigation mode is desired. The combination may include, for example, a press-and-hold activation contact point by one hand of the user, and one or more additional moving gesture contact points that indicate the desired navigation using the other hand of the user. Horizontal and/or vertical paging speeds correspond to the number of moving contact points, which can be effected with swiping or circular gestures. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168078 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - According to one embodiment, electronic device including, shadow image generating module, shadow image position identification module, and output image processing module. Shadow image generating module configured to compare corrected image with original image and configured to generate shadow image. Shadow image position identification module configured to identify position on projection image designated by shadow image. Output image processing module configured to superimpose shadow image identified by shadow image position identification module on projection image and configured to output superimposed image. | 06-19-2014 |
20140176433 | INTERACTIVE PROJECTION SYSTEM, PROJECTOR THEREOF, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - The present invention discloses an interactive projection system including a pointing device and a projector. The pointing device is used to generate a light spot. The projector includes a projecting module, an image capturing module, and a processing module, and the projector includes a built-in operating system. The operating system includes a plurality of applications with graphical user interfaces. The projecting module projects a projected image being present of the operating system onto a screen. The image capturing module captures an image generated by projecting the light spot onto the screen. The processing module calculates a coordinate of the light spot according to the above-mentioned image, and determines whether the light spot has stayed on the graphical user interface associated with one of the applications on the projection screen, so as to execute the application corresponding to the light spot. | 06-26-2014 |
20140176434 | REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD - A control device generates first control information when a user moves the control device. The control device sends the first control information to a display device to generate the dividing line on a screen of the display device according to the first control information. The control device generates second control information in the control device, and sends the second control information to the display device to adjust a position of the dividing line on the screen of the display device | 06-26-2014 |
20140184500 | POPULATING NODES IN A DATA MODEL WITH OBJECTS FROM CONTEXT-BASED CONFORMED DIMENSIONAL DATA GRAVITY WELLS - A processor-implemented method, system, and/or computer program product defines multiple context-based conformed dimensional data gravity wells on a context-based conformed dimensional data gravity wells membrane. Conformed dimensional objects and synthetic context-based objects are parsed into n-tuples. A virtual mass of each parsed object is calculated, in order to define a shape of multiple context-based conformed dimensional data gravity wells that are created when data objects that are pulled into each of the context-based conformed dimensional data gravity well frameworks on a context-based conformed dimensional gravity wells membrane. Data from the multiple context-based conformed dimensional data gravity wells then populates nodes in a data model. | 07-03-2014 |
20140184501 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, INPUT APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR COMPENSATING COORDINATES USING THE SAME - A display apparatus, an input apparatus, and a method for compensating coordinates using the same. A method for compensating coordinates using a display apparatus includes receiving movement information from an input apparatus, calculating a coordinate value based on the movement information, and displaying a cursor on the calculated coordinate value. When a button selection command is received from the input apparatus, replacing a coordinate value calculated after receiving the button selection command with a coordinate value of a stable position calculated before receiving the button selection command, and displaying the cursor on the replaced coordinate value, and manipulating an item on which the cursor is located according to the button selection command. Accordingly, the user may locate a cursor on the location that the user wants and execute a display item. | 07-03-2014 |
20140191957 | POINTER POSITIONING SYSTEM - A pointer positioning system includes an image generating unit, a light-spot generating unit, an operating unit, a calculating unit, and an image unit. The image generating unit creates an image on a display region. The light-spot generating unit projects positioning spots and identifying spots on the display region. The operating unit has an invisible-light camera to sense an image of a part of the entire display region. The calculating unit compares a distribution of the positioning spots and the identifying spots which is sensed by the invisible-light camera with a reference distribution stored in a memory, and the image unit shows a pointer image at a pointing position of the display region accordingly. | 07-10-2014 |
20140191958 | CURSOR CONTROL METHOD FOR A TOUCH SCREEN - When a cursor control mode of an electronic device is enabled, an arrow cursor is converted into a transparent ball on a touch screen and touch input at any area of the touch screen is simulated as a contact point of a tangent plane to a virtual sphere utilized to be forced to roll on a virtual surface with specific rolling direction and speed, as the touch input moves along a specific direction with a specific speed on the touch screen. The data of the rolling direction and speed of the virtual sphere will be converted to corresponding movements of the transparent ball on the touch screen. No direct contact to the transparent ball is needed to move the transparent ball and any target icon will not be blocked by fingers. Enlargement of the content covered by the transparent ball also facilitates easy reading and recognition. | 07-10-2014 |
20140191959 | POINTING SYSTEM AND DISPLAY HAVING IMPROVED OPERABLE RANGE - There is provided a pointing system including an image sensor, a plurality of reference marks and a processing unit. The image sensor is configured to capture image frames containing at least one reference mark image of the reference marks. The processing unit is configured to recognize an image number of the reference mark image and calculate an aiming point coordinate according to a positioning algorithm associated with the image number. | 07-10-2014 |
20140191960 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING MOUSE FUNCTION USING TOUCH DEVICE - A method and apparatus of providing a mouse function in a touch device includes displaying a mouse interface which is divided into a panning area and a pointer move area. An input of a mouse gesture is received through the mouse interface, processing a panning operation of a contents screen which is displayed in a display device when the mouse gesture is inputted in the panning area, and processing a move operation of a mouse pointer which is displayed in the display device when the mouse gesture is inputted in the pointer move area. The touch device at the time of execution of the mouse mode, and generates a control event for panning the contents screen and moving the mouse pointer according to a mouse gesture which is inputted from the panning area and the pointer move area may provide a mouse function for a display device. | 07-10-2014 |
20140191961 | POINTER DISPLAY DEVICE, POINTER DISPLAY/DETECTION METHOD, POINTER DISPLAY/DETECTION PROGRAM AND INFORMATION APPARATUS - Disclosed herein is a pointer display device, including, a touch panel provided on a display screen of a display section, a pointer display section configured to detect a contact point in a touch operation on the touch panel and to display a pointer in an area containing the contact point, and a hotspot detection section configured to detect as a hotspot a position corresponding to one part of the pointer exclusive of the contact point. | 07-10-2014 |
20140191962 | APPARATUS FOR DRIVING ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A method of driving an electronic device easily and accurately controls a pointer displayed on a screen of the electronic device. The method of driving an electronic device including an input unit into which information is input by a touch and a screen display unit on which a pointer is displayed in response to the touch includes: a first step of moving the pointer from a point at which the touch is applied to the input unit first in an arbitrary direction in which drag of the pointer is performed; a second step of stopping the movement of the pointer when the drag is stopped; and a third step of additionally moving the pointer in a direction, which is directed from the point at which the touch is applied first to a point to which pressing pressure is applied, in response to pressing pressure when the drag is stopped. | 07-10-2014 |
20140198040 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELF-CALIBRATION OF INDIRECT POINTING DEVICES - An apparatus, system, and method are disclosed for pointing device calibration. An observation module may track physical movement sensed by an indirect pointing device and record actual cursor behavior corresponding to the physical movement. An analysis module may compare the actual cursor behavior to reference cursor behavior to detect a deviation. A calibration module may adjust one or more settings of the pointing device in a manner calculated to reduce the deviation. | 07-17-2014 |
20140204025 | MOVING OBJECT DETECTING APPARATUS, MOVING OBJECT DETECTING METHOD, POINTING DEVICE, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - Even when a user is gazing at one point intentionally but the eyeball of the user is actually moving slightly, the slight movement is not reproduced as it is as the position of a cursor but a determination is made that the user is gazing at one point intentionally, that is, the eyeball is stopping. Thus, when a determination is made that the eyeball is stopping, the cursor is displayed still even when the gazing point is moving slightly depending on the slight movement. Furthermore, when a determination is made that the cursor is stopped, selection of an object such as other icon displayed at a position where the cursor is displayed is identified. | 07-24-2014 |
20140210711 | TOUCH PANEL AND TOUCH APPARATUS - A touch panel, suitable for sensing a battery-free wireless cursor component, includes a display unit, a touch unit, a processor unit, and an antenna unit. The display unit has a first side and a second side opposite the first side. The touch unit, disposed on the first side of the display unit, receives a cursor signal generated by the battery-free wireless cursor component to generate a touch signal. The processor unit, coupled with the touch unit, receives the touch signal, calculates coordinates of the battery-free wireless cursor component based on the received touch signal, and generates a control signal based on the calculated coordinates. The antenna unit, disposed on the second side of the display unit and coupled with the processor unit, receives the control signal and transmits a frequency signal based on the control signal. | 07-31-2014 |
20140210712 | OPTICAL POINTING SYSTEM - There is provided an optical pointing system including at least one reference beacon, an image sensor, a storage unit and a processing unit. The image sensor is configured to capture an image frame containing a beacon image associated with the at least one reference beacon. The storage unit is configured to save image data of at least one object image in the image frame. The processing unit is configured to sequentially process every pixel of the image frame for identifying the object image and real-timely remove or merge the image data, saved in the storage unit, associated with two object images within a pixel range of the image frame thereby reducing the used memory space. | 07-31-2014 |
20140210713 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY OF POINTER AND DISPLAYING THE POINTER, AND APPARATUS THEREOF - The present invention relates to a method of displaying a pointer on an external device sharing an output video with a terminal, and an apparatus thereof. A method of controlling display of a pointer by a terminal so that the pointer is displayed on an external device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes transmitting an output video of the terminal to the external device, if a predetermined request exists; detecting a sensing value according to a input performed on a display area; generating a pointer displaying signal used for displaying a pointer at a position corresponding to a position where the detected sensing value is detected on the external device based on the detected sensing value; and transmitting the generated pointer displaying signal to the external device. According to the present invention, since a pointer is displayed on an external device sharing an output video with a terminal, the user may execute a desired function by looking at the external device, without looking at the terminal. | 07-31-2014 |
20140218289 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH CONTROL INTERFACE AND METHODS THEREFOR - An electronic device ( | 08-07-2014 |
20140232649 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING A CURSOR BY MEASUREMENTS OF THE ATTITUDE OF A POINTER AND POINTER IMPLEMENTING SAID METHOD - A system and method of controlling a cursor ( | 08-21-2014 |
20140240229 | TOUCH CONTROL METHOD AND TOUCH CONTROL APPARATUS - A computer readable recording media comprising at least one program code recorded thereon, a touch control method is performed when the program code is read and executed. The touch control method comprises the following steps: (a) detecting location data for an object relative to a detecting surface to generate at least one displacement data; (b) storing the displacement data to a storage apparatus and outputting the stored displacement data to a target apparatus from the storage apparatus after storing the displacement data for a predetermined time period, when the object touches the detecting surface; and (c) cleaning the stored displacement data when the object leaves the detecting surface. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240230 | CONTROL METHOD FOR POINTER THROUGH TOUCHPAD - An electronic device includes a touchpad and a display. The touchpad is divided into a central area and a lateral area. The lateral area surrounds the central area. A method for controlling a movement of a pointer across the display includes detecting a slide touch operation in the central area of the touchpad, moving the pointer across the display according to a direction of the slide touch operation, detecting a constant touch operation in the lateral area at an end point of the central area, and continuing to move the pointer across the display when the constant touch operation is detected. | 08-28-2014 |
20140247213 | CURSOR-CONTROL DEVICES AND METHODS THEREOF - A cursor-control device is provided for an electrical device having a display unit. The cursor-control device includes a button, an image-capture unit and a processing unit. The image-capture unit obtains a screen from the display unit. The processing unit determines cursor coordinates according to the screen, detects the number of times the button has been pressed and released, and determines whether to transmit a double-click signal to the electrical device according to the number of times of the button switching. When the button becomes pressed or released, the number of times of the button switching increases by one. Also, when the number of times of the button switching reaches two, the processing unit stores the cursor coordinates. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247214 | HANDHELD POINTER DEVICE AND TILT ANGLE ADJUSTMENT METHOD THEREOF - An exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure provides a handheld pointer device and a tilt angle adjustment method thereof. The tilt angle adjustment method includes the following steps. Images corresponding to the position of a reference point are captured as the handheld pointer device pointing toward the reference point to generate a plurality of frames. Whether the reference point has substantially moved is subsequently determined based on the plurality of frames. When determines that the reference point has not substantially moved, causes an accelerometer unit of the handheld pointer device to detect the accelerations thereof over various axes so as to update a first tilt angle being used currently to a second tilt angle, accordingly. The handheld pointer device may thus accurately and efficiently calculate the relative position of the reference point with the appropriate tilt angle of the handheld pointer device used. | 09-04-2014 |
20140253439 | SENSOR ON SIDE OF COMPUTING DEVICE - In one implementation, a housing has a first surface and a second surface. A first side may be between the first surface and the second surface. An input device on may be on the first surface. A sensor on the first side may generate data representing an object detected by the sensor. A controller may process the data and control movement of the cursor on a display when the controller determines that the object is in the shape of a hand in a grip form. | 09-11-2014 |
20140253440 | Dorsal Touch Input - A back touch sensor positioned on a back surface of a device accepts user input in the form of touches. The touches on the back touch sensor map keys on a virtual keyboard, a pointer input, and so forth. Touches on a touch sensor positioned on a front surface provide additional input while also allowing the user to grasp and hold the device. | 09-11-2014 |
20140253441 | Method and Device for Executing an Operation on a Mobile Device - The disclosure provides a method and device a method for detecting and receiving an induction signal induced by a contact of a pointing object with the touch screen, identifying information corresponding to the induction signal in response to receipt of the induction signal, determining a control operation based on the information, and executing the control operation in response to the determination. The control operation comprises at least one of closing a present application interface and displaying a new application interface. | 09-11-2014 |
20140267029 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF ENABLING INTERACTION BETWEEN A USER AND AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method and system for enabling interaction between a user and an electronic device includes sensing at least one of position and movement of at least one finger on a physical keyboard, determining position of the finger on the physical keyboard and emulating at least one of a virtual mouse, a virtual touch screen, a virtual hand on a display, and a gesture sensing technique to enable the interaction in accordance to at least one of the position and the movement of the finger. The system includes an electronic device, a communication interface, a memory and a processor. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267030 | COMPUTER AND MOUSE CURSOR CONTROL METHOD - A mouse cursor control method, applied in a computer, includes presetting matching data between coordinates of a display and a touch panel; receiving two click gestures at the same time; calculating a middle set of coordinates between the two click gesture on the touch panel and finding a set of coordinates of the display, corresponding to the middle set of coordinates, according to the matching data between coordinates of the display and the touch panel; and controlling the mouse cursor to move on the display to the set of coordinates of the display. | 09-18-2014 |
20140292653 | INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM, INFORMATION DISPLAY METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - In an AR device, when display control of additional information is performed for an object, a display device acquires a picture including an object in real space. An pointing device outputs, when pointing the object in real space by an operation of a user, information showing a feature for identifying the pointed object. A control device analyzes the picture by the display device and identifies objects in the picture. The control device outputs position information in the picture for the identified object. The control device outputs position information in the picture for the pointed object based on the outputted information from the pointing device. The control device extracts additional information of a target object from an additional information group of objects in real space. The control device performs display control of the additional information based on the calculated position information. The display device displays the additional information. | 10-02-2014 |
20140300542 | PORTABLE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING NON-CONTACT INTERFACE - A method for controlling operations of a portable device through a touch-free user input in the portable device having a projector module is provided. To this end, once the projector module is driven, an application execution screen is projected through the projector module, and if a proximity event is detected, a camera module is activated to acquire an image from which a user gesture is recognized. The pointer on the projected image is controlled corresponding to the user gesture. The user gesture is used to dispatch an application as well as to control the pointer. In this way, a user may view an image projected from the projector module of the portable device without jittering while intuitively manipulate the portable device without touching the touch screen, such that user convenience is maximized. | 10-09-2014 |
20140300543 | TOUCH PAD INPUT METHOD AND INPUT DEVICE - Provided is a touch pad input method and input device. The touch pad input method includes touching a first point of a touch surface of a touch pad, touching a second point of the touch surface, and operating a direction key based on a relative position of the first point and the second point. | 10-09-2014 |
20140306888 | STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING STORED THEREON INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING EXECUTION METHOD - An exemplary information processing apparatus performs predetermined information processing in accordance with an attitude of an input member having an imaging device and an attitude sensor. The information processing apparatus calculates a first position according to the attitude of the input member by using imaging information based on an image including a predetermined imaging target captured by the imaging device. Further, the information processing apparatus calculates a second position according to the attitude of the input member, which position is on a predetermined straight line or a predetermined plane, by using a result of detection of the attitude sensor. When the first position is calculable, the predetermined information processing is performed by using a control position based on at least the first position. When the first position is incalculable, the predetermined information processing is performed by using a control position based on at least the second position. | 10-16-2014 |
20140306889 | VIRTUAL TOUCH SCREEN - Apparatus and methods are provided for converting a display into a touch display. One or more optical sensors are arranged proximate the display. A processor receives a signal from the optical sensor(s) and, based on the signal, executes instructions for: (i) determining a distance between a pointer device and a surface of the display signal; (ii) determining a position of the pointer device on the surface of the display; (iii) when the distance is less than a threshold detection distance and greater than a threshold touch distance, providing an indication on the display that the position of the pointer device has been determined; and (iv) when the distance is less than the threshold touch distance, taking an action indicative of contact between the pointer device and the surface of the display. | 10-16-2014 |
20140306890 | PROJECTION DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - In at least one embodiment, a projection display device comprises an image projection section, an imaging section, a location specifying section, and a display control section. The image projection section is configured to project an image toward a projection surface. The imaging section is configured to capture an image of the projection surface. The location specifying section is configured to specify a location of a position indication light emitted from an electronic pen which is operated on the projection surface based on an image captured by the imaging section. The display control section is configured to set a projection range of the image based on the location specified by the location specifying section, and to alter the projection range of the image in accordance with the set projection range. | 10-16-2014 |
20140313130 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - Provided is a display control device including a display control unit that performs control for displaying, on a screen, a pointer having a directed position a predetermined distance away from a position on the screen corresponding to an operation position of an operating object, depending on a variation in a position of the operating object detected in an operation area. | 10-23-2014 |
20140320405 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PORTABLE TERMINAL BY TOUCH DEVICE - A method for controlling a portable terminal by a touch device includes the following steps: connecting the touch device to the portable terminal, and recording a screen resolution of the portable terminal; displaying the same image on respective screens of the touch device and the portable terminal synchronously; resetting respective cursors on the respective screens to corresponding reference points concurrently; detecting an absolute coordinate of the cursor on the screen of the touch device in response to a press operation performed upon the screen of the touch device; calculating a relative displacement between the absolute coordinate and the corresponding reference point; transforming the relative displacement into a corresponding relative coordinate of the cursor of the portable terminal; transmitting the corresponding relative coordinate to the portable terminal over a wireless link; controlling the cursor of the portable terminal according to the corresponding relative coordinate; and resetting the respective cursors concurrently. | 10-30-2014 |
20140320406 | PARAMETER SETTING DEVICE - When a knob of controls is operated and a parameter value corresponded to the knob becomes a specific value at a time, a vibration of a predetermined duration is given to the knob. Further, when the parameter value which has been the specific value becomes no longer the specific value at a time, a vibration for the duration is given to the knob. A tactile impression feedback is thus given to the user, and thus it is possible to enable the user to sense that the parameter value has become the specific value or no longer the specific value without gazing at the screen on which the parameter value is displayed. | 10-30-2014 |
20140327614 | METHOD OF OPERATING TOUCH SCREEN AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - A method of operating a touch screen and an electronic device thereof are provided. The method includes the operations of sensing an object approaching the touch screen, and displaying a pointer at a predetermined position of the touch screen in response to the object. | 11-06-2014 |
20140327615 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND INPUT CONTROL METHOD - A display device includes an obtainment unit configured to obtain a touch position and the number of touches on a screen; an input control unit configured to display a cursor at a relative position relative to the touch position obtained by the obtainment unit as a reference, and to control input using positional information of the cursor being displayed; and a change unit configured to switch the control executed by the input control unit if two touch positions including a first touch position and a second touch position are obtained by the obtainment unit, and to change the relative position by moving the second touch position relative to the first touch position. | 11-06-2014 |
20140327616 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM - According to an embodiment of the present technology, there is provided an information processing device including an acquisition unit configured to acquire multiple images to which position information showing an imaging position is attached, and a display control unit configured to display a first map on which a pointer indicating the imaging position shown by the position information is displayed while switching a reduced scale and a display area according to an operation of a user, and configured to display a second map of a fixed reduced scale together with the first map while causing a display area to cooperate with a display area of the first map. | 11-06-2014 |
20140333533 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD AND PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus includes an imaging unit, an icon display control unit causing a display to display an operation icon, a pickup image display processing unit causing the display to sequentially display an input operation region image constituted by, among pixel regions constituting an image picked up by the imaging unit, a pixel region including at least a portion of a hand of a user, an icon management unit managing event issue definition information, which is a condition for determining that the operation icon has been operated by the user, for each operation icon, an operation determination unit determining whether the user has operated the operation icon based on the input operation region image displayed in the display and the event issue definition information, and a processing execution unit performing predetermined processing corresponding to the operation icon in accordance with a determination result by the operation determination unit. | 11-13-2014 |
20140333534 | INPUT APPARATUS, POINTING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR DISPLAYING POINTER, AND RECORDABLE MEDIUM - An input apparatus is provided. The input apparatus includes a communicator configured to receive a signal from a pointing apparatus, and a controller configured to control to display the pointer on a first position of the display when a start signal is received from the pointing apparatus, and when sensed position information of the pointing apparatus is received from the pointing apparatus, the controller controls to display the pointer on a second position of the display, which corresponds to the received position information of the pointing apparatus. | 11-13-2014 |
20140340308 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND SCREEN CONTENT SHARING METHOD - An electronic device and a screen content sharing method thereof are provided, adapted for sharing screen content between the electronic device and an external display device. The method includes the following steps. A current screen is displayed. A work mode of the electronic device according to connection status between the electronic device and the external display device is determined. A touch position and a touch mode of a touch action on the touch screen are determined according to the touch action received by the touch screen. A connection management program is executed, and the electronic device is controlled to enter a touch pad projection mode. When the connection management program is executed, the current screen is transmitted to the external display device so as to display the current screen, and a cursor is projected on the current screen displayed by the external display device according to the touch position. | 11-20-2014 |
20140340309 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING TOUCH INPUT IN MOBILE TERMINAL - Disclosed are an apparatus and a method for processing a touch input in the mobile terminal. The method includes transmitting information displayed in the mobile terminal to an external display device when connected to the external display device through a wired or wireless interface, receiving a first input, identifying a holding time of the first input when receiving a second input following the first input, and processing the second input according to the holding time of the identified first input. Accordingly, the touch input is analyzed and a subsequent drag input is performed as a pointer movement or a scroll operation in accordance with a holding time of the touch input, so that a user can conveniently select a desired item. | 11-20-2014 |
20140354542 | INTERACTIVE DISPLAY SYSTEM - An interactive display system including a data processing unit, a display, a laser pointer, a translucent optical device, an image capture device, and an optical filter is disclosed. The laser pointer projects a laser beam on the translucent optical device attached to or built in a screen of the display. The laser beam has a specified wavelength within a visible light spectrum. The translucent optical device reflects most of the laser beam. The image capture device acquires under the data processing unit a sensed image including a part of a displayed object image within the specified wavelength and the reflected laser beam. The data processing unit determines a position of the laser beam relative to the displayed object image in accordance with light intensity distribution of the sensed image, calculates a distance vector between the determined position and a cursor, and moves the cursor according to the distance vector. | 12-04-2014 |
20140354543 | INNER-SENSOR BASED POINTING DEVICE - An inner-sensor based pointing device is presented. The pointing device includes a central housing having an aperture and a sleeve disposed surrounding a portion of the central housing, the sleeves rotatable about the portion of the central housing and slidable along a generally horizontal axis about the portion of the central housing. The pointing device further includes a sensor disposed in the central housing and aligned with the aperture, the sleeve positioned surrounding the sensor, wherein the sensor is capable of detecting rotational movement of the sleeve relative to the central housing and wherein the sensor is capable of detecting axial movement of the sleeve relative to the central housing. Additionally, the pointing device has a circuit in communication with the sensor, the circuit disposed within the central housing, the circuit capable of transmitting data to a computer regarding the movement of the sleeve. | 12-04-2014 |
20140354544 | INNER-SENSOR BASED PONTING DEVICE - An inner-sensor based pointing device is presented. The pointing device includes a central housing having an aperture and a sleeve disposed surrounding a portion of the central housing, the sleeves rotatable about the portion of the central housing and slidable along a generally horizontal axis about the portion of the central housing. The pointing device further includes a sensor disposed in the central housing and aligned with the aperture, the sleeve positioned surrounding the sensor, wherein the sensor is capable of detecting rotational movement of the sleeve relative to the central housing and wherein the sensor is capable of detecting axial movement of the sleeve relative to the central housing. Additionally, the pointing device has a circuit in communication with the sensor, the circuit disposed within the central housing, the circuit capable of transmitting data to a computer regarding the movement of the sleeve. | 12-04-2014 |
20140375560 | STORAGE MEDIUM STORING INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CALCULATING SPECIFIED POSITION - An example information processing device calculates a specified position Ps2 in a three-dimensional virtual space displayed on a screen of a display device. The information processing device calculates a two-dimensional input position Pi2 on the screen based on an input of a user. The specified position Ps2 is calculated based on the input position Pi2. The information processing device calculates, as the specified position Ps2, a three-dimensional position that satisfies a distance condition and also satisfies a range condition. The distance condition is a condition regarding the distance from a predetermined reference position in the virtual space. The range condition is a condition that an on-screen position corresponding to the three-dimensional position be within a range determined by the on-screen position corresponding to the reference position and the input position Pi2. | 12-25-2014 |
20140375561 | MOBILE DEVICE AND REMOTE CONTROL METHOD - Method of remote control includes determining a selected virtual key on a user interface provided by the mobile device and acquiring an identification number of the selected virtual key from a storage device of the mobile device. In response to detecting infrared signals sent from a remote controller to an electronic device, the infrared module is controlled to record the infrared signals of one or more keys on the remote controller in sequence. The recorded infrared signals is stored to a queue corresponding to the identification number of the selected virtual key in sequence. Induction delay time corresponding to each of the recorded infrared signals in the queue are set. | 12-25-2014 |
20150009136 | OPERATION INPUT DEVICE AND INPUT OPERATION PROCESSING METHOD - The operation input device includes: an operation determination unit configured to determine which one of the floating touch operation and the touch operation is input; a calculation unit configured to calculate an input position of the operation on the operation panel; a display information generation unit configured to generate display information for displaying a pointer at a position on a display screen corresponding to an input position calculated by the calculation unit when the operation determination unit determines that the floating touch operation is input; and a display device output unit configured to output the display information generated by the display information generation unit to a display device having the display screen displaying the pointer. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009137 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - An information processing apparatus includes: an operating information obtaining unit which receives, from a remote control, button-press information indicating that an enter button has been pressed; a display control unit which displays, on a display screen, one or more objects each associated with an executable function, and a pointer at a position designated by the remote control; and an executing unit which executes a function associated with a first object out of the objects when the operating information obtaining unit receives the button-press information during a period that starts when a predetermined first period lapses from a first time point at which the pointer enters a region of the first object, and ends when a predetermined second period lapses from a second time point at which the pointer deviates from the region. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009138 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, OPERATION INPUT DETECTION METHOD, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - There is provided an information processing apparatus including a recognition section which recognizes an irradiation position of laser light by a laser pointer on a projection image, an acquisition section which acquires information of a user operation detected by an operation section provided in the laser pointer, and a detection section which detects operation input information for the projection image based on the irradiation position recognized by the recognition section and the user operation acquired by the acquisition section. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009139 | GENERATING POSITION INFORMATION EMPLOYING AN IMAGER - An application control approach using generated position information of a control device and adapted for use with a display, such as a monitor or TV, is disclosed. The control device may be conveniently held by a user. An imager is employed to image the control device to detect reference fields and generate position information. This information is used by the control device to control an application. | 01-08-2015 |
20150022446 | DATA INPUT DEVICE - The present invention relates to a wearable device and a method for determining a position of at least one finger of a hand relative to a predetermined reference point comprising a sensor unit in the palm of the hand comprising at least one sensor, a logic unit in operative engagement with a computer device and configured to generate a position signal based on the registered finger position, and to interpret and convert the signal to a command to be processed by the computer device, a housing at least partly enclosing the sensor unit and an attachment member. The wearable device is characterized in that the sensor is at least one image sensor directed towards a respective distal end of the at least one finger and configured to determine the position of the finger in relation to the wearable device. | 01-22-2015 |
20150029098 | DISPLAY DEVICE, PROJECTOR, AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display device include a display unit that displays a display image on a display surface based on image data, a location detection unit that detects a pointed location with respect to the display image on the display surface, a coordinate calculation unit that calculates first coordinates as coordinates of the pointed location in a displayable area within the display surface, a coordinate conversion unit that converts the first coordinates calculated by the coordinate calculation unit into second coordinates as coordinates in the image data, and an output unit that outputs the second coordinates obtained by the coordinate conversion unit. | 01-29-2015 |
20150035749 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided an information processing device including a controller configured to move a pointer within a display screen based on operation information, and a determination unit configured to determine whether the pointer is to be moved into a virtual screen set around the display screen, based on a state of the pointer when the pointer is moved to an edge of the display screen. | 02-05-2015 |
20150042563 | CONTROL METHOD, CONTROL APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM - There is provided a control method, including: outputting a displacement value depending on a displacement amount of an input device in a case where operation is input in the input device, the operation being for a control target displayed on a display apparatus, the position of the display apparatus being specified by a first coordinate system, the position of the input device being specified by a second coordinate system; calculating a displacement amount of the input device in the second coordinate system based on the displacement value; and displaying the control target, the control target being moved to a position corresponding to a displacement amount in the first coordinate system by using a transformation matrix, the transformation matrix transforming a displacement amount of the input device in the second coordinate system into a displacement amount in the first coordinate system. | 02-12-2015 |
20150054740 | CLOSE RANGE NATURAL USER INTERFACE SYSTEM AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - A natural user interface system and method of operation thereof including: a display device having a display screen and a display device camera; a mobile device having a mobile device camera, an optical axis of the mobile device camera positioned at an angle to an optical axis of the display device camera; wherein: the mobile device includes a first device pairing module for pairing the mobile device with the display device; the mobile device camera and the display device camera are for: detecting a user's hand, and determining posture and movement of the user's hand; and the display device includes a motion translation module for translating the posture and movement of the user's hand into a gesture for controlling an element of a user interface on the display screen. | 02-26-2015 |
20150062010 | POINTING-DIRECTION DETECTING DEVICE AND ITS METHOD, PROGRAM AND COMPUTER READABLE-MEDIUM - The present invention provides a pointing-direction detecting device, comprising an image capturing unit for capturing a user's image to acquire the user's skeleton data in the world coordinate system; and a processing unit connected to the image capturing unit. The processing unit comprises an image analyzing module and a pointing-direction analyzing module. The image analyzing module acquires the skeleton data from the image capturing unit and captures an upper limb image of the skeleton data to obtain respectively a hand-terminal region and an elbow or shoulder region. The pointing-direction analyzing module obtains the hand-terminal region and the elbow or shoulder region from the image analyzing module to identify through calculation a hand-terminal position and an elbow or shoulder position, obtaining a pointing-direction vector from the hand-terminal position and the elbow or shoulder position for calculating the intersection of the extension of the pointing-direction vector and the target plane. | 03-05-2015 |
20150077338 | Detecting Primary Hover Point For Multi-Hover Point Device - Example apparatus and methods concern establishing, managing, or dis-establishing a primary hover-point for a hover-sensitive input/output interface. One example apparatus includes a proximity detector that detects an object in a hover-space associated with the input/output interface. The apparatus produces characterization data concerning the object. The characterization data may identify where the object is located, how the object is moving, what the object is doing, or other attributes of the object. The apparatus may assign a hover point designation to the object as a function of the characterization data. The apparatus selectively controls input actions associated with the object based on the hover point designation. The apparatus may accept input actions associated with a primary hover point and ignore actions associated with a non-primary hover point. | 03-19-2015 |
20150077339 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE - An information processing device includes a position information acquisition unit which acquires, from a remote controller with a touch panel, three-dimensional position information of a pointing implement with respect to the touch panel, a display control unit which moves a cursor on a display screen according to movement of the pointing implement, a movement limiting unit which prohibits movement of the cursor on the display screen when the height of the pointing implement from the touch panel is at or below a predetermined lock threshold value, and a position selecting unit which selects the position of the cursor on the display screen when the pointing implement touches the touch panel when the movement of the cursor is prohibited. | 03-19-2015 |
20150084863 | CURSOR MOVEMENT CONTROL METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM, CURSOR MOVEMENT CONTROL DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - A problem is to provide a cursor movement control method by which labor necessary for a movement of a cursor can be reduced and convenience of a user can be improved even when a plurality of screens is displayed on one display device, a computer program, a cursor movement control device, and an image display system. A technical solution is such that a display image creation unit ( | 03-26-2015 |
20150091798 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A display apparatus and a method of controlling the display apparatus include displaying a plurality of display items on a display screen; acquiring a coordinate value of a position on the display screen pointed to by an input device; positioning a virtual pointer on the display screen in an area of first one of the plurality of display items that is proximate to the acquired coordinate value and highlighting the first display item on the display screen; and in response to the input device pointing to a new position, moving the virtual pointer according to a new coordinate value of the new position pointed to by the input device and highlighting a second one of the plurality of display items that is proximate to the new coordinate value on the display screen. | 04-02-2015 |
20150103001 | TOUCH CONTROL METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME - A touch control method, adapted for an electronic device with a touch screen is provided. The method includes the step of displaying a touch cursor on the touch screen, wherein the touch cursor includes a positioning point; detecting whether a dragging object exists around the positioning point; and moving the dragging object to be associated with the positioning point of the touch cursor and moving the dragging object according to a movement of the positioning point when determined that the dragging object exists around the positioning point and an operating signal corresponding to a dragging action of the touch cursor is received from the touch screen. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103002 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A method of controlling a mobile terminal, and which includes entering, via a controller controlling a camera of the mobile terminal, a camera photograph mode; determining, via the controller of the mobile terminal, a position of a first pointer contacting a touchscreen in the camera photograph mode and whether the first pointer is in a first state or a second state when the first pointer is located in a preset region on the touchscreen; ignoring a touch input through the pointer, when the first pointer is determined as being in the first state; and performing a function corresponding to the touch input through the pointer, when the first pointer is determined as being in the second state. | 04-16-2015 |
20150116214 | GESTURE BASED HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION - Apparatus, computer-readable storage medium, and method associated with human computer interaction. In embodiments, a computing device may include a plurality of sensors, including a plurality of light sources and a camera, to create a three dimensional (3-D) interaction region within which to track individual finger positions of a user of the computing device. The light sources and the camera may be complementarily disposed for the camera to capture the finger or hand positions. The computing device may further include a 3-D interaction module configured to analyze the individual finger positions within the 3-D interaction region, the individual finger movements captured by the camera, to detect a gesture based on a result of the analysis, and to execute a user control action corresponding to the gesture detected. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 04-30-2015 |
20150116215 | REMOTE CONTROLLER AND METHOD THEREOF - The present invention provides a remote controller for wirelessly controlling an electronic apparatus. The remote controller comprises: a wireless interface configured to wirelessly connect to the electronic apparatus; a user input interface configured to receive a single input command from the user; and a processing module. The processing module is configured to send multiple control messages via the wireless interface to the electronic apparatus according to the single input command received via the user input interface such that the electronic apparatus performs display operations corresponding to the multiple control messages shown on a display module. | 04-30-2015 |
20150116216 | LIGHT OUTPUT APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - A light output apparatus includes a light source that emits light shoving different light orientation distributions in a first direction and a second direction and having a high optical intensity area larger in the first direction than in the second direction, a collimator lens that parallelizes the light emitted from the light source, and a Powell lens that spreads the parallelized light from the collimator lens in the first direction, maintains the parallelized direction provided by the collimator lens in the second direction, and outputs the resultant light along a third direction that is perpendicular to the first and second directions and serves as a central axis. | 04-30-2015 |
20150116217 | WEARABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND PERIPHERAL DEVICE CONTROL METHOD FOR USING THE SAME - A peripheral device control system is provided and includes a wearable electronic device configured to generate a control command based on a bezel rotation of a display portion and a peripheral device operable to perform at least one function that is controlled in response to the control command generated by the wearable electronic device. | 04-30-2015 |
20150123899 | INTERACTIVE INPUT SYSTEM AND METHOD - An interactive input system comprises at least one imaging device configured to capture image frames of a region of interest comprising a background and at least one background feature. Processing structure is configured to compare the image frames to determine if the location of the at least one background feature has changed signifying system displacement. | 05-07-2015 |
20150123900 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MOVING CURSOR OF TELEVISION - The present disclosure provides a method and a device for moving a cursor of a television. The method includes: obtaining a two-dimensional code value of a two-dimensional code reading device on a two-dimensional code graph paper in real time; calculating absolute coordinates of the cursor according to the two-dimensional code value and a position of the current cursor; and re-displaying the cursor according to the absolute coordinates. The present disclosure realizes the movement of the cursor through two-dimensional code technology, which reduces the difficulty of the operation and is suitable for use to satisfy people's requirements. | 05-07-2015 |
20150130712 | OPERATION INTERFACE DEVICE AND OPERATION INTERFACE METHOD - There are provided a touch panel | 05-14-2015 |
20150130713 | THREE-DIMENSIONAL IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, CURSOR DISPLAY METHOD THEREFOR, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A three-dimensional image display device includes: a cursor drawing control unit controlling cursor drawing in a first mode in which a cursor is displayed on an image for one of left and right eyes and no cursor is displayed on an image for the other eye and cursor drawing in a second mode in which a cursor is displayed with a depth by using parallax of images for both left and right eyes; and an image analysis unit performing, when cursor drawing is switched from the first mode to the second mode, image matching on the basis of a position indicated by a cursor on an image for the one eye to search for a corresponding position on an image for the other eye and obtaining a cursor display position on the image for the other eye. | 05-14-2015 |
20150130714 | VIDEO ANALYSIS DEVICE, VIDEO ANALYSIS METHOD, AND POINT-OF-GAZE DISPLAY SYSTEM - A video acquirer acquires video obtained by imaging, by an imaging element that moves in association with motion of a head of a user, an area including reflected light of each of light beams irradiated to either one eyeball of the user from two light sources of a first light source that moves in association with the motion of the head of the user and a second light source whose relative position is invariable with respect to a video presenter as an observation target for the user. A head movement estimator estimates the motion of the head of the user based on a relative position of the reflected light of the second light source with respect to the reflected light of the first light source in the video acquired by the video acquirer. | 05-14-2015 |
20150130715 | IMAGE RECOGNITION APPARATUS, OPERATION DETERMINING METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An accurate determination of an operation is possible. Data photographed by a video camera is read by an image reading unit, and an image of an operator is extracted from the data by an image extracting unit. As a result of such preparation, a virtual operation screen and an operation region are created based upon the extracted image of the operator. In a case of an adult operator, an operation region can be created in consideration with a length (position of sight line) or a length of an arm, and in a case of a child, since a length is lower and a length of an arm is shorter, an operation region can be set to match it. | 05-14-2015 |
20150138081 | HEAD-MOUNTED DISPLAY SYSTEM, HEAD-MOUNTED DISPLAY, AND HEAD-MOUNTED DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM - An HMD system according to the present technology includes a coordinate system setting unit, a segment selection unit, and an image generation unit. The coordinate system setting unit sets, in a real space, a cylindrical coordinate system partitioned into a plurality of segments. The segment selection unit brings, based on a direction of the display, any of the plurality of segments into a selection stand-by state in the cylindrical coordinate system. When the selection of the segment held in the selection stand-by state is determined, the image generation unit generates a display image to be displayed on the display corresponding to the determined segment. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138082 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - An image display apparatus | 05-21-2015 |
20150138083 | PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A portable electronic device includes a display unit on which a pointer is displayable, and a touch panel which is arranged to overlap the display unit and is capable of detecting a distance from an indicator. The pointer moves according to a movement of the indicator, and when the distance is equal to or less than a first distance and is greater than a second distance smaller than the first distance in a predetermined region of the touch panel, a length of the movement of the pointer has a predetermined magnification to a length of the movement of the indicator. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138084 | Head-Tracking Based Selection Technique for Head Mounted Displays (HMD) - A method of performing a hands-free selection of an object on a display includes displaying various objects within a screen view on a display, and moving a pointer-timer, in response to movements of the headset computer, to a selectable object within the screen view. The method further includes selecting the selectable object if the pointer-timer overlaps the selectable object for a predetermined amount of time. The method may further include transitioning the pointer-timer from a first state to a second state over a predetermined period of time. The pointer-timer may include a collection of elements that sequentially transitions from the first state to the second state, such that the collection of elements gradually changes from all being in the first state to all being in the second state. | 05-21-2015 |
20150293589 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRIGGERING OF HUMAN-COMPUTER INTERACTION OPERATION AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method for controlling triggering of a human-computer interaction operation and an apparatus are provided according to the embodiments of the disclosure. The method includes: acquiring images shot by a shooting device, and displaying the acquired images on a display screen in a blurring manner; detecting a difference between acquired images in each frame, recognizing a designated outline on the image according to the difference between acquired images in each frame, and calculating a location of the recognized designated outline on the display screen; and determining, in real time, whether the designated outline at the location on the display screen intersects with a designated area displayed on the display screen, and triggering an operation corresponding to the designated area if the designated outline at the location on the display screen intersects with the designated area displayed on the display screen. | 10-15-2015 |
20150293609 | MULTIMEDIA DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING A CURSOR THEREOF - A multimedia device and method of controlling a cursor thereof are disclosed, by which a frequency of the cursor can be increased without system extension. The present invention includes receiving a cursor display signal from an input device, generating a location information of a cursor and an image information of the cursor in accordance with the received cursor display signal, embedding the generated location information of the cursor in the video signal, and displaying the image information of the cursor based on the location information of the cursor embedded in the video signal. | 10-15-2015 |
20150293616 | OPERATING SYSTEM WITH SHORTCUT TOUCH PANEL HAVING SHORTCUT FUNCTION - An operating system having a shortcut touch panel having shortcut functions, wherein the operating system has an electronic device and a shortcut touch panel. The electronic device has a display screen having multiple display areas. The shortcut touch panel has a first function mode and a second function mode, wherein the shortcut touch panel has a shortcut ring. The shortcut ring has multiple ring sensing sections. When the shortcut touch panel is operated in the first function mode, a screen cursor on the display screen can be moved to any display area rapidly by the shortcut touch panel. When the shortcut touch panel is operated in the second function mode, the shortcut touch panel can launch custom functions of the electronic device rapidly. | 10-15-2015 |
20150293739 | COMPUTING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMPUTING APPARATUS THEREOF, AND MULTI-DISPLAY SYSTEM - A computing apparatus, a method for controlling the computing apparatus, and a multi-display system thereof are provided. The method includes determining a size of a virtual display screen formed by a plurality of display apparatuses connected to the computing apparatus; setting an initial position of a pointer associated with a pointing apparatus; computing determining a movement range of the pointing apparatus based on the size of the virtual display screen and the initial position of the pointer; and in response to receiving movement information about movement of the pointing apparatus within the movement range, controlling the plurality of display apparatuses to display the pointer in a corresponding portion of the virtual display screen. | 10-15-2015 |
20150301623 | INPUT DEVICES AND INPUT METHODS - An input device and an input method are provided. An example input device may include a projection module configured to project an image. The projection module is configured to be movable to cause a variation in the projected image. The variation indicates direction information about the movement to control movement of a controlled target. | 10-22-2015 |
20150301625 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD, IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM, AND PROGRAM - According to some aspect, an image display apparatus may include a communication section receiving a plurality of remote operation signals corresponding to remote operations of a plurality of input apparatuses, and a combination section combining a first image based on the plurality of individual remote operation signals received by the communication section and a second image supplied from other apparatus into a third image, and outputting the third image. | 10-22-2015 |
20150324013 | INNER-SENSOR BASED POINTING DEVICE - An inner-sensor based pointing device is presented. The pointing device includes a central housing having an aperture and a sleeve disposed surrounding a portion of the central housing, the sleeves rotatable about the portion of the central housing and slidable along a generally horizontal axis about the portion of the central housing. The pointing device further includes a sensor disposed in the central housing and aligned with the aperture, the sleeve positioned surrounding the sensor, wherein the sensor is capable of detecting rotational movement of the sleeve relative to the central housing and wherein the sensor is capable of detecting axial movement of the sleeve relative to the central housing. Additionally, the pointing device has a circuit in communication with the sensor, the circuit disposed within the central housing, the circuit capable of transmitting data to a computer regarding the movement of the sleeve. | 11-12-2015 |
20150324015 | INNER-SENSOR BASED POINTING DEVICE - An inner-sensor based pointing device is presented. The pointing device includes a central housing having an aperture and a sleeve disposed surrounding a portion of the central housing, the sleeves rotatable about the portion of the central housing and slidable along a generally horizontal axis about the portion of the central housing. The pointing device further includes a sensor disposed in the central housing and aligned with the aperture, the sleeve positioned surrounding the sensor, wherein the sensor is capable of detecting rotational movement of the sleeve relative to the central housing and wherein the sensor is capable of detecting axial movement of the sleeve relative to the central housing. Additionally, the pointing device has a circuit in communication with the sensor, the circuit disposed within the central housing, the circuit capable of transmitting data to a computer regarding the movement of the sleeve. | 11-12-2015 |
20150324016 | INNER-SENSOR BASED POINTING DEVICE - An inner-sensor based pointing device is presented. The pointing device includes a central housing having an aperture and a sleeve disposed surrounding a portion of the central housing, the sleeves rotatable about the portion of the central housing and slidable along a generally horizontal axis about the portion of the central housing. The pointing device further includes a sensor disposed in the central housing and aligned with the aperture, the sleeve positioned surrounding the sensor, wherein the sensor is capable of detecting rotational movement of the sleeve relative to the central housing and wherein the sensor is capable of detecting axial movement of the sleeve relative to the central housing. Additionally, the pointing device has a circuit in communication with the sensor, the circuit disposed within the central housing, the circuit capable of transmitting data to a computer regarding the movement of the sleeve. | 11-12-2015 |
20150331495 | HUMAN INTERFACE APPARATUS HAVING INPUT UNIT FOR POINTER LOCATION INFORMATION AND POINTER COMMAND EXECUTION UNIT - A human interface apparatus comprising the steps of: receiving text input from a user; switching to input mode for pointing location information; receiving input for pointing location information from the user; and switching the human interface apparatus to a text input mode, wherein the text input area and the pointing location information input area have at least a part of the area in common. | 11-19-2015 |
20150331498 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR TOUCH INPUT - An apparatus, system, and method are disclosed for touch input. An apparatus for touch input includes a display and a touchpad that does not overlap the display. The touchpad has an absolute input mode and a relative input mode such that a location of a cursor within the display is controlled by input received while the touchpad is in an absolute and/or relative input mode. The apparatus also includes a sensor module and a display module. The sensor module detects an input object within a sensing range of the touchpad. The display module presents the cursor at a location within the display based on the input object. The location of the cursor within the display is determined according to the input mode of the touchpad. | 11-19-2015 |
20150338934 | Input Cueing Emmersion System and Method - An input cueing system and method that allows a user to manually draw an image, input text, interface and gesture on an input surface, which is then brought into a computer such that the visual output from the computer is combined in an overlapping manner with the visual imagery of the user's hands, and then shown on a display. Located above the drawing surface is an image capturing device that captures live video images of the user's hands or other objects placed on the drawing surface. One or more reflectors and/or image repeating devices are disposed between the input surface and the image capturing device to effectively reduce the height and/or focal length so that the visual image is properly aligned and oriented to provide a real ‘live’ view of the users hands and/or action on the display. A combiner module combine the visual action on and/or about the input surface with the visual output from a computer or computing device, so that the resulting combined visual imagery may be simultaneously transmitted and on a display, with the users hands, fingers and/or tools shown in a semi-transparent and/or opaque manner. | 11-26-2015 |
20150355768 | GAME APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - A non-limiting example information processing apparatus comprises a housing, and a first portion of the housing is formed in an elliptical form when viewing from the front. A display panel and a touch panel constitute one main surface of the first portion. Holes are formed in left and right end portions of the display panel and the touch panel, and two operation sticks are provided through the two holes. When viewing the first portion from the front, an area except key tops of the operation sticks becomes a display area. | 12-10-2015 |
20150363014 | IMPROVED POINTING DEVICE - A pointing device ( | 12-17-2015 |
20150365526 | INFORMATION PROCESSING TERMINAL, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A terminal is disclosed including a receiving unit receiving list data specifying destination terminals with which the terminal initiates communications and status data representing statuses of the destination terminals; a creation unit creating a list to display identifiers of the destination terminals using the data, wherein a sequence in which the identifiers are arranged in the list is updated; and a display unit displaying the list including identifiers of the destination terminals and a cursor to select the identifier; wherein the display unit selects one of modes depending on whether one of the identifiers at a position is pointed to by the cursor in response to a user operation, and in one mode, the display unit maintains the cursor at the position despite a change in a position of the selected identifier resulting from the update, and in another mode, the display unit moves the cursor to a new position. | 12-17-2015 |
20150370318 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING DISPLAY, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - In response to receiving a captured user image while the output image is being displayed to the user, display of the output image is controlled so as to reflect characteristics of the user that is determined based on the captured user image and a user instruction that is recognized based on the captured user image. | 12-24-2015 |
20160004330 | HANDHELD MEDICAL IMAGING APPARATUS WITH CURSOR POINTER CONTROL - A handheld ultrasound imaging apparatus for capturing images of a subject is disclosed. The handheld ultrasound imaging apparatus includes a display for displaying a diagnostic ultrasound image and a plurality of user interface (UI) objects. A housing for holding the display. Further a user input interface is configured in at least one of the display and the housing. The user input interface is operable by a user to control a pointer for providing user input at points on the display to perform one or more activities. | 01-07-2016 |
20160004335 | Three Dimensional Display System and Use - System and method for invoking 2D and 3D operational modes of a 3D pointing device in a 3D presentation system. A 3D stereoscopic scene and a 2-dimensional (2D) scene are displayed concurrently via at least one stereoscopic display device. A current cursor position is determined based on a 6 degree of freedom 3D pointing device. The cursor is displayed concurrent with the 3D stereoscopic scene and the 2D scene, where the cursor operates in a 2D mode in response being inside a specified volume, where, in the 2D mode, the cursor is usable to interact with the 2D scene, and where the cursor operates in a 3D mode in response to being outside the specified volume, where, in the 3D mode, the cursor is usable to interact with the 3D stereoscopic scene. | 01-07-2016 |
20160018905 | PROJECTOR, INTERACTIVE SYSTEM, AND INTERACTIVE CONTROL METHOD - A projector comprising: an image acquiring unit acquiring projection images; an identification information acquiring unit acquiring identification information of a target device among source devices that provide the projections images; a projecting unit that generates a composite image collectively including the acquired projection images, and projects the composite image on a projection plane; a position coordinates detecting unit detecting position coordinates of a pointing object that operates on the plane; a detecting unit that detects a projection region of a projection image provided by the target device, by using the acquired identification information; a converting unit that, when the position coordinates of the pointing object is in the projection region of the projection image, converts the position coordinates of the pointing object to operating information on a coordinate system of the target device; and a transmitting unit that transmits the operating information to the target device. | 01-21-2016 |
20160018907 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY SYSTEM, AND DATA SUPPLY METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device can make it possible to easily recognize a plurality of indication bodies as a plurality of pointing devices. The display device is provided with a function device having a first interface and a second interface, and stores configuration information assigning the same class to the first interface and the second interface in a storage section. The display device detects a first position indicated by a first indication body to a display surface and a second position indicated by a second indication body to the display surface, assigns first coordinate data representing the first position to the first interface, assigns second coordinate data representing the second position to the second interface, and supplies a host device with the first coordinate data and the second coordinate data. | 01-21-2016 |
20160026256 | DEVICE FOR ASSISTED MAINTENANCE OF AN AIRCRAFT ENGINE BY RECOGNITION OF A REMOTE MOVEMENT - There is provided a device for assistance with maintenance for an aircraft engine, including computer means; display means; and a human-machine interface. The human-machine interface includes remote movement recognition means to remotely identify a movement or a position of a human operator and to provide corresponding identification data; and a control module, to provide a control command to the computer means in response to the identification data. The computer means are designed to control the display on the display means, of assistance information for maintenance of an aircraft engine, in response to the control command. The computer means are also designed to control holding the content of a display shown on the display means. A method used with such a device is also provided. | 01-28-2016 |
20160026266 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THREE DIMENSIONAL VIEWING OF IMAGES - A method, apparatus and computer program product for three-dimensional viewing of images is presented. Embodiments of the invention provide a process for combining slices generated by medical imaging devices to create a volume of interest and then present this volume in a three-dimensional representation to a head display unit so that the user can obtain a holistic view of the patient. Key image processing techniques are applied which enable the user to rotate and view the volume of interest from alternative viewpoints; to enable tissue subtraction to facilitate unobstructed viewing of a region of interest; to identify differing tissues with color schematics; to zoom in for optimal viewing; and to view a moving image of a volume of interest. | 01-28-2016 |
20160041630 | Operations in a Three Dimensional Display System - System and method for invoking 2D and 3D operational modes of a 3D pointing device in a 3D presentation system. A 3D stereoscopic scene and a 2-dimensional (2D) scene are displayed concurrently via at least one stereoscopic display device. A current cursor position is determined based on a 6 degree of freedom 3D pointing device. The cursor is displayed concurrent with the 3D stereoscopic scene and the 2D scene, where the cursor operates in a 2D mode in response being inside a specified volume, where, in the 2D mode, the cursor is usable to interact with the 2D scene, and where the cursor operates in a 3D mode in response to being outside the specified volume, where, in the 3D mode, the cursor is usable to interact with the 3D stereoscopic scene. | 02-11-2016 |
20160041631 | INPUT DEVICE AND METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND PROGRAM - An input device includes: an operating section which is held by a user and operated in a three-dimensional free space in order to operate an information processing apparatus by remote control; a calculation section which calculates a hand shake related value for controlling selection of an image to be controlled which is displayed on the information processing apparatus, the hand shake related value being relevant to an amount of hand shake of the operating section; and an output section which outputs the hand shake related value as an operation signal for operating the information processing apparatus by remote control. | 02-11-2016 |
20160048223 | INPUT DEVICE AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - An input device comprising: a processor that executes a process comprising: first detecting an eye-gaze position on a screen; comparing a current specified position and the eye-gaze position; and setting a cursor position to the specified position until a distance between the specified position and the eye-gaze position reaches a threshold or more. | 02-18-2016 |
20160062479 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - An image display apparatus and a method for operating the same are disclosed. The method includes displaying a pointer on a display, receiving a signal from a pointing device, calculating display coordinates for displaying the pointer based on the received signal and a scale mode of the pointing device, and moving the pointer to a point having the calculated coordinates and displaying the pointer at the point. The display coordinates of the pointer are calculated so that the pointer moves a different distance in correspondence with a movement distance of the pointing device according to a scale mode of the pointing device. | 03-03-2016 |
20160062528 | KEYBOARD FOR USE WITH A COMPUTING DEVICE - A keyboard for use with a computing device includes multiple rows of keys with each of the rows of keys including multiple keys. A horizontal pitch of the keys is between 18 mm and 19 mm and a length of the rows of the keys is between 230 mm and 235 mm. | 03-03-2016 |
20160070351 | USER INTERFACES AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - An apparatus and method for enabling the provision of differential haptic feedback to a user based on a particular degree of spatial interaction between a plurality of different user interface elements of a graphical user interface. | 03-10-2016 |
20160070364 | DISPLAY SYSTEM AND DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - The invention describes a display system and a display method thereof. The display system includes a display apparatus, a light emitting apparatus, a light sensing apparatus and a processing unit. The display apparatus displays a main frame. The light emitting apparatus emits a light beam to the main frame and forms a light spot on the main frame. The light sensing apparatus senses the light spot. The processing unit couples a first display apparatus to the light sensing apparatus. The processing unit identifies the light spot according to optical characteristics of the light spot and positions a location of the light spot on the main frame according to a result of sensing the light spot. | 03-10-2016 |
20160077585 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An information processing system includes: first and second information processing apparatuses; a detector that detects an eye-gaze direction of a user that uses the first information processing apparatus; a gaze point information generator that generates, on the basis of the eye-gaze direction, gaze point information indicating a position at which the user gazes on first screen information commonly displayed on the first and second information processing apparatuses; and a display controller that controls a display image to be displayed on the second information processing apparatus when calibration for determining a correspondence relation between the eye-gaze direction of the user and an actual gaze position is executed. The display image is generated on the first screen information and includes a second image displayed at a position indicated by the gaze point information and a third image displayed at a gaze instruction position at which the user is made to gaze. | 03-17-2016 |
20160077604 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING A CURSOR BY MEASUREMENTS OF THE ATTITUDE OF A POINTER AND POINTER IMPLEMENTING SAID METHOD - A system and method of controlling a cursor ( | 03-17-2016 |
20160077605 | CURSOR CONTROL APPARATUS AND CURSOR CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A cursor control apparatus and a cursor control method thereof are provided. Adjust a position of a cursor on a second axial direction according to a DPI ratio on a first axial direction of display units with different DPI values, so as to make the cursor move smoothly between the display units with different DPI values, in which the first axial direction is perpendicular to the second axial direction, and the display units with different DPI values are arranged along the first axial direction. | 03-17-2016 |
20160077610 | SYSTEM, TRANSMITTING DEVICE, RECEIVING DEVICE, TRANSMITTING METHOD, RECEIVING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A system includes an encoding unit, a mixing unit, an extracting unit, and a decoding unit. The encoding unit encodes information which is different from an operation input into a form of an operation input code for representing an operation input by a user. The mixing unit mixes the operation input code and the encoded information. The extracting unit extracts the encoded information from the mixture of the operation input code and the encoded information. The decoding unit decodes the extracted encoded information. | 03-17-2016 |
20160091987 | PROJECTOR - The projector of the present disclosure has a projecting section, a detecting section, and a control section. The projecting section projects an output image. The detecting section detects distance data from the projecting section to a projection plane on which output image is projected, and detects user's pointing operation spatially. The control section calculates spatial positions, to which each pixel of an original image is projected, based on the distance data, and provides the original image with geometrical correction so as to obtain the output image. According to calculation result, the control section determines positional relation between a position pointed by the user's pointing operation and a pixel position in the original image. | 03-31-2016 |
20160098099 | MOBILE TERMINAL, ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A mobile terminal, an electronic device and a method of controlling the same are provided. The electronic device can be controlled easily and intuitively by using the mobile terminal including a touch device. | 04-07-2016 |
20160098102 | INPUT DEVICE AND METHOD AND PROGRAM - An input device includes a detection unit, a first acquisition unit, a second acquisition unit, and a compensation unit. The detection unit is configured to detect an operation by a user for controlling an electronic device and output an operation signal corresponding to the operation. The first acquisition unit is configured to acquire the detected operation signal and a differential value of the operation signal. The second acquisition unit is configured to acquire a function defined by the differential value to compensate for a delay in response of the operation signal with respect to the operation by the user. The compensation unit is configured to compensate the operation signal with the acquired function. | 04-07-2016 |
20160103496 | DYNAMIC INPUT SURFACE FOR ELECTRONIC DEVICES - A dynamic input surface for an electronic device and a method of reconfiguring the same is disclosed. The input surface has a partially-flexible metal contact portion defining an input area, and a group of indicators. The indicators may be group of holes extending through the contact portion. The group of holes may be selectively illuminated based on a gesture performed on the contact portion. A size of the input area may be dynamically varied based on the gesture. Additionally, the group of indicators indicates a boundary of the input area. | 04-14-2016 |
20160103582 | POINTER CONTROLLING APPARATUS, METHOD THEREOF, AND POINTER CONTROLLING PROGRAM TO PREVENT ERRONEOUS OPERATION - A pointer controlling apparatus, a control method, and a pointer controlling program are provided which can protect a button from erroneous operation without interrupting the operational flow or using excessive display area. The pointer controlling apparatus permits a pointer to move into a predetermined region after a predetermined period of time has elapsed from a point in time when the pointer comes into contact with a boundary line of the predetermined region. Accordingly, the predetermined area can be securely protected from a point in time at which the pointer comes into contact with the boundary line of the predetermined region for the predetermined amount of time. Furthermore, since the pointer is permitted to enter the predetermined region immediately after the predetermined time has elapsed, the predetermined region can be protected without interrupting the operational flow, and without using an excess of a display region. | 04-14-2016 |
20160110067 | Vehicle Operation Display Device - A vehicle operation display device includes a liquid crystal display, a display controller configured to control the liquid crystal display to display a plurality of images of selectable items on the liquid crystal display, and a directional switch operable to select one of the selectable items. The plurality of images of selectable items includes a first image of a first selectable item and a second image of a second selectable image. The first image and the second image are displayed next to each other on the liquid crystal display. The display controller is configured to control the liquid crystal display to display, when the directional switch is operated to switch a selected item from the first selectable item to the second selectable item, a motion image between the first image and the second image to indicate the switching of the selected item with a moving effect. | 04-21-2016 |
20160116995 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EXECUTING A PROCESS USING ACCELEROMETER SIGNALS - Apparatus and process for controlling a computer process with gestures and a handheld pointing device. The computer system employing the pointing device to determine what component a user wants to control and what control action is desired. | 04-28-2016 |
20160117000 | TOUCHSCREEN INPUT METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present invention relates to a touchscreen input method. The objective of the present invention is to implement a touch interface using intuitive vision through simple use of a pop-up menu and an accurate pointing function and selection using a cursor on a screen. The present invention may comprise the steps of: sensing a first touch on a first point and a second touch on a second point which simultaneously occur on the touch screen; displaying a cursor in a location between the first point and the second point; displaying the cursor while moving the cursor when both the first touch and the second touch move without disappearing from the touchscreen; and performing a predetermined operation if, after the touch screen has been touched by the first touch and the second touch, the first touch disappears and then again occurs on the touchscreen. | 04-28-2016 |
20160124511 | VEHICLE OPERATING DEVICE - A vehicle operating device includes: a pad surface that is operated by contact with a finger of an operator; an X-direction actuator and a Y-direction actuator that move the pad surface in directions parallel to the pad surface; a track pad that detects a contact position of the finger of the operator on the pad surface; and a display controller and a display unit that display at least one item on a display screen, change a display mode on the display screen in accordance with the contact operation with the finger of the operator on the pad surface, and sets a virtual cursor that virtually moves on the display screen. When the virtual cursor reaches a boundary of the item, the X-direction actuator and the Y-direction actuator move the pad surface in a direction of the contact operation of the finger of the operator. | 05-05-2016 |
20160124519 | INSTRUCTION RECEIVING SYSTEM, METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An instruction receiving system includes: an arrangement determination portion configured to determine an arrangement of a display region on a display portion; a display controlling portion configured to display a user interface screen on the display region; a pointer display portion configured to display a pointer on the display portion based on an output value of a pointing device, wherein when the arrangement is changed, the pointer display portion determines a range of the display portion based on the arrangement thus changed, the range of the display portion corresponding to a range of the output value of the pointing device. | 05-05-2016 |
20160124532 | Multi-Region Touchpad - Examples of a multi-region touchpad are disclosed. In one example implementation, a multi-region touchpad may include a multi-region touchpad sensor having a region and a secondary region to receive an input corresponding to a movement against the multi-region touchpad sensor and a touchpad controller. The touchpad controller may process the received input, and may transmit touch position indicative of the received input to a touchpad driver of a computing device communicatively coupled to the touchpad device. Further, the touchpad driver may cause an operating system of the computing device to treat a touch with a touch position beginning in the primary region and extending into the secondary region as a continuous touch. Similarly, the touchpad driver may cause the operating system to treat a touch with a touch position beginning in the secondary region as a navigational command to cause the operating system to perform a navigational function. | 05-05-2016 |
20160139684 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING EXAMPLE-BASED IMAGE MANIPULATION - A method and apparatus for controlling example-based image manipulation are disclosed where selection of example imagery and workpiece imagery is done with a pointing device and an act of motion thereof. For increasing the efficiency of controlling, selection of an image characteristic to be transferred is derived from an interaction sensed on a second input device during a time interval of the act of motion of the pointing device. | 05-19-2016 |
20160147301 | DETECTION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A contact lens type line-of-sight detection apparatus has a shape such that it is wearable on an eyeball of a user. Furthermore, in the line-of-sight detection apparatus, a plurality of light-emitting sections that output light and a plurality of light-receiving elements that receive light reflected by an eyeball surface. The light-receiving elements receive light that has been output from the light-emitting sections and reflected by the eyeball surface and output light-receiving signals according to amounts of light received. The signal processing unit detects a line of sight of the user based on the light-receiving signals of the light-receiving elements. The present technology can be applied to a contact lens type line-of-sight detection apparatus or a display apparatus. | 05-26-2016 |
20160147321 | PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The present invention provides a portable electronic device having a first surface, a second surface opposite to the first surface. The portable electronic device includes a screen, a cursor control unit, and a control module. The screen is on the first surface. The cursor controlling unit is on the second surface for generating a cursor signal. The control module is electrically connected with the screen and the cursor control unit and controls the screen to display a cursor according to the cursor signal. The cursor signal includes a pressing signal. The control module further determines whether a single click, a double click, or a long click is executed according to the pressing signal, and executes the corresponding procedure accordingly. | 05-26-2016 |
20160147328 | INPUT DEVICE FOR A PORTABLE COMPUTER - A input device capable of being made thinner while securing the operability of a push button is disclosed. The input device includes a touchpad configured to receive a touch operation and multiple push buttons provided adjacent to one edge of the touchpad. The input device is mounted in an electronic device such as a laptop PC. In the input device, each of the push buttons has a cantilever structure having an operation face part movable up and down to receive a depressing operation, and a hinge arm, which projects from one edge of the operation face part into the undersurface side of the touchpad and the leading edge of which is pivotally supported under the touchpad. | 05-26-2016 |
20160147377 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY METHOD, AND DISPLAY SYSTEM - A projector includes: a display section that displays an image on a screen; a communicating section that communicates with an indicator that indicates a position on the screen; an acquiring section that acquires output destination information for specifying an output destination retained in the indicator through the communicating section; and an output control section that performs a control for outputting the image information to an output destination specified by the acquired output destination information. | 05-26-2016 |
20160154472 | PROJECTOR AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PROJECTOR | 06-02-2016 |
20160154477 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD OF TRANSFORMING COORDINATES | 06-02-2016 |
20160154480 | TOUCH INPUT METHOD AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS THEREOF | 06-02-2016 |
20160154481 | INTELLIGENT ILLUMINATION OF CONTROLLERS | 06-02-2016 |
20160154487 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM | 06-02-2016 |
20160162058 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING TOUCH INPUT - An electronic device and a control method of an electronic device are provided. A control method of an electronic device includes determining to switch from a touch mode to a touchpad mode for processing a touch input received on a touch screen, and processing the received touch input based on the touchpad mode. | 06-09-2016 |
20160170597 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD | 06-16-2016 |
20160179221 | DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY CONTROL SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160188001 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD, IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM, AND PROGRAM - According to some aspect, an image display apparatus may include a communication section receiving a plurality of remote operation signals corresponding to remote operations of a plurality of input apparatuses, and a combination section combining a first image based on the plurality of individual remote operation signals received by the communication section and a second image supplied from other apparatus into a third image, and outputting the third image. | 06-30-2016 |
20160188004 | Method and Device for the Compressed Transfer of Signals of an Operating Element Having Movement Coordinates in a Vehicle - A method and device for compressed transfer of signals of an operating element, to a display unit in a vehicle is disclosed. The method includes transmission of an optical signal to a surface of the operating element, receiving of an optical signal reflected by a finger of a user on the surface of the operating element in a predetermined scanning cycle, conversion of the reflected optical signal into a digital signal that has relative movement coordinates of the finger in a first direction and a perpendicular second direction, compression of the relative movement coordinates of the finger by a non-linear compression characteristic curve for obtaining a compressed digital signal, transfer of the compressed digital signal to the display unit and decompression of the compressed digital signal in the display unit by a non-linear decompression characteristic curve that is inverse to the non-linear compression characteristic curve. | 06-30-2016 |
20160188021 | METHOD OF RECEIVING USER INPUT BY DETECTING MOVEMENT OF USER AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A device including a display such as a touch screen is provided. The device includes a communication unit configured to obtain movement information of a user, a display unit configured to move a cursor displayed on the display or touch screen in accordance with the movement information of the user, and a controller configured to determine coordinates where the cursor and/or moved cursor is located as dwell start coordinates and determine the dwell start coordinates as touch coordinates when the cursor is located within a reference distance from the dwell start coordinates during an entire reference time starting from a point in time when the cursor is moved to the dwell start coordinates. | 06-30-2016 |
20160195937 | MANIPULATION APPARATUS | 07-07-2016 |
20160196752 | Aircraft Avionics Management and Control System | 07-07-2016 |
20160252977 | DETERMINING FORWARD POINTING DIRECTION OF A HANDHELD DEVICE | 09-01-2016 |
20160253042 | DISPLAY PROCESS APPARATUS, DISPLAY PROCESS METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM | 09-01-2016 |
20180024597 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REMOTELY CONTROLLING AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE | 01-25-2018 |
20190146603 | ELECTRONIC PEN AND COORDINATE INPUT APPARATUS | 05-16-2019 |
20190147627 | OIL PAINTING STROKE SIMULATION USING NEURAL NETWORK | 05-16-2019 |